Dayal Bagh: Spircon 2013: Book of Abstracts

TSC 2013
1
The Twentieth Conference
on
Toward a Science of
Consciousness
TSC 2013
MARCH 3 9, 2013
S OUV E NI R- CUM- A B S T R ACT B OOK
Centre for Consciousness Studies
Dayalbagh Educational Institute
(Deemed University)
Dayalbagh, Agra
2
TSC 2013
TSC 2013
1
Dedicated
to the fulllment of the lofty systemic Vision of

Most Revered
Dr. Makund Behari Lal Sahab
D.Sc. (Lucknow), D.Sc. (Edinburgh)
(1907-2002)
August Founder of Dayalbagh Educational Institute
and
Seventh Revered Leader of the Radhasoami Faith
A
A
2
TSC 2013
on
Toward a Science of
Consciousness
TSC 2013
CHIEF PATRON
Prof. P. S. Satsangi
Chairman, Advisory Committee on Education
Dayalbagh Educational Institutions
PATRON
Mr. Prem Kumar
President, Dayalbagh Educational Institute
CONFERENCE CHAIRS
Prof. V.G. Das, Director DEI
Prof. Stuart Hameroff, University of Arizona
CONVENER
Dr. Vishal Sahni, DEI
CO-CONVENER
Ms. Bani Dayal Dhir, DEI
STUDENT COORDINATOR
Mr. Arsh Dhir, DEI
TSC 2013
3
Contents
DAYALBAGH EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTE 5
ABOUT DAYALBAGH 15
TSC-2013 AT DAYALBAGH 21
PROGRAMME TSC-2013 33
CONCURRENT TALKS 39
POSTERS LIST 49
ABSTRACTS 59
CONCURRENT ABSTRACTS 95
POSTERS ASTRACTS 157
TSC 2013
4
TSC 2013
TSC 2013
5
Dayalbagh
Educational
Institute
(Deemed University)
6
TSC 2013
The Dayalbagh Educational Institute (Deemed University) is located in
Dayalbagh, a self-contained colony renowned for its serene environment and
secular establishments, in which its inhabitants lead an active, disciplined
and cooperative community life, conforming to the high spiritual ideals of
their faith.The Government of India conferred the status of a Deemed Univer-
sity on Dayalbagh Educational Institute (DEI), Dayalbagh, Agra under Section
3 of the University Grants Commission Act by notication No.F.9-3/78-U-3
dated 16th May, 1981.
Dayalbagh
Educational Institute
It is not a big University or big building or larger
number of teachers or larger number of departments
which raises the status of a University. It is the quality
of the work that makes a University great.
Revered Professor M.B. Lal Sahab
Founder Director, Dayalbagh Educational Institute
TSC 2013
7
Education System &
Mission Objectives
During the past 32 years of its exist-
ence, the University has successfully
implemented an innovative, compre-
hensive and value based education
system with the mission objective
of evolving a complete man (a well-
rounded total quality person). The
education system fosters academic
excellence along with holistic devel-
opment and aims to bring about the
physical, intellectual, emotional and
ethical integration of the individual.
In pursuance of its mission ob-
jective of evolving a complete man,
DEIs curriculum includes core
courses and co-curricular activities
which encourage the well-rounded
development of the individual.
These include the following: Cultural
Education; Comparative Study
of Religion; Scientic Methodol-
ogy, General Knowledge and Current
Affairs; Rural Development; Agricul-
tural Operations; Social Service; and
Co-Curricular Activities (cultural
and literary activities, games and
sports). It also includes work based
programmes that takes the form of
practical training in areas related to
the major subjects.
The distinguishing feature of DEIs
education policy is its emphasis on
combining excellence with relevance
to contemporary needs. Recently, a
high power committee set up by the
Ministry of Human Resource Devel-
opment ranked DEI 8th amongst 126
deemed universities in India.
Programmes
The Dayalbagh Educational
Institute comprises six faculties
(Arts, Commerce, Education, Engi-
neering, Science, Social Sciences),
twenty two departments, and two
non-university colleges DEI
Technical College and DEI Prem
Vidyalaya Girls Intermediate
College. DEI also manages, both
academically and administra-
tively, schools in Madhya Pradesh,
New Delhi and Roorkee.
Today, the University offers
around 100 programmes at Cer-
ticate, Diploma, UG Degree, PG
Diploma, PG Degree and Research
Degree levels.
8
TSC 2013
1917 Founding of REI , Radhasoami Educational Institute, comprising
a Middle School (became Degree College in 1947)
1927 Established Technical School (now a College)
1930 Established Prem Vidyalaya Girls School (now an
Intermediate College)
1947 Established Womens Training College.
1950 Established Engineering College
1973 Registered Dayalbagh Educational Institute
1981 Deemed University status conferred by Ministry of
Education & Culture under the UGC Act 3 of 1956
2004 Established Womens Polytechnic and Start of
Distance Education Programme
2008 Established DEI-ICT Distance Education Centre at
MTV Puram, Tamil Nadu & Soami Nagar, New Delhi
2009 Established DEI-ICT Distance Education Centre at
Rajaborari-Timarni, District Harda, MP
2010 Established the Quantum-Nano Systems Centre:
Research and Technology Park
2011 Established DEI-ICT Distance Education Centre at Bangalore
and the Centre for Consciousness Studies at DEI
Well planned journey
to reach University status and beyond
TSC 2013
9
A conceptual model for
the Total Quality Management
(TQM) framework through which
DEI endeavours to achieve quality in
Higher Education (Professor P.S. Satsangi,
2002, TQM in Higher Education
and Technical Education)
Using the medium of an innovative, comprehen-
sive and exible education policy, DEI attempts to
chisel out the total quality person through a per-
sistent focus on imparting quality education. In
its pursuit of quality education, DEI has instituted
an Internal Quality Assurance Cell (IQAC) based
on the specic guidelines of the National Assess-
ment and Accreditation Council, an autonomous
body set up by the UGC. The activities of the IQAC
envelop the University central administrative
structure, University departments, P.G. centres
and every component of the University system.
DEI relentlessly strives towards an institution-
alized quality control process through the follow-
ing quality focused approach: Admission Crieria
-> Curriculum Design -> Programme Selection ->
Curriculum Implementation -> Evaluation -> Em-
ployability
Focus on Quality
10
TSC 2013
Special Areas of Advanced Research
The institute has identied priority areas of strategic research with a view to develop
interdisciplinary initiatives. There are special agship research areas with credible
eminence in the Institute such as: Quantum-Nano Computing, Soft Computing, Multi-
media Technologies, Virtual Instrumentation, Microwaves & Photonics, Peace Educa-
tion, Human Rights Education, Environmental Sciences, Theology, and Indian Music.
Quantum-Nano Systems Centre: Research and
Technology Park
The Quantum-Nano Systems Centre is a multidisciplinary centre at DEI with partners
at IIT Kanpur, IIT Delhi and IIT Madras, besides several international collaborators.
With a focus on the rapidly growing area of quantum and quantum information
sciences, the Quantum-Nano Systems Centre provides an environment for scientists
and mathematicians to explore the fundamental physical characteristics of quantum
systems, to devise and implement prototype quantum computers, and to develop
quantum algorithms and novel applications.
Through a vigorous program of lectures, seminars, and workshops, the Centre stim-
ulates intellectual exchange among students, faculty, and academic partners.
Its mission is to aggressively explore and advance the application of quantum-nano
systems to a vast array of relevant information processing techniques by creating a truly
unique environment that fosters cutting-edge research and collaboration between re-
searchers in the areas of computer science, engineering, mathematical, chemical and
physical sciences. The Quantum-Nano Systems Centre has recently installed SQUID
devices (Superconducting Quantum Interference Devices) which is one of the few fa-
cilities of this kind in the country.
A Centre for Consciousness Studies has recently been established at the Dayalbagh
Educational Institute. The Centre is located adjacent to the Quantum-Nano Systems
Centre in the Research and Technology Park. Researchers from various disciplines in-
cluding Theology, Management, Sanskrit, Hindi, English, Psychology, Zoology, Botany,
Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics, Computer Science, Commerce and Education have
started contributing to this subject area, ensuring breadth and depth in the study of
this complex inter-disciplinary eld. The Centre proposes to develop techniques for
studying spirit-mind-brain interactions, modeling and chemical synthesis of microtu-
bules, practical studies on meditation and other related elds.
New Initiatives
Squid devices in
4 kelvin pulse
tube cooler
TSC 2013
11
Distance Education Programme
The Distance Education programme of DEI was launched in 2004 to extend the
benets of its high quality, innovative, and value based education system to all sections
of society via distance mode and in particular, to the weaker sections and women in
remote, backward and tribal areas in various parts of the country for their empow-
erment and economic development. Towards fulllment of this objective, a number
of employment-oriented vocational programmes are offered with nominal fees. In
addition to these, higher level programmes are also offered which are helping students
from backward and tribal areas to join the mainstream. The Distance Education
Council (IGNOU) has given recognition to the Distance Education Programme of DEI.
On the recommendation of the Joint Committee of UGC-AICTE-DEC, approval has
been accorded to a number of programmes for being conducted in distance mode.
The distance education programmes are offered in 76 Study Centres in India and 6
abroad. The programmes are backed by laboratories, workshops and state-of-the-art
communication technology including EDUSAT satellite-interactive terminals which
provide two-way interaction between the University and its Study Centres. Some of
the programmes are taught via the synchronous on-line mode, some are web-based,
while others are in the blended education mode with a mix of traditional instruction
and e-education.
Programmes Currently Offered in Distance Mode
1. Certicate Programmes
4Modern Ofce Management & Secretarial Practice
4Textile Designing & Printing
4Textile Technology
4Dress Designing & Tailoring
4Motor Vehicle Mechanic (4-wheeler)
4Wireman
4Electrician
4Ofce Assistant cum Computer Operator
4Cutting & Sewing
2. Under Graduate Degree
4B.Com (Hons)
4BBM (Hons)
3. Post Graduate Diploma
4Theology
4Journalism & Mass Communication
4Computer Science & Applications
4. Post Graduate Degree
4MBA
12
TSC 2013
The Institute has upgraded four Study Centres, where it now offers in synchronous mode,
diploma, degree and higher level programmes to students admitted to DEI with exibility
of attending classes at multiple locations through state-of-the-art information communi-
cation technology (ICT). These DEI-ICT Distance Education Centres are located at:
1. Melathiruvenkatanathapuram (MTV Puram), Tamil Nadu (a remote rural and
backward area)
2. Rajaborari-Timarni (Harda District, MP, a tribal area)
3. Soami Nagar, New Delhi (near IIT Delhi)
4. Bangalore
A number of higher level programmes of the University are conducted in these Centres
including the following: Diploma (3 years) in Electrical Engineering and Electronics; B.Ed.;
Post Graduate Diploma in Journalism and Mass Communication; MBA; MA in Theology;
M.Phil in Theology, Electronics, Computer Science; and Ph.D.
It is noteworthy that students of the distance education programme are treated at
par with conventional mode students with respect to entitlement for awards, Institute
medals, admission via lateral entry from Certicate to Diploma programmes etc.
Collaborations
Towards its vision of excellence in education, the Dayalbagh Educational Institute has
signed Memoranda of Understanding for research and teaching collaboration with pres-
tigious institutes such as University of Maryland, USA; Michigan State University, Univer-
sity of Missouri, USA; University of Waterloo, Canada; Indian Institute of Technology, New
Delhi; Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur; Tata Institute of Fundamental Research,
Mumbai; International Centre for Genetic Engineering & Biotechnology, New Delhi & Indian
Institute of Management, Bangalore.
Interaction with Industry
The institute understands the need to constantly interact with the industry to take
feedback on relevant requirements. This is facilitated through two direct mediums:
Industry-Institute Partnership Cell (IIPC) and The Association of Alumni of Dayalbagh
Educational Institutions (AADEIs)
Industry-Institute Partnership Cell
The IIP Cell, which was established in 2002, has made noteworthy progress in further-
ing the cause of industry-institute collaboration
4With a senior Professor as its Chief Coordinator and two Project Assistants, the Cell
helps in providing consultancy and testing facilities to different industrial houses
4The Cell also coordinates activities relating to entrepreneurship development
4It helps in organizing short-term courses, seminars & lectures by eminent industry persons
The Association of Alumni of Dayalbagh Educational Institutions
To help the University to achieve its goals, the Alumni of the Institute formed The Asso-
ciation of Alumni of Dayalbagh Educational Institutions (AADEIs) in the year 2006. Some
important contributions of AADEIs include:
4Help in placement of DEI students through the DEI-Alumni Placement
Assistance Cell (DEI-APAC)
4Student mentor programme for guidance in projects and training
4Short courses on Soft Skills and Computer Skills (Basic & Advanced)
4Guest lectures and domain specic short courses
4Training & Development Workshops on special topics (Time Management, Interview
Skills etc.)
4Undergraduate student awards for research projects
4Establishment of ICT (Information Communication Technology) enabled Distance
Education Centres in New Delhi and Bangalore
4Creation of Chairs of Excellence in various departments
TSC 2013
13
Vision 2031
The Dayalbagh Educational Institute has embarked
upon a bold initiative, VISION 2031 and formulated a
comprehensive and progressive Strategic Plan for 2012-
2031, with the goal to become a top teaching-cum-research
Institute through an exemplary system of education. To
establish Total Quality Management across all activities
of the University, the Plan encompasses undergraduate
and postgraduate education, research, infrastructure,
information and communication technology and
campus development.
Keeping in line with the Institutes unique scheme of
innovative, comprehensive, inter-disciplinary and value-
based education that fosters academic excellence with
holistic development, the Strategic Plan is a road map
for providing an environment to produce well-rounded
students who are ready to take on challenges and be
leaders with a ne blend of top quality academics, work-
experience and a strong value system.
The Strategic Plan is action-oriented and embodies the
spirit of Why not? It will be implemented in four phases,
each of ve years, with clear targets set for each phase.
The Institute has accepted this challenge and is condent
of achieving success with the cooperation of faculty, staff,
students, alumni and all other well-wishers.
14
TSC 2013
The D.E.I. Education Policy is an innovative,
comprehensive and exible higher and technical
education policy with the mission objective of
evolving a complete man (total quality person),
which conforms to the concept of total quality
management and is geared for transformation of
India to a knowledge society.
Any quality policy has the essential ingredients of
innovation, excellence, creativity and initiatives and
the DEI Education Policy has excelled in all these
respects, and continues to be relevant for all times.
Revered Professor P.S. Satsangi Sahab
Chairman, Advisory Committee on Education,
and Former Director (1993 2002), Dayalbagh Educational Institute
TSC 2013
15
About
Dayalbagh
16
TSC 2013
D
ayalbagh, the Garden of the
Merciful, was founded by
Huzur Sahabji Maharaj, Sir
Anand Sarup Kt., the Fifth Revered
Leader of the Radhasoami Faith on
Basant Panchami day, the 20th of
January, 1915, by a simple ceremony
of planting a mulberry tree. It is the
Headquarters of the Radhasoami
Satsang Community and retains its
pristine serenity and harmony with
nature. While providing modern
amenities to its residents, it has grown
into an eco-village.
Dayalbagh is situated one and one-
half kilometers to the North of the
historic city of Agra. It has an area
of 6.51 sq kms. It is a self-contained
colony of followers of the Radhasoami
Faith, well known for its charitable,
educational, agricultural and industrial
institutions, its way of life, marked with
simplicity and the spirit of cooperation
pervading the multifarious activities
of its inmates in social and economic
spheres, conforming to the spiritual
ideals of the Radhasoami Faith.
Dayalbagh is renowned as an
educational hub. A middle school
was established from the start of the
colony and educational institutions
at higher education levels and
courses were opened from time to
time continuously culminating in a
unitary institution named Dayalbagh
Educational Institute which was
accorded a Deemed University status
in 1981 by the Government of India.
The Institute has a unique, innovative,
value-based, comprehensive and
multi-disciplinary educational system
with the mission objective of evolving
a complete man (i.e., a well-rounded
total quality person). The programmes
Dayalbagh
Mubarak Kuan
TSC 2013
17
offered by the Institute are linked
to work experience at the under-
graduate level, organized through
different Faculties, all of which impart
post-graduate education and provide
research facilities as well.
In order to extend the benets
of its innovative, well-rounded and
holistic educational system to the
weaker sections of the population
in different parts of the country in a
cost effective manner, the Institute
initiated its Distance Education
Programme in 2004. Today, it conducts
its educational programmes in 75
Study Centres in India and 3 abroad.
The main objectives of the distance
education programme, viz. to provide
employment-oriented vocational
education to weaker sections of the
society and to facilitate empowerment
of women via the development of
working skills, are met by offering a
number of vocational programmes
with very low fees. In addition to
these, higher level programmes
are also offered which are helping
students from backward and even
tribal areas to join the mainstream.
The educational programmes are
backed by laboratories and workshops
and state-of-the-art communication
technology including EDUSAT
satellite-interactive terminals which
provide two-way interaction between
the University and its Study Centres.
Some of the programmes are taught
via the synchronous on-line mode,
some are web-based, while others are
in the blended education mode.
The colony also has a Nursery-cum-
Play Centre for little children, two
Primary Schools, an Intermediate
College for boys and one for girls,
and a Technical College. Besides, the
colony has a School of Languages,
which teaches regional and foreign
languages; a School of Art & Culture
to provide training in Music, Dance
and Handicrafts; a Tailoring School;
an Indian Music Centre and a School
of Dress Designing and Interior
Decoration. A Day Boarding School
provides special tutorial facilities to
school students.
The colony satises the criteria for
its recognition as an eco-village.
REI building
Lectures and expert guidance are given in
synchronous mode to various study centres
through the EDUSAT
18
TSC 2013
Rain water harvesting and solar
power generation are being gradually
extended to different sections of the
colony. More trees get continuously
planted in an already green locality.
Use of plastic is discouraged and their
disposal from homes is being practiced
regularly. The biodegradable waste is
converted into fertilizers.
Seva (seless service) of the Sant
Satguru and the community is a
basic tenet of the Faith. Hundreds of
Satsangis young and old, men and
women, render Seva in the agricultural
elds every day in the municent
presence of the Sant Satguru. In the
community kitchen, women, many
of them old, perform such Seva as
their physical condition permits.
Articles of daily need, like cloth, herbal
medicines are produced in small units
by Satsangis and are supplied at cost.
Retired and in-service government
ofcers, teachers, army ofcers, private
sector executives, professionals and
others render honorary service in their
areas of specialization as and when
they can. The objective of life here is to
establish a new order where men and
women live and work in harmony for
the service of mankind.
The citizens of all ages have a life-
style which includes maintenance
of health through physical exercise,
vigorous regular life and good pure
vegetarian nutritious food. The Colony
has a Gaushala with about 600 heads
of cattle. No cattle, male or female,
young or old, is sold. Milch cows yield
milk which meets the requirements of
the colony on subsidized low charges.
Besides, milk is supplied free to young
school children during school hours.
Dayalbagh provides the community,
and people in the neighbourhood free
medical services - consultation, testing
People working in elds, Dayalbagh colony (top)
TSC 2013
19
as well as medicines in allopathic
and alternate systems. A full edged
hospital, the Saran Ashram Hospital
was established in 1926. It provides
specialised medical services in several
branches, including dental treatment,
pathology testing, ultrasonography,
E.C.G. and maternity service. Non-
residents of Dayalbagh of all faiths
and castes without distinction are the
bulk of the recipients of medical care
provided at the hospital and its several
satellite clinics.
Dayalbagh is not only the name of
the Satsang Headquarters and the
township, but also of the spirit and the
way of life of its citizens and the Guiding
Spirit which presides over it. The colony
is maintained and run so as to fulll
its object of having an atmosphere
and environment conducive to the
successful performance of devotional
practices. It is hoped that myriad
versions of Dayalbagh would rise
all over the country, spreading by
example, the eternal message of Better
Worldliness and that of Fatherhood
of God and Brotherhood of Man.
Field work in Dayalbagh
20
TSC 2013
TSC 2013
21
TSC-2013
at Dayalbagh
22
TSC 2013
DEI is active in conducting research in the eld
of Consciousness Studies. Some of the major
activities undertaken are listed below.
DEI Centre
for Consciousness Studies
A.
International Seminar on Spiritual Awakening : A
Systems Approach to Address the Civilizational Crisis
(SPAWSYS 2008): January 12-13, 2008
Dayalbagh Educational Institute organized an International Seminar on Spiritual
Awakening : A Systems Approach to Address the Civilizational Crisis (SPAWSYS 2008)
on January 12-13, 2008. The Inaugural address was delivered by Prof. Peter H. Roe,
Director International Exchange Programmes, University of Waterloo Canada entitled
Spirituality, Religion and Civilization : A Systems Approach and the Vision Talk was
given by Prof. P.S. Satsangi, Chairman Advisory Committee on Education, Dayalbagh
entitled On Systems Modelling of Macrocosm and Microcosm in the Domain of Spir-
itual Consciousness. The Valedictory Function was presided over by Prof. Saul Sos-
nowski, Director, Ofce of International Programs, University of Maryland, College
Park, USA with a video presentation of invited talk by Prof. Herman E. Koenig, Pro-
fessor Emeritus, Michigan State University, USA entitled : The Nature of Science in
Human Cultures : A Systemic Perspective.
TSC 2013
23
B.
International Seminar on Religion of Saints (Sants)
Radhasoami Faith : Spiritual Consciousness Studies
(SPIRCON 2010) : November 12-14, 2010
Dayalbagh Educational Institute organized an Interna-
tional Seminar on Religion of Saints (Sants) Radhasoami
Faith : Spiritual Consciousness Studies (SPIRCON 2010) on
November 12-14, 2010. The Inaugural Talk was delivered by
Revered Prof. Agam Prasad Mathur, former Vice-Chancel-
lor of Agra University and Vision Talk by Revered Prof. Prem
Saran Satsangi, Chairman, Advisory Committee on Educa-
tion, Dayalbagh Educational Institutions. The Valedictory
Talk was delivered by Prof. Mark Juergensmeyer, Professor of
Sociology and Global Studies, and Director, Orfalea Center
for Global and International Studies University of California,
Santa Barbara. The plenary speakers included Prof. David
C Lane and Prof. Andrea Lane, Mount San Antonio College,
USA; Prof. Daniel Gold, Cornell University, USA; Dr. Mark Graves, Santa Clara Univer-
sity, USA; Prof. P.N. Tandon, President NBRI; Prof. Jack Ellis, York University, Canada;
Prof. Peter Roe, University of Waterloo, Canada; Prof. B. Les Lancaster, Liverpool Uni-
versity, UK; Prof. John Grayzel, University of Maryland, USA; Swami Jitatmananda,
Sri Ramakrishna Mission; Prof. Subhash Kak, Oklahoma State University; Prof. Volker
Moeller, Germany and Mr. Emille Pellerin, France.
C.
Establishment of
Dayalbagh Educational Institute has established Centre for Consciousness Studies
with the Inaugural Workshop, CONCENT 2011, held in October 2011. Student activities
were organized in the run-up to the Inaugural Workshop such as a quiz competition
on role of microtubules in the brain on consciousness in which nearly 800 students
from all disciplines took active part. Since then, the Centre has been host to leading
luminaries in the eld from across the world such as Prof. Stuart Hameroff, Univer-
sity of Arizona; Prof. Jack Tuszynski, University of Alberta; Prof. Elizabeth Behrman,
24
TSC 2013
Wichita State University; Prof. Anirban Bandyopadhyay, NIMS Japan; Prof. Vlatko
Vedral, Oxford University and Prof. Lajos Diosi, Institute for Particle and Nuclear
Physics, Budapest.
The research is progressing along very healthy lines and some of the suggestions
made by experts have already found practical shape. This augurs well for promot-
ing Consciousness Studies in true scientic sense as was visualized by Param Guru
Maharaj Sahab, the third Revered Leader of the Radhasoami Faith, through his writing
in Discourses on Radhasoami Faith. Pursuing that line, we are now homing in gradu-
ally, but surely, on making an impact on the world community internationally. Some of
our preliminary efforts at building spiritual-psycho-physical quantum system model
of the grand universe or cosmos, which is all inclusive, is a step in this direction. All De-
partments of the Institute have been taking considerable interest and have responded
very positively to the oating of the interdisciplinary programmes towards conscious-
ness studies. The centre involves researchers from all cross-sections including Botany,
Zoology, Chemistry, Physics and Computer Science, Mathematics, Psychology, Man-
agement, Languages (English / Hindi / Sansrkit), Theology, Commerce, Education,
Engineering and Medical Science. This is growing by leaps and bounds, and within a
matter of a couple of months or so, it has made unbelievable progress to be noted by
the international community so swiftly.
Brainstorming by Core Group on September 7, 2011
A brainstorming session was organized at the Centre for Consciousness Studies
among core group of 11 researchers from various disciplines. A summary of the ideas
that emerged from the discussion appears below.
Information-Centric Ideas :
4Organization of courses, seminars, workshops and summer programmes in
the eld (like CONCENT 2011) and
a fortnightly colloquium / discussion forum to maintain regular interaction
among interdisciplinary researchers
in the eld
4Develop a library of books and journals on consciousness at the Centre
4Support original research (both theoretical and experimental) in Conscious-
ness Studies
4Develop interdisciplinary graduate courses in Consciousness Studies
4Have an online web support system (like vidayaprasar) with online courses,
conferences and other resources
4Establish a lecture series in Consciousness Studies at DEI
4Promote a dialogue between Science and Religion
4Collaborate with other centres doing similar work in traditional and scientic
ways
Experimental Ideas :
4Develop a First Year Undergraduate Lab on Microtubules where young students
can experiment and be encouraged enough to pursue research later on at
Masters and Doctoral levels
4Develop a whole-head SQUID system with superconducting magnetic shield
for consciousness studies in the brain
4Develop Instrumentation facilities like ECG, EEG, MEG, Functional MRI, GSR
(Galvanic Skin Response) for studies of consciousness levels
TSC 2013
25
Tracks
A few tracks were identied where focused research groups can start working with
regular interaction as well as discussion among the tracks :
1. Synthesis of Microtubules (from tubulin and GTP) starting with simple experi-
ments for undergraduate students and ultimately leading to research develop-
ments like qubit realization
2. Modelling of Microtubules (e.g. as Quantum Hopeld Nets) and development
of novel microtubule-based neural networks with far greater computational
capabilities than present day ANNs
3. Consciousness Studies in the Brain (e.g. whole head SQUID system) to extend
the existing work in the eld of indirect measurement of spirituality
4. Quantum System Modelling of Mind : Spirit-Mind-Brain Interactions
5. Analytic research in areas relating to literature, arts and media to exploration
of consciousness. Courses have been proposed on Consciousness, Media, Arts
and Literature, Quantum Uncertainty and Consciousness in Modern Litera-
ture and Post Humanism and Consciousness
D.
Inaugural Workshop of Centre for Consciousness
Studies (CONCENT 2011) : October 1-2, 2011
The Inaugural Workshop of the Centre for Consciousness Studies was organized on
October 1-2, 2011 at the Centre for Consciousness Studies. There were 21 oral presen-
tations and around 60 posters in the Workshop. A Souvenir-cum-Abstract book was
released on the occasion.
The Vision Talk was delivered by Revered Prof. P.S. Satsangi Chairman, Advisory
Committee on Education, Dayalbagh Educational Institutions, entitled Cosmology of
Consciousness : Towards Quantum-Theoretic Systems Modelling; Spirit-Mind-Brain
Interactions. The Inaugural Talk was delivered by Prof. Jack Tuszynski, Department
of Physics, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada, entitled Molecular Models of
Information Processing, Memory Encoding and the Action of Anesthetics at the Level
of Individual Neurons with Connections to Neurological Disorders. The Valedictory
Talk was delivered by Prof. Elizabeth Behrman, Professor of Physics and Mathematics,
Wichita State University, USA, entitled Quantum Neural Networks and the Problem of
Consciousness.
26
TSC 2013
A few comments of eminent scientists and researchers for the Souvenir-cum-
Abstract Book of CONCENT 2011 are reproduced below as an indicator of the enthu-
siasm:
4Prof. Marcelo Gleiser, Appleton Professor of Natural Philosophy, Professor of
Physics and Astronomy, Dartmouth College:
Few questions, if any, are more challenging than understanding the nature of
human consciousness. The road to progress must be multidisciplinary, joining the
efforts of researchers and thinkers of many different areas of knowledge. It is thus with
great satisfaction that I send my votes for a great future to the Centre for Conscious-
ness Studies. May the discoveries to be made there shine as a beacon for the advance-
ment of knowledge and human understanding across the world.
4Prof. Mark Juergensmeyer, Professor of Sociology and Global Studies, and Director,
Orfalea Center for Global and International Studies, University of California, Santa
Barbara :
It is appropriate that DEI has embarked on an interdisciplinary and visionary
approach to pioneering consciousness studies. It is an institution that has a distin-
guished history of combining the best of scientic investigation with the best of reli-
gious and cultural analysis. The new Centre for Consciousness Studies is an exciting
and important venture, and I wish you well in realizing its potential.
4Swami Ved Bharati:
I congratulate the Dayalbagh Educational Institute for establishing the Centre for
Consciousness Studies and bringing together so many eminent and accomplished re-
searchers. May th e researches being carried out by these women and men of knowl-
edge be a source of inspiration to all to take their personal meditation practices deeply
and seriously. I wish the inaugural conference a resounding success guided by the holy
founders of Dayalbagh and of all other spiritual Lineages.
TSC 2013
27
E.
International School on Quantum
and Nano Computing Systems and
Applications (QANSAS 2011) : December
1-4, 2011
The International School on Quantum and Nano
Computing Systems and Applications QANSAS 2011
was organized at Dayalbagh Educational Institute from
December 1-4, 2011. The event witnessed four days of
buzzing activity in Quantum and Nano Computing with
a wide spectrum of topics being discussed including
vision talks, tutorials and invited talks, from graph theo-
retic quantum eld modelling to topological quantum
computers, string theory and applications of quantum
systems.
The event was inaugurated by Prof. Stuart Hameroff,
Director, Centre for Consciousness Studies, University
of Arizona with his talk entitled Are microtubules topo-
logical quantum computers? Update on the Penrose-
Hameroff Orch OR theory. Prof. P.N. Tandon, President,
National Brain Research Centre was the Guest of Honour.
In the ensuing sessions, there was active participation
with 27 invited speakers from top academic and research
institutes like Oxford University, University of Cambridge,
University of Waterloo, Perimeter Institute Waterloo, Uni-
versity of Maryland College Park, University of Montreal,
NIMS Japan, IIT Delhi, IIT Kanpur, TIFR Mumbai, ISI
Delhi Centre, IISER Kolkata, Jaypee Institute Noida, Jawa-
harlal Nehru University, Banaras Hindu University, and
of course, DEI, Dayalbagh.
Professor Stuart Hameroff Professor Vlatko Vedral
Dr. Anirban Bandhopadhyay
28
TSC 2013
F.
International School on Quantum and Nano Computing
Systems and Applications (QANSAS 2012) : November 28
December 2, 2012
International School on Quantum and Nano Computing Systems (QANSAS 2012)
was organized from November 28December 2, 2012. A special forum on Quantum
Theory and Science of Consciousness was organized on November 28 with a Vision
Talk entitled Neuro-environmental Cognitive Spiritual Phenomenonology delivered
by Revered Prof. P.S. Satsangi, Chairman, Advisory Committee on Education, Dayal-
bagh Educational Institutions. The Inaugural Talk was delivered on November 29 by
Prof. Lajos Diosi, co-author with Sir Roger Penrose of the Diosi-Penrose criteria. Prof.
Diosi is with the Institute for Particle and Nuclear Physics, Budapest, Hungary. There
was a Panel Discussion on the concluding day on the topic Consciousness, Deco-
herence and Measurement Problem in Quantum Theory chaired by Prof. P.K. Kalra,
Director, IIT Rajasthan.
G.
Magnetically Shielded
Room at DEI
A Magnetically Shielded Room with
SQUID Gradiometer has been fabri-
cated at DEI Quantum-Nano Systems
Centre. Fabrication was completed and
preliminary data gathered on December
15, 2012. It will be used for conscious-
ness related experiments, both in indi-
vidual and group modes.
TSC 2013
29
H.
Colloquia Series and Course on Basic Neuro and Cog-
nitive Sciences
A colloquia series was started at the Centre for Consciousness Studies from October
31, 2011. All Departments of the University have been classied into 2 groups Group
A with 14 departments (Faculty of Arts, Commerce, Education and Social Sciences)
and Group B with 7 departments (Faculty of Science, Engineering). On one turn, there
are 3 presentations of 30 minutes each 2 from Group A Departments and 1 from
Group B Departments, selecting in alphabetical order from each group, so that there
is sufcient intermingling of faculty members from diverse disciplines. On days, when
an eminent speaker can be arranged, there will be an invited talk also. In the rst cycle,
departments were requested to present how they can contribute to the Centre for
Consciousness Studies and their existing work in the eld.
The second cycle is now in progress. All interested faculty members / research
scholars of DEI are welcome to attend the colloquia. A course on Basic Neuro and
Cognitive Sciences has also been started in July 2012. A capsule of this course will also
be offered as a Workshop in the TSC 2013 conference. A team from DEI Centre for
Consciousness Studies also visited Centre for Behavioural and Cognitive Sciences,
University of Allahabad and a Round-Table Discussion was subsequently held at DEI
also with delegates from CBCS, Allahabad.
30
TSC 2013
I.
TSC@DEI 2012 :
March 31, 2012
As a run-up to TSC 2012 at Arizona, Centre for Consciousness Studies organized a
Symposium (TSC@DEI 2012) on March 31 on Eastern Philosophy and the Science of
Consciousness to discuss, debate and crystallize our ideas to be presented before an
international audience at Tucson. The high point of the symposium was the Key Note
Talk by Revered Prof. P.S. Satsangi, Chairman ACE, entitled Eastern Philosophy in the
Spiritual Traditions of Oriental Saints (Sants): An Interpretive Structural Model Rep-
resentation. Prof. Joy Sen, Dept. of Architecture and Regional Planning, IIT Kharag-
pur delivered a plenary talk entitled Principle of Complementarity - its application
in consciousness studies (using psycho-somatic (microscopic) and wave-particle
(macrcosmic) conjugate variables and their interconnections) at the symposium.
TSC 2013
31
J.
The Twentieth Conference on Toward a Science of Con-
sciousness (TSC 2013) : March 3-9, 2013
The Inauguration of the DEI Centre for Consciousness Studies in October 2011, and
QANSAS series of events have generated considerable interest in the DEI community,
which has been responding extremely well and extremely fast to the scientic study of
consciousness, as witnessed at their fortnightly colloquia quite regularly. As a result of
events like Annual Winter School QANSAS 2008 to 2012 organized every year, SPAWSYS
2008, SPIRCON 2010 and CONCENT 2011, and the rich presentations made by DEI
community at various international fora, such as TSC at Tucson, ASSC at Sussex and
Swiss Biennial at Lucerne, international audiences has been impressed by the holistic
approach adopted at DEI to study of consciousness in a scientic manner.
Prof. Stuart Hameroff, who delivered the Inaugural talk at QANSAS at DEI in
December 2011, and who is the Chief Architect of Toward a Science of Conscious-
ness, Tucson Conferences held alternate year in Tucson, Arizona and held every other
year in any of the other countries of the world, on leaving this place, offered to host
The Twentieth Conference on Towards a Science of Consciousness (TSC 2013) in DEI,
Dayalbagh. His offer was gladly accepted and DEI teams fanned out in all parts of the
world to invite leading experts in the eld. A large delegation from DEI visited TSC
2012 at Tucson, a team was sent to the Swiss Biennial on Arts, Science and Technics
at Lucerne, Switzerland and another team to the 16th Annual Meeting of the ASSC at
Sussex.
Submission of Abstracts
The rst call for papers was distributed in March 2012, even before TSC 2012 at
Arizona, by DEI team visiting Europe for Swiss Biennial at Lucerne. Publicity was
also done in a big way at TSC 2012 at Tucson. Last date for submission of abstracts
was extended to December 30, 2012 (from December 15, 2012) and also notied on
the DEI and TSC websites. The number of submissions crossed 460 on December 30,
compared to 400 for TSC 2012.
Plenary Talks
There are 23 plenary speakers as per detailed programme attached. Prof. James
Barrell, author of Inner Experience and Neuroscience (MIT Press, 2012) will deliver the
Inaugural Address on March 5. This will be followed by a Vision Talk by Revered Prof.
P.S. Satsangi, Chairman, Advisory Committee on Education, Dayalbagh Educational
DEI Contingent at TSC 2012 DEI Contingent with Sir Roger Penrose at Lucerne
32
TSC 2013
Institutions.

Workshops
Prof. Menas Kafatos (Chapman University), Prof. Stuart Hameroff (University of
Arizona) and Dr. Deepak Chopra (Chopra Foundation) will be conducting workshops,
apart from Workshop on Basic Neuro and Cognitive Sciences by DEI team.
Forum on Eastern Philosophy and Science of Consciousness (March 4)
Eastern Philosophy Forum will feature a keynote talk by Prof. James Hagelin, Ma-
harishi University, USA. Prof. P. Sriramamurti, Dr. Vijai Kumar and Mr. Prem Prashant
will be the DEI speakers.
Concurrent Sessions (Oral Talks) and Poster Sessions
TSC 2012 had 24 concurrent sessions (8 in parallel x 3, so a person could attend
at most 3 such sessions in the whole conference). TSC 2013 will have 24 concurrent
sessions, but only 3 in parallel x 8), so a person can attend 8 such sessions. Each con-
current session has 5 papers, so there will be a total of 120 concurrent talks. There are
around 120 posters in 3 sessions.
Panel Discussion (March 9)
Panel Discussion will be held on March 9, 2013 on the topic Inner Science and
Natural Sciences. The Moderator of the Panel is Mr. Prem Prashant. Other Panelists
are mentioned in the programme attached.
Pre-event rehearsal (February 23, 2013)
A pre-event rehearsal was organized on February 23, 2013 with a few concurrent
talks, a brief Eastern Philosophy Forum and an Invited Talk by Prof. A.L. Agarwal,
Former Professor, IIT Delhi, to ne tune the logistics for TSC 2013.
TSC 2013
33
Programme
TSC 2013
34
TSC 2013
SUNDAY, MARCH 3, 2013
0800 1100 Poster Session 1
QNC Lawns
&
0800 1220 Workshop on Basic Neuro and Cognitive Sciences
QNC + CCS
1220 1400 BREAK
1400 1600 Concurrent Sessions
C1, C2, C3
C1 QNC; C2 CCS; C3 - SLR
&
QNC Lawns
MONDAY, MARCH 4, 2013
QNC Lawns
&
C4, C5, C6
1100 1300 Workshop on Consciousness in the Universe Review of
Orch OR Theory
S. Hameroff
QNC + CCS
Venues : Convo Hall DEI Convocation Hall; QNC Quantum-Nano Systems Centre;
CCS Centre for Consciousness Studies; SLR Southern Lab Room near CCS
Programme
DAYALBAGH EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTE
on
Toward a Science of Consciousness
TSC 2013
TSC 2013
35
1300 1400 BREAK
1400 1600 Forum on Eastern Philosophy & Science of Consciousness
J. Hagelin, P. Prashant, P.S. Murti, V. Kumar
QNC + CCS
C7, C8, C9
TUESDAY, MARCH 5, 2013
0800 0830 REGISTRATION
Convo Hall
0830 0945 Workshop on Self in Science
M.Kafatos
Convo Hall
0945 1145 Plenary Talks
P1, P2, P3
K R Rao, AK Mukhopadhyay, Sangeetha Menon
Convo Hall
1145 1200 BREAK
1200 1400 INAUGURATION
James Barrell, Rev. Prof. P.S. Satsangi
Convo Hall
1400 1500 BREAK
1500-1700 Plenary Talks
P4, P5, P6
John Hagelin, Peter Bruza, Peter Walling
Convo Hall
1700 1715 BREAK
1715 1800 CULTURAL PROGRAMME
Convo Hall
WEDNESDAY, MARCH 6, 2013
C10, C11, C12
C10 Convo Hall; C11 QNC; C12 - CCS
P7, P8, P9, P10
Anthony Hudetz, Jack Ellis, Peter Roe, Subhash Kak
Convo Hall
36
TSC 2013
1300 1400 BREAK
P11, P12, P13
Ovidiu Brazdau, N Srinivasan, Steven Laureys
QNC + CCS
C13, C14, C15

THURSDAY, MARCH 7, 2013
C16, C17, C18
P14, P15, P16, P17
V. Gurzadyan, Jack Tuszynski, T. Craddock, A. Bandyopadhyay
Convo Hall
1300 1400 BREAK
TAJ TRIP
for Invited Speakers

FRIDAY, MARCH 8, 2013
C19, C20, C21
P18, P19, P20, P21
Menas Kafatos, Rocco Gennaro, Chris Fields, A. Horatschek
Convo Hall
1300 1400 BREAK
1400 1600 Workshop on Healing, Transformation and Higher Consciousness
Deepak Chopra
QNC + CCS
C22, C23, C24
TSC 2013
37

SATURDAY, MARCH 9, 2013
0630 Visit to Fields
For Invited Speakers
P22, P23
Joy Sen, P. Pylkkanen
Convo Hall
1045 1100 BREAK
1100 1200 PANEL DISCUSSION
Inner Science and Natural Sciences
R Gennaro, P Walling, A Bandyopadhyay, J Tuszynski, M Kafatos,
S Hameroff, J Sen, PS Murti, P PrashantModerator
Convo Hall
BREAK
38
TSC 2013
TSC 2013
39
Concurrent
Talks
40
TSC 2013
C1 EXPERIENTIAL AND EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES I
March 3, 1400 1600 hours, Quantum-Nano Systems Centre
92 EFFECT OF MUSIC ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME ON CONSCIOUSNESS OF MENTALLY
CHALLENGED CHILDREN
Manu Sharma, Sona Ahuja, Ranjeet Kaur Satsangi
177 CONSCIOUSNESS AND THE VISUAL PROCESS: A SEARCH FOR THE FUNCTIONAL
AND NEURAL CORRELATES OF PHENOMENAL CONSCIOUSNESS
Asaf Ben Shalom
181 MAN AN IDEAL EQUIPMENT FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF CONSCIOUSNESS
Soam Prakash
194 A CORRELATIONAL STUDY OF HAPPINESS AND SPIRITUAL INTEREST
Ranjeet Satsangi, Guru Pyari Prakash
201 INTUITION AS A NECESSARY CONDITION FOR ACCESSING HIGHER STATES OF
CONSCIOUSNESS AND GOD REALIZATION.
Mani Sundaram, Dayal Saini
C2 EXPERIENTIAL AND EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES II
March 3, 1400 1600 hours, Centre for Consciousness Studies
208 MEASURING INTUITIVE CONSCIOUSNESS
Nandita Satsangee, Prem Pyari Dayal, Surila Aggarwala, Soami Piara Satsangee
218 EFFECT OF MEDITATION (OM CHANTING) ON ALPHA EEG AND GALVANIC SKIN
RESPONSE: MEASUREMENT OF AN ALTERED STATE OF CONSCIOUSNESS
Himani Anand, Ira Das
258 ON MEASURING REFLECTIONS OF CONSCIOUSNESS: A NEURONAL APPROACH
Jyoti Kumar Arora, Sant Kumar Gaur, Dayal Saran Mishra, Sanjay Bhushan
402 INVESTIGATION OF METHODS AND DEVELOPMENT OF A DEVICE TO REMOTELY DETECT
HUMAN EMOTIONS AND HENCE CONSCIOUSNESS
Vijay Malhotra
429 CORRELATIONAL STUDY OF TRIGUNA TEST WITH MYERS-BRIGGS TYPE INDICATOR
(MBTI) TEST ON YOGA PRACTIONERS : COMPARISON OF EAST-WEST APPROACH
TOWARDS CONSCIOUSNESS
Shobha Bhasin, Ashwani Bhasin, Gurdev Roy, Sukhdev Roy
C3 EDUCATION AND CONSCIOUSNESS
March 3, 1400 1600 hours, Southern Lab Room
58 EFFECT OF VOLUNTARY LIBRARY READING ON HIGHER CONSCIOUSNESS OF STUDENTS
Sarla Paul, Nandita Satsangee, Soami Piara Satsangee
93 RAISING CONSCIOUSNESS IN MUSIC HIGHER EDUCATION
Anna-Karin Gullberg, Heloisa Feichas
105 ETHICAL EDUCATION FOR REACHING HIGHER LEVELS OF CONSCIOUSNESS
Vasantha Kumari Devulapalla, Durga Prasada Rao Chilakamarthi
TSC 2013
41
204 TEACHERS FREEZING AND SPIRITUAL INTELLIGENCE: A COMPARATIVE STUDY
Preeti Manani, Rajkumari Kalra, Anand Pyari
217 INTUITIVE CONSCIOUSNESS AND CREATIVITY AMONG UNIVERSITY STUDENTS
Ira Das, Poonam Sharma
C4 PSYCHOLOGY, NEUROSCIENCE AND CONSCIOUSNESS I
35 THE NATURE OF EPISTEMIC FEELINGS
Santiago Arango-Muoz
75 THE PATHWAY FROM EMOTIONAL MATURITY AND COMPETENCE TO SPIRITUALITY
Vineeta Mathur, K.Maharaj Kumari
81 CONDITIONING OF STUDENT CONSCIOUSNESS: AN EXPERIMENTAL STUDY WITH
REFLECTIONS ON SIGMUND FREUDS ICEBERG MODEL
Bhakti Kumar, Sugandha Khurana, Kavita Kumar
161 EAST MEETS WEST: JUNGS DEPTH PSYCHOLOGY AND PATANJALIS YOGA SUTRAS
Leanne Whitney
221 ENHANCING INTUITION THROUGH YOGA AND MEDITATION
Surila Agarwala, Prem Pyari
C5 PSYCHOLOGY, NEUROSCIENCE AND CONSCIOUSNESS II
273 EFFECT OF YOGA AND MEDITATION ON DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS OF CONSCIOUSNESS
Sona Ahuja
285 SELECTIVE ATTENTION AND IMPULSIVITY
S.P. Sinha, Yukti Goel
310 THE VOICE IN THE HEAD: THE ROAD AHEAD
Hari Narayanan V
327 THE IMPACT OF MIND WANDERING ON EMOTIONAL REGULATION
Li-Hao Yeh, Fang-Ying Wen
400 THE SELF ORGANIZING UNIVERSE : APPLYING COMPLEXITY THEORY TO THE QUESTION
OF PANPSYCHISM
Neil Theise, Menas Kafatos
C6 MEDICINE AND CONSCIOUSNESS
20 PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF PAIN AND SUFFERING MANAGEMENT WITH CLINICAL
HYPNOSIS AND MEDITATIVE STAGES IN THE MIND-BODY GAP
M. Paola Brugnoli, Siddharth Agarwal
56 A STUDY OF THE LEVEL AND DEVELOPMENT OF CONSCIOUSNESS IN NEWBORN TO
CHILDHOOD UP TO 2YRS OF AGE
Anjoo Bhatnagar, Bindu Dhingra, Vijai Kumar
42
TSC 2013
97 NOS ENACTIVE APPROACH CANNOT HANDLE PHANTOM LIMBS
Jason Ford
168 THE OBSERVER WITHIN CONSCIOUSNESS:EEG PERSPECTIVES
Russell Hebert, Russell Hebert
216 CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARDIZATION OF ANGER SCALE: VALIDATION WITH THE
HELP OF EEG
Shraddha Sharma, Ira Das
C7 CHEMISTRY OF CONSCIOUSNESS
243 PHYSIOCHEMICAL STUDIES OF MICROTUBULES
Aarat Kalra, Shiroman Prakash, Amit Mishra, Harinipriya Sheshadri
278 IN-VITRO MICROTUBULE ASSEMBLY AND ITS ROLE IN BRAIN COGNITION
Pushpa Sahni
314 N-CADHERINS IN NEURON-NEURON INTERACTION AND ITS POSSIBLE LINK TO SIGNAL
TRANSDUCTION BY VOLTAGE GATED CALCIUM CHANNELS
Amol Tandon, Satendra Gupta
362 MERE PROTEIN MOLECULES? OR MUTATING MACHINES?--HOW EVOLUTION OF
POSTTRANSLATIONAL MODIFICATIONS (PTMS) LED TO MICROTUBULE-BASED
STRUCTURES WITH CONSCIOUSNESS-SPECIFIC PLASTICITY
Jim Beran
378 DIFFERENTIAL POST TRANSLATIONAL MODIFICATION (PTM) PATTERNS: DECIPHERING
THE MOLECULAR BASIS OF CONSCIOUSNESS
Uday Sarup, Amla Chopra
C8 BIOLOGY AND CONSCIOUSNESS
122 THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM IN THE BODY AND CONSCIOUSNESS
N Prem Kumari
131 DOES WORKING MEMORY LOAD & SCOPE OF ATTENTION INFLUENCE VISUAL AWARENESS?
Amrendra Singh, Narayanan Srinivasan
250 RESONANCE IN MICROTUBULES : THE POSSIBLE KEY TO MACROSCALE BIOLOGICAL
QUANTUM COHERENCE & THEIR ROLE AS CIRCULAR WAVEGUIDES
Saatviki Gupta
299 EVIDENCE FROM FIELD STUDIES OF CUTTLEFISH BEHAVIOUR AND INTRASPECIFIC
COMMUNICATION TO SUPPORT POTENTIAL INVERTEBRATE CONSCIOUSNESS
Karina Hall
376 EVOLUTION OF SPECIES : WHERE DID DARWIN GO WRONG
Prem Dantu
TSC 2013
43
C9 COGNITIVE SCIENCES AND CONSCIOUSNESS
32 NATURE FROM WITHIN - A SHORT DEFENSE OF THE DARWINIAN ARGUMENT FOR
PANPSYCHISM
Michael Blamauer
77 A THREE QUBIT MODEL OF CONSCIOUSNESS INTEGRATED JUNGS PERSONALITY
Hans Raj Kandikonda, Maharaj Kumari Kandikonda
117 ROLE OF SPATIAL ATTENTION IN EMOTION AWARENESS
Maruti Mishra, Narayanan Srinivasan
215 A STUDY OF RELATION BETWEEN EGOTISM AND ATTACHMENT AMONG MARRIED AND
UNMARRIED WOMEN
Ira Das, Archana Sharma
345 INTEGRATION OF SUBJECTIVITY IN KNOWLEDGE GENERATION THROUGH ARTISTIC
PRACTICES.
Luis Coqueno, Luis Miguel Girao
C10 DYNAMICS OF CONSCIOUSNESS
March 6, 0800 1000 hours, DEI Convocation Hall
33 CONSCIOUSNESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (C.M.S.): A FEEDBACK-INTEGRATED
CONSCIOUSNESS SYSTEM DYNAMICS
Sanjay Bhushan
55 FRIENDSHIPS, INTIMACY AND EXPANDING CONSCIOUSNESS: THE QUALIA OF SOCIAL
RELATIONSHIPS IN WOMEN
Priya Sebastian
109 DEVELOPMENT OF CONSCIOUSNESS MODEL FOR ANALYSING JOB TO BUSINESS
DECISION: AN EXPERIENTIAL STUDY
K.Santi Swarup, Mukti Srivastava Narain
265 DYNAMIC OPTIMAL POLICY OF CONSCIOUSNESS MANAGEMENT USING MARKOV
DECISION PROCESSES (MDP) FRAMEWORK
T. Guru Sant, Anoop Srivastava, Sanjeev Swami
461 BUSINESS DYNAMICS MODELING OF ENTREPRENEURIAL CONSCIOUSNESS :
A PROPOSITIONAL INVENTORY
Rohit Rajwanshi, Mukti Sri-Narain, Karan Narain, Anoop Srivastava, Sanjeev Swami
C11 FOUNDATIONS OF CONSCIOUSNESS I
65 THE SPIRITUAL, THE REAL AND THE PHENOMENAL- THE DILEMMA OF A VISIONARY,
WHO AM I? WHAT AM I?
Santosh Kumari Srivastava, Gurnam Saran Srivastava
70 ISSUES WITH THE DEFINITION OF UNCONSCIOUS THOUGHT IN UNCONSCIOUS
THOUGHT THEORY
Sumitava Mukherjee, Narayanan Srinivasan
98 THE AWAKENING OF CONSCIOUSNESS FOR THE SUSTAINABILITY OF HUMAN BEING
Laura Andra Costa
44
TSC 2013
155 THE SCOPE OF CONSCIOUSNESS
Gary Comstock
157 MIND OVER MATTER: AN ARGUMENT FOR FUNDAMENTAL MENTALITY
Josh Rasmussen, Jerry Walls
C12 FOUNDATIONS OF CONSCIOUSNESS II
239 REALITY, MIND AND THE UNIVERSE
Maanvi Mathur, Swamipyari, Umang Verma
240 WHY WE DO THIS AND WHY WE DONT
Eleonora Lorek
271 RETHINKING THE CONSCIOUSNESS AND INTELLIGENCE SINGULARITY
Carl Adams
320 STUDYING CONSCIOUSNESS: PRESENT AND FUTURE
Surat Sinha, S.P. Sinha
389 QUAN-CIOUSNESS? IS CONS-CIOUSNESS NOT ENOUGH?
C.M. Markan
C13 EASTERN PHILOSOPHY I
11 TOWARD A COMPREHENSIVE EAST-WEST THEORY OF BRAIN, MIND AND REALITY
Paul Evans
53 THE SCIENCE OF SUMIRAN AND ITS BENEFITS
Neha S, Anjoo and Preeti Sinha
67 CREATIVITY AND COSMIC CONSCIOUSNESS IN THE EASTERN DEVOTIONAL TRADITION
Sanjay Prasad, Deepa Prasad and Dharampal Satsangi
72 A VEDIC APPROACH TO THE THEMES OF TSC 2013
Robert Boyer, Park Hensley
82 DEFENDING COMPLEXITY: A SAMKHYA APPROACH TO THE HARD PROBLEM
E. Alexander Howe
C14 EASTERN PHILOSOPHY II
222 BEAUTY CONSCIOUSNESS IN THE MUSICAL VERSIFICATIONS OF THE GHATRAMAYAN
Agam Kulshreshtha
329 SANT MAT: PATH OF THE ULTIMATE SPIRITUAL CONSCIOUSNESS
Anand Rao D
330 THE CONCEPT OF CONSCIOUSNESS IN KASHMIR SHAIVISM AND ITS COMPARISON WITH
ADVAIT VEDANTA
Madhunangia Madan
TSC 2013
45
339 ADVANCED STUDY IN THE ESSENCE OF SPIRITUALITY IN THE RAGAS OF HINDUSTANI
AND CARNATIC MUSIC SYSTEMS
Binathi Gunty
415 QUANTUM VIBRATIONAL THEORY OF CONSCIOUSNESS INSPIRED BY EASTERN
SPIRITUAL TRADITIONS
Sukhdev Roy
C15 THEORIES OF CONSCIOUSNESS
61 A CONCLUSIVE CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK FOR CONSCIOUSNESS: ROADMAP FOR THE
DEVELOPMENT OF A FUNDAMENTAL THEORY
Joachim Keppler
87 AN INTROSPECTIVE VIEW TO CONSCIOUSNESS: APPLYING MASLOWS NEED THEORY
TO CONSCIOUSNESS
Maharaj Saran, Sumati Vuppuluri and Guru Saran
188 THEORIES, CONSTRUCTION AND CAPABILITIES
Richard D Gill
375 CHALLENGES AND PROGRESS IN STUDY OF CONSCIOUSNESS
Randhir Tiwary, Prem Pyari Tiwary
417 RATIONALE FOR CONSCIOUSNESS IN BUSINESS ORGANISATIONS
Madhuri Malhotra and Sameer Malhotra
C16 QUANTUM INFORMATION AND CONSCIOUSNESS
51 OBJECTIVITY AND SUBJECTIVITY IN QUANTUM MECHANICS
John Small
303 QUANTUM HEBBIAN LEARNING: A QUANTUM APPROACH TOWARDS FEATURE MAP
FORMATION
Priti Gupta and CM Markan
342 CLARIFYING QUANTUM CONSCIOUSNESS
S Prakash
462 PROTEIN POLARIZATION INDUCED BLOCH WAVES IN AXONAL FIBRES
Kanad Ray, Ritu Agarwal, L.A. Cacha, R.R. Poznanski
463 GRAPH THEORETIC QUANTUM SYSTEM MODELLING FOR NEURONAL MICROTUBULES
AS QUANTUM HOPFIELD NETWORKS
Dayal Pyari Srivastava, Vishal Sahni, Prem Saran Satsangi
C17 GROUP TECHNIQUES I
54 AWARENESS AND EFFORT TOWARDS MEDITATION AND ITS ROLE IN DEVELOPING
INTUITIVE ABILITIES: A MANAGERIAL PERSPECTIVE.
Rupali Das, Tarun Srivastava
46
TSC 2013
69 REFLECTIVE LEARNING AS A TOOL FOR ENHANCING CONSCIOUSNESS: AN EMPIRICAL
STUDY OF NON-GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS(NGOS) IN AGRA, INDIA.
K.Santi Swarup, Sudha Ratnam
174 MEDICAL-ESOTERIC DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEM FOR UNIVERSAL (GROUP)
CONSCIOUSNESS
Prem Kumar Saxena, Prem Prashant, Fateh Singh
178 USE OF INTUITIVE CONSCIOUSNESS IN INDUSTRIAL CREDIT GRANTING DECISIONS OF
INDIAN PRIVATE AND PUBLIC SECTOR BANKS
Swati Khatkale
209 EFFECT OF MEDITATION IN CREATIVE PROCESS: AN EXPERIMENTAL STUDY IN NEW
PRODUCT DESIGN
Sumita Srivastava, Ankit Sahai, Jyoti Kumar Arora, Sanjeev Swami, Dayal Saran Mishra
C18 GROUP TECHNIQUES II
335 THE MOST UNCOMMON COMMON INDIA - AN ORIENTAL PERSPECTIVE ON SES (SOCIO-
ECONOMIC-SPIRITUAL) MODEL OF CONSCIOUSNESS AND ITS TRANSITIONS
Saurabh Mani, Arti Mani
344 INTERVENTIONISM OF CLASS-CONSCIOUSNESS IN THE LIFE OF CONSTRUCTION SITE
WORKERS IN INDIA: A PHENOMENOLOGICAL APPROACH
Poornima Jain, Deepika Chauhan, Gaurav Sharma
388 CONSCIOUSNESS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION: ANCIENT AND MODERN PERSPECTIVE
Sunita Satsangi, Parul Verma, Priya Singh
390 HOMOTOPY OF CATEGORY THEORY OF CONSCIOUSNESS
Aarathi Kothalanka, D Pandey
433 INTUITION, CONSCIOUSNESS AND CORPORATE DECISION MAKING
Nagesh Pydah, Prem Sewak Sudhish, B Aashiq
C19 LANGUAGE AND CONSCIOUSNESS
68 ENANTIOSEMY IN LANGUAGE AND THE STATUS OF OPPOSITES IN EXPERIENCE
Maxim Stamenov
113 THE RELAXING POWER OF REPETITIVE SPEECH
Aviva Berkovich-Ohana, Amos Arieli, Roni Kahana, Rafael Malach
212 CONSCIOUSNESS, INTUITION AND SENTIENCE: WHAT IS AN AUTHOR?
Malvika Gupta
213 NARRATING THE ENIGMA: A LITERARY APPROACH TO CONSCIOUSNESS
Sonal Singh, Ram Singh
361 COSMOS, THEOS , SELF AND INTENTIONALITY IN BECKETTS ABSURDIST WAITING FOR
GOD O(T) : A STUDY IN CHRISTIAN EXISTENTIAL CONSCIOUSNESS, CONSCIOUSNESS
OF THE UNIVERSAL MIND AND ULTIMATE CONSCIOUSNESS OF RADHASOAMI FAITH
Bani Dayal Dhir, V Prem Lata
TSC 2013
47
C20 PHYSICS AND MATHEMATICS OF CONSCIOUSNESS
27 ORGANIC METPHYSICS AS A FRAMEWORK FOR UNDERSTANDING CONSCIOUSNESS
John Pickering
100 INTENTION EXPANDS TIME: A DURATION JUDGMENT STUDY USING TEMPORAL BISECTION
Mukesh Makwana, Narayanan Srinivasan
202 EXPLORING MENTAL TENDENCIES TO MODEL FUZZY CONSCIOUSNESS VECTOR FOR
PEACEFUL CO-EXISTENCE: A FUZZY COGNITIVE APPROACH.
S. K. Gaur, D.S. Mishra
280 NATURAL FRACTAL PATTERNS IN THE REALM OF SCIENCE OF CONSCIOUSNESS
Anand Mohan, Prem Prashant
340 SPIRITUAL ENERGY THEORY-SET, A THEORY OF CREATION OF UNIVERSE AND
CONSCIOUSNESS & ITS REPRESENTATION BY BOND GRAPH THEORY , A SYSTEMS APPROACH
Mani Sundaram
C21 RELIGION AND MEDITATION
34 A STUDY IN PANCYCHISM WITH REFERENCE TO BECKETTS WAITING FOR GODOT, THE
BOOK OF JOB AND PARAM GURU HUZUR MAHARAJS NIJ UPDESH AS A RESPONSE TO
DARREL W. RAYS THE GOD VIRUS: HOW RELIGION INFECTS OUR LIVES AND CULTURE
Gur Pyari Jandial
43 IMPROVISATION, MEDITATION, AND INTERSUBJECTIVE CONSCIOUSNESS: A NON-DUAL
INTEGRAL PERSPECTIVE
Ed Sarath
64 ESCHATOLOGY: A PERSPECTIVE FROM RELIGION AND SCIENCE
Somayajulu Nemani, Madhulika Nemani
308 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MEDITATION AND PERSONALITY
Sudhir Sahni, Renu Sahni
395 CONSCIOUSNESS AS PER CHRISTIANITY, ISLAM AND HINDUISM
Anuj Chandra, Anjali Sinha
C22 CONSCIOUSNESS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES I
41 CONSCIOUSNESS IS CENTRAL TO THE FUNCTIONING & THE OBJECTIVE OF THE UNIVERSE
Sandeep Gupta, Gur Saroop Sood
163 THE NIGHTMARE OF SLEEP PARALYSIS: FEAR OF DEATH AND AWAKENING OF
CONSCIOUSNESS.
Oreet Rees
200 COLOUR CONSCIOUSNESS-AN INSIGHTFUL JOURNEY
Radhika Seth, Meenakshi Kumar, Parul Bhatnagar
207 TOWARDS THE CONSCIOUSNESS OF THE MIND
Hui Chu Tsai, Hari Cohly, Devendra Chaturvedi
48
TSC 2013
226 HUMILITY AND SINCERITY MAKES A LEVEL-5,GREAT LEADER:TRUE HUMILITY;
SINCERITY & LOVE FOR LORD IS AN ENLIGHTENED SOUL
Yogesh Narula, Deepak Sachan, Sandhya Narula
C23 CONSCIOUSNESS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES II
341 A CONTINUUM OF ENLIGHTENMENT IN ADULTS?
Jeffery Martin
368 PHILOSOPHY OF PRODUCTION AND CONSUMPTION OF DAYALBAGH PRODUCTS
CONDUCIVE TO AWARENESS OF SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY AND SPIRITUAL AWAKENING
OF INDIVIDUALS
Meenakshi S Swami, Gur Pyari Prakash and Swami Prakash Srivastava
380 PHYSICAL WORLD AS A MEANS FOR CONSCIOUSNESS EVOLUTION
Chhaya Satsangi, Soamiprasad Satsangi
393 A CONSCIOUSNESS BASED APPROACH FOR ENERGY SAVING CONSCIOUSNESS: A CASE
STUDY
Vikas Pratap Singh, Ravindra Arora, Kumar Vaibhav, D K Chaturvedi
445 LAW OF DEPENDENT ORIGINATION (PRATITYASAMUTPADA) :TOWARD A SCIENCE OF
CONSCIOUSNESS
Prabha Sharma
C24 SCIENCE OF SPIRITUALITY
37 CRITICALITY OF SUBJECTIVE INFORMATION IN THE SCIENCE OF CONSCIOUSNESS.
Gursaroop Sood, Prem Prashant
120 ENERGY CHANNELS OF SPIRIT AND MIND IN HUMAN BODY
Sriramamurti P, Santosh Kumar Kakulapati
129 INTUITIVE CONSCIOUSNESS ITS EXISTENCE IN DIFFERENT LIFE FORMS AND ITS
EXPLANATION
Asha Juneja, Shikha Verma
186 DAWN OF REALITY AS PER CONSCIOUSNESS LEVELS AND ROLE OF SCIENCE
Gaurav Mathur
232 SCIENTIFIC BASIS OF EMOTIONAL CONSCIOUSNESS
Swamipyari, Maanvi Mathur, Umang Verma
TSC 2013
49
Posters
List
50
TSC 2013
POSTER SESSION I
(March 3, 0800 1100 hours, Quantum-Nano Systems Centre Lawns)
Experiential and Experimental Studies, Education and Consciousness, Psychol-
ogy, Neuroscience and Consciousness, Medicine and Consciousness, Chemistry of
Consciousness, Biology and Consciousness

39 Art and Human Consciousness: A Study in Cognitive Neuropsychology Based on the
Impact of Art on Cognitive Skills in Pre-School Children
Sant Pyari Kumar
42 Friendliness of Negative Atmospheric Ions towards Consciousness
MM Srivastava, Shalini Srivastava
59 Does Consciousness and Electrons exist in Water - a Necessity for All Forms of Life?
Ingrid Fredriksson
86 Consciousness and Immune-Strength Prole: A Correlation
Amla Chopra, Vineeta Mathur, Neha Sharma, Sandeep Paul, P. Sriramamurti
90 The Impact of Meditation on Vocal Sound Quality
Radha Pyari Sandhir, Sumati Vuppuluri
91 Appropriate and Potentially Fruitful Methods for Studying Consciousness
Asha Satyavolu, Gagandeep Nigam
96 Environmental Consciousness among People to Save our Planet Earth
Gagan Deep, Seema Gupta
99 Articial Intelligence: The New Frontier in Consciousness Studies (Two Case
Studies)
Akshar Srivastava, Prem Prakash Srivastava
130 A Study of Consciousness of University Students in Relation to their Academic
Achievement and Level of Education
Sadhna Sharma, Sona Ahuja, Deepika Satsangi
143 Spiritual Intelligence and Subjective Well-Being of Elderly Living at Home and in
Old-Age Shelter Homes
Kavita Kumar and Swati Tripathi
144 Needs and Consciousness
Sunita Satsangi, Gagandeep Nigam, Parul Verma
150 A Novel Energy Systems Approach to Combat the Climate Change : Environmental
Consciousness
Ranjit Kumar, Ponnala Vimal Mosahari, Rajeev Satsangi, Gurdeep Singh
152 Nature : A Gateway to Consciousness
Pooja Sahni, Prakash Sahni
165 Personal Consciousness of Teachers and Organisational Climate: A Pilot Study with
Reference to Educational Institutes
Shalini Nigam, Sanjay Jain, Purnima Bhatnagar
182 Consciousness Measurement Problem in Man, Mosquitoes and Microbes: A Review
Richa Kumari, Soam Prakash
TSC 2013
51
183 Higher Consciousness : An Experiential Journey
Vinit Kumar
189 Let us take a Leap into the Future, by Knowing the Inner Orbit of Consciousness
through Meditation
Mani Sharma, Bharti, Binathi Bingi
199 Man, Know Thyself
Kanta Arora
210 The Science of Higher Consciousness, Meditation and Attention: Transformations
in Brain Structure Function and Role of Microtubules
Saatviki Gupta, Nandita Gupta, Arun Kumar Gupta
219 Drivers Consciousness and Tire Ination in Context to Car Safety
Majer Singh, Devender Kumar Chaturvedi
225 Holistic Healing and Consciousness
Siddharth Agarwal, Sapna Agarwal, Vijai Kumar
238 Mathematical Formula for Spiritual Quotient and Emotional Quotient as Indicator
of Level of Consciousness
Anirudh Kumar Satsangi, Ankita Satsangi
259 Quantum Brain Biology and Consciousness
Preetham Pulavarthi, Ramani Pulavarti
276 Controlling Attentional Switching in Neuromorphic Binocular Rivalry Model of
Machine Consciousness
Garima Kapur, Hans Mohan, Vipul Saxsena, CM Markan, VP Pyara
277 Personality Correlates of Intuition
Kumar Ratnakar and Surila Agarwala
281 A Comparative Study of Consciousness and Metacognition of Extrovert and
Introvert Students
Preet Kumari, Priyanka Khandelwal
296 Consciousness and Medical Therapies (Consciousness the Way of Life and
Treatment Rajaborari)
Vijay Shanker Lal Srivastava, Kundan Srivastava
300 A Systemic Model of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) for
Enhancing Learning and Evolving Consciousness
Praveen Shivhare, Chhavi Shivhare, Neha Shivhare
305 An Analytical Study of Consciousness among Students of Rural Area Regarding
the Educational Policies Implemented by U.P. Government A Case Study of Agra
Region.
Anisha Satsangi
318 The Effectiveness Of Body Mind Meditation in Coping with Stress
P.K. Mona, Prachi Sharma
324 Lacunae in Current Medical Understanding of Death
Sandeep Saluja, Raag Saluja
52
TSC 2013
331 Awareness of Consciousness Levels to Transcend the Path Leading to Ultimate
Consciousness
Charandasi Dantu
332 Food and Higher Consciousness
B. Saravanan, Lokesh Arora, Divya Arora
333 Effect of Ambience and Design on Consciousness
Bulbul Shrivastava, Binti Shrivastava, Tuhina Singh
337 True Happiness through Consciousness
Bhawna Johri, Shyam Sunder Aneja
365 Depression and Consciousness
Josiah Shindi, Kana Sani
367 Consciousness of Self Awareness through Self Introspection and State of Being
Quiet in Pablo Neruda
Richa Sinha, Ashok Kumar Sinha, Madhurima Sinha
372 Subjective Visual Experience and Neural Firings
John Strozier
414 Respiration and Meditation
Gopi Chand Gupta
425 Microtubule Similarities between Single Cell Algae and Higher Organisms:
A Reection On Consciousness State
V. Pawani, Shruti Sinha, Swapnil Shrivastava
434 Social, Emotional, Spiritual Learning (SESL) Test for Assessment of Consciousness
in Primary Level Students
Gur Pyari Mehra, Nija Mehra, Divya Shikha Sethia
443 Engineering towards Science of Consciousness
Amolak Prasad, Charan Adhar
446 Towards the Development of a Protocol for Recording and Processing of Kirlian
Images for a Possible Correlation with the Consciousness in Small-Dimension
Inanimate Objects Exposed to Varied Physical Environments
Ashish Mani, Sahab Dass, Rohit Shrivastav, Vijay Malhotra
TSC 2013
53
POSTER SESSION II
March 3, 1400 1700 hours, Quantum-Nano Systems Centre Lawns
Cognitive Sciences and Consciousness, Dynamics of Consciousness, Foundations
of Consciousness, Eastern Philosophy, Theories of Consciousness,
Quantum Information and Consciousness

4 Consciousness as per Discourses of the Leaders of Radhasoami Faith
Radhika Singh, Shanti Gupta
13 Various Levels of Consciousness
Anirudh Satsangi, Ankita Satsangi, Achraj Satsangi
28 Development of Higher Consciousness and Social Media
Ratan Saini, Nirat, Sangita Saini
31 The Systems of Emancipation of Dayal
Prateet Sinha, Neha S
36 How Real is Perceived Freedom in Free Will ?
Franz Klaus Jansen
49 Creation and the Yoga of Divine Consciousness
Dharampal Satsangi
60 Ahimsa: A Gateway to Spiritual Consciousness?
Smita Sahgal
66 Rising towards Spiritual Consciousness- From the Akashic Field to the Quantum
Spiritual Force Field
Chhavi Gupta
73 Mistaking Limbs for Steps in the 8-Fold Yoga
Robert Boyer, Park Hensley
76 Investigation of Relationship between Consciousness and Personality
Maharaj Kumari Kandikonda, Hans Raj Kandikonda
94 An Enlightened Soul is Saviour of Many Souls
Ashwini Satsangi, Gagandeep Nigam
102 The Nature of Consciousness According to the Upanishads
Durga Prasada Rao Chilakamarthi, Dharampal Satsangi
108 Observer- Actor: Coach- Executive - Quantum Information in Business Decisions
Swami Satchidanand Prasad Satyavolu, Sumati Prasad Satyavolu
112 Pharmacodynamics and Translational Aspects of Consciousness
Seema Bhat, Laxminarayan Bhat
141 Consciousness from Physical to Spiritual in the Four Dramas of Param Guru
Sahabji Maharaj- a Comprehensive Study from the Literary-Social-Philosophical-
Spiritual Perspective
Sugandha Khurana
146 Stream of Consciousness from Individual to Society
Sonam Mehta, Indira Sharma
54
TSC 2013
151 Critical Analysis of Dretskes Tests for Perception and Awareness
Jaison A. Manjaly, Sumitava Mukherjee
185 Progressive Incarnations
Reena Mathur
191 Spiritual Consciousness as Determinant of Life Satisfaction and Level of Anxiety
Gur Pyari Prakash, Ranjeet Kaur Satsangi
214 Is Our Universe a Quantum Consciousness Computer?: An Approach to Reveal the
Universe, Evolution of Creation and the Ultimate Reality
Aashna Prakash, Rashi Prakash, Shashi Prakash
227 Sarbachan (Nazm): The First Text of the World Revealing the Mysteries of Supreme
Consciousness
Prem Kali Sharma
228 Contribution of Sant Kavya in Awakening
Gurpyari Satsangi, Meenu Singh, Sukhveer Kaur
251 Consciousness of the World and the World of Consciousness
Nirat S, Sangita Saini, Ratan Saini
260 Does Day and Night Shift Inuence Positive and Negative Tendencies of Human
Mind?
Archana Satsangi, Ritu Sharma
261 Gods Architecture: A Comparative Representation of Creational and Physical
Systems with Special Emphasis on Change Management and Control Mechanisms
Anhad Kashyap
269 Unpicking Consciousness: Break Away from a Human-Only View
Carl Adams
270 Articial Consciousness: Autonomics, Memes and Killer Kangaroos
Carl Adams
274 Unied Theory on Cosmic Consciousness, Life, and The Human Race
Om Verma
289 Traversing the Path of Love: Spiritual Consciousness and Kabir
Renu Josan, Prem Josan
295 The Realization - Aim of Human Life
P Singh
316 Development of Quantum Neural Networks to Explain Consciousness
Drishti Malhotra and Daya Malhotra
349 Imaginal Processes & Cognitive Distortions: An Empirical Study on Inner Experience
Navya Pande, Sandhya Gupta
352 A Hypothesis for Consciousness
Hasmukh K. Tank
422 D.E.I. Education Policy - A Step Towards Consciousness
Payal Mathur, Anubhav Bhatnagar, Vaibhav Bhatnagar and Rashi Bhatnagar
423 Quantum Leap in Self-Consciousness
Swapnil Shrivastava, V. Pawani, Shruti Sinha
424 Understanding Consciousness
Rajinder Swarup
TSC 2013
55
POSTER SESSION III
March 4, 0800 1100 hours, Quantum-Nano Systems Centre Lawns
Group Techniques, Language and Consciousness, Physics and Mathematics of
Consciousness, Religion and Meditation, Consciousness and Social Sciences,
Science of Spirituality
2 Paravidya and Management: Antecedents and Consequences (A Select Study of
Radhasoami Faith and Dayalbagh Agricultural Operations)
Shanti Swarup Gupta, Sanjeev Swami, P Srirammurti
24 Emancipation of the Stone
Gazal Mathur
30 Meditative stages, Hypnosis and Self-Hypnosis a means for Entering our Inner
Experiences
Anirudh Kumar Satsangi, Paola Brugnoli, Ankita Satsangi
95 Money Modulates Attribution of Agency
Neeraj Kumar, Sumitava Mukherjee, Jaison Manjaly
104 The Matrix of Consciousness: the Spiritual Domains vis--vis Magnetic Domains of
Weiss
Surat Kumar, Kavita Kumar, Bhakti Kumar
111 Spiritual Energy Hierarchization, Detection and Utilization: An Evolution of
Homo spiritus
Richa Satsangi, Maneesh Gaurav, Rashtra Gaurav
128 Information Integration in Swarm-Bots and Machine Consciousness: A System of
Systems
Anurag Mayank, Dhruv Bhandari, Agam Bhamra, Akshar Srivastava, Sandeep Paul
133 Using Religion Hand in Hand with Science to Perceive Reality
Shikha Verma, Asha Juneja
138 Peace, Spirituality and Consciousness: An Integrated Approach
Savita Srivastava
145 Perceived Transformational Leadership Effectiveness in Relation to Level of
Consciousness: A Co-relational Analysis
Vaibhav Chauhan, Sadhna Sharma, Nandita Satsangee
153 Memory and Consciousness in Literature (with Special Reference to Douglass
Narrative of the Life of Frederick Douglass and Toni Morrisons Beloved)
Prem Kumari Srivastava, Umang Srivastava
160 The Partnership between Organizational Consciousness and Organizational Culture
A Case Study from the Indian Power Sector
Prem Prakash Srivastava, Umang Srivastava
164 Emancipation and Peace---Sure Means to Attain the Supreme Reality with reference
to The Waste Land and The Mahabharata.
Namita Bhatia, Soami Das Bhatia
166 Mathematical Analysis of the Words, Sounds and Lights of Spiritual Movements
Prakash Sahni, Pooja Sahni
56
TSC 2013
175 Intersecting Universal Consciousness with Experiences, Experiments and
Intuitive Consciousness with Special Reference to the Discovery of God particles
and Universal Conciousness
Soam Prakash
184 Meditation, Quantum Physics, Consciousness and Oneness
Sanjay Srivastava, Sandeep Kumar
193 Managing Change through Conscious Leadership
Mahesh Ohry, Deepak Ohry
195 Intuition and High Levels of Spiritual Consciousness
Sumiran Satsangi, Shipra Satsangi
211 Visualizing a Conscious Economic System to Realize a Better World Order (Need for
a Paradigm Shift from Materialism Ethics - Spirituality)
Jyoti Gogia, Deepak Gogia
229 Professional and Ethical Consciousness among Organizational Development
Professionals
Sanjeev Bhatnagar
230 Consciously Increasing Consciousness and thereby Happiness: The Integrated,
Unied and Systemic Model of Consciousness applied in Organizational Context
Vikas Rai Bhatnagar, Mahendra Singhi, Sheena Bhatnagar, Rajen. K Gupta
244 An Analogy for Consciousness and Its Elevation
Pradeep Kumar Mathur, Vasanta Mathur
246 The Use of Quantum Formalism in Cognition: A Study of Prayer and Intuitive
Decision Making in Managerial Situations
Sumita Srivastava, Anjul Dayal, Drishti Mehra
252 Sowing the Seeds of Consciousness
Sangita Saini, Nirat S, Ratan Saini
253 From the Organic (Flowing, Glowing. Growing ) Mirror, The White Crow, Organic
Clocks and Locks and other Stories to Godel, Turing ,Cantor and Sieperenski , The
Eternal Golden Quatrain
Sundaram Ramchandran
257 Consciousness
Jatindra Nath Mohanty
288 Convergence Of World Religions?
Saran Bhatnagar, Jyoti Satsangi, Naman Swaroop, Sugandha Mittal
292 Music, Neuroplasticity and Microtubules
Raag Saluja
293 Brain and its Mystic Realm: Science towards Intuitive Consciousness
Neh Satsangi, Queena Satsangi
302 Intuition - Convergence with Spiritual Consciousness for Better Worldliness
Arti Prasad, Indrajit Das
304 Qigong Dandao Meditation and Visual Attention
Ming-Hui Tsai, Wei-Lun Chou
TSC 2013
57
309 Non-Manifold Topologies on Lorentz Manifold
Gunjan Agrawal, Sampada Shrivastava, Nisha Godani
313 Enhancing Emotional Balance through Consciousness in Management Professionals
A.Vasdev Raju, A.Charan Kumari
348 Computational Models of Consciousness
Prem Sewak Sudhish
358 Binocular Rivalry- A Psychophysical Study and Analysis in Quantum Mechanics
Sheena Sharna, Satendra Gupta, CM Markan
366 Comparative Study of Meditating versus Non-Meditating Pregnant Women on
Delivery
Dayalpyari Goel, Gurr Devi Srivastava
370 Consciousness and Medical Therapies
Pallavi Satsangi Sharma
377 Self-Consciousness and Cosmic-Consciousness with Reference to Dantes Divine
Comedy
Namita Bhatia, Soami Das Bhatia
416 Conscious Co-Creation : Evolution of Consciousness or Creating your Own Future?
Suresh Idnani, Teena Idnani
58
TSC 2013
TSC 2013
59
Abstracts
60
TSC 2013
TSC 2013
61
TSC 2013 : VISION TALK
TOWARDS INTEGRATING ARTS
(FIRST-PERSON SPIRITUAL-COGNITIVE-MATERIAL PHENOMENOLOGY)
AND SCIENCE
(THIRD-PERSON NEURO-PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENTAL -COGNITIVE CORRELATES)
OF CONSCIOUSNESS :
THE DAYALBAGH VISION
PROF. PREM SARAN SATSANGI
Chairman, Advisory Committee on Education
Dayalbagh, Agra, INDIA
This talk presents apt aphorisms in Sanskrit together with their English translation to drive
home the essence of the highest form of spiritual consciousness.
i - ii-i-| li-- n-||
(- n -rii ir)
- nln -i ii i r i --|
iii-i-| i-- i i il il n-|
iii-i-| ii lnlin - -n- i ||
We shall now explicate the Aphorisms of Love
Consciousness is of the nature of Truth, Intelligence and Bliss
(Param Guru Maharaj Sahab)
Radhasoami is of the form of Supreme Truth, Intelligence, Love, Bliss, Refulgence, the Original
Mystic Name, the Resonating Unstruck Sound, the Beginning of All but Beginningless,
Primeval Consciousness:
I adore Radhasoami, the Original Cause of everything and the Extremely (Most) Well known
Primal Supreme (Truth) Essence.
---
It further highlights the Proclamation at the Founding of the Radhasoami faith on the Basant
Panchami Day in January, 1861 (more than 152 years ago) which has been the guiding light of
the Dayalbagh Vision of Consciousness ever since. It traces back our approach to integrating
inner experience with scientic methodology to my rst public discourse [Satsangi P.S.
(2003), Reality and Truth vis--vis Widson via Aparavidya (natural Science) and Paravidya
(Phenomenology : Experiential Science) at the International Conference of Association
of Asia-Pacic Operational Research Societies at Hotel Grand International, New Delhi on
8.12.2003].
The Vision Talk acknowledges considerable rapport and support derived from the seminal
work of Price D. and Barrell J., Inner Experience and Neuroscience, MIT Press 2012.
62
TSC 2013
However, there is a signicant way in which our approach contrasts with that of Price and
Barrell. While we fully endorse Price and Barrell (2012) in their use of four fold paradigms
for integrating inner experience with scientic methodology and concede their assertion
that questions, not hypotheses may guide the rst three stages of observing, repeating
and understanding from the rst person perspective of co-investigators and it is not
necessary to frame the hypotheses in advance but it is through rst person account of
phenomenology that these hypothesis may be later formulated and tested and the last
stage is when the scientic methodology comes in using psychometric methods and use
quantitative physical psychophysics.
There is no gain saying the fact that much more useful insights can be invoked if hypotheses
are inspired and anticipated right from the early stages based on rich and thorough record
of inner experience in Eastern Philosophy with particular reference to Radhasoami Faith
(e.g. M. Sahab, Discourses on Radhasoami Faith, First Edition, 1960).
I want to emphasize that we use one-to-one correspondence in preparing our Spiritual
System Theory Framework with the Physical System Theory. Physical System Theory
Framework (Koenig H.E., Tokad Y. and Kesavan H.K., 1966) as a scientic methodology
has its fundamental axiom (together with component postulate, system interconnection
postulate). Similarly, the proposed Spiritual System Theory Framework (Satsangi P.S.,
2006) rmly rests on its comparable Fundamental Axiom of Spiritual Consciousness
and comparable postulates (viz. (1) Macrocosm-Microcosm Consciousness Interaction
Postulate and (2) Universal Consciousness Realization Postulate) and in any scientic
methodology, it is the verication of the theoretical model predictions which would decide
whether the proposed theory holds or not.
Accordingly, why grope in the dark in framing hypotheses. Why not save precious time and
advance the Science of Consciousness by leaps and bounds. Not only we have retained
our continuing distinctive hallmark (positive feature) of recording indirect scientic
measurements of spiritual consciousness (Satsangi P.S. and Sahni V., NSC 2007, NSC
2008, TSC 2012) of Dayalbagh Community as neuro-physical-environmental correlates
through relevant, repeatable, non-intrusive scientic experiments and extended it very
considerably by lately utilizing Superconducting Quantum Interference Devices (SQUID)
as a very sensitive magnetometer to record MEG (Magneto-Encephelo-Gram) as neuro-
correlates in a magnetically shielded chamber during individual meditation and group
meditation-cum-prayer sessions since last work.
Furthermore, inspired by recent developments (Gennaro R.J. : The Consciousness Paradox,
MIT Press, 2012), I have proposed HOT-Consciousness : SCANE Correaltes, where HOT-
consciousness stands not for Gennaros Higher Order Thought, but Hierarchical Order
Theory of Consciousness and SCANE Correlates standing for Spiritual-Cognitive And
Neural-Environmental Correlates. The Vision Talk is intended to elucidate it with somewhat
encouraging evidences of integrating spiritual phenomenology of consciousness with
scientic methodology of hypothesis-testing and verication in a preliminary sense.
TSC 2013
63

References
1. Gennaro R.J., The Consciousness Paradox, MIT Press, 2012
2. Koenig H.E., Tokad Y. and Kesavan H.K., 1966, Analysis of Discrete Physical Systems, New York:
McGraw-Hill, 1967.
3. M. Sahab, Discourses on Radhasoami Faith, First Edition, 1960.
4. Price D. and Barrell J., Inner Experience and Neuroscience, MIT Press 2012.
5. Satsangi P.S. (2003), Reality and Truth vis--vis Widson via Aparavidya (natural Science) and
Paravidya (Phenomenology : Experiential Science) at the International Conference of Association
of Asia-Pacic Operational Research Societies at Hotel Grand International, New Delhi on
8.12.2003.
6. Satsangi P.S. (2006), Generalizing Physical System Theory for Applied Systems Research From
Real Physical Systems through Conceptual Socio-Economic-Environmental Systems To
Complete (Physical-Mental-Spiritual) Creational Systems, International Journal of General
Systems, Vol. 35, No. 2, 2006, pp. 127-167.
7. Satsangi P.S., Sahni V. (2007), A Systemic Experimental Study of Macrocosmic Consciousness,
Proceedings of National Systems Conference 2007 (Systems Society of India), MIT, Manipal, pp.
13 -19.
8. Satsangi P.S., Sahni V. (2008), Study of Human Consciousness as a Surrogate of Macrocosmic
Consciousness via Scientic Measurements of Electromagnetic Wave Radiations, Proc. of XXXII
National Systems Conference (NSC 2008), IIT Roorkee, December 17-19, 2008, pp. 301-307.
9. Satsangi P.S., Sahni V. (2012), Cosmic Consciousness Hierarchization : Analytic, Experimental
and Experiential, Toward a Science of Consciousness (TSC 2012), April 9-14, 2012, Tucson.
64
TSC 2013
INAUGRAL TALK
n INNER EXPERIENCE AND NEUROSCIENCE: MERGING
BOTH PERSPECTIVES
JAMES J. BARRELL*
Former Professor, University of West Georgia
United States of America
*(and Donald D. Price)
We have proposed a well-structured program for a science of human experience (and
consciousness) and its integration with the rest of the sciences, including psychology and
neuroscience (Price and Barrell, 2012). It begins with a structured exploration of experience
that avoids presuppositions and theoretical biases yet incorporates the usual hypothetico-
deductive scientic method. This experiential approach and method utilizes practices from
both East and West which include meditative traditions, phenomenology, and descriptive
experience sampling techniques.
Once a type of experience is selected for study under either controlled or naturalistic
conditions, the participants who also can be considered co-observers, are trained to use
present-oriented awareness to fulll the ideal in science of being an objective observer. They
are further trained to describe (report) brief episodes of a type of experience, such as a kind
of pain, state of consciousness, or emotion (e.g., performance anxiety). Brief episodes of
experiences (lasting a few seconds) are reported by writing rst-person accounts soon after
the experiences take place, without interpreting, explaining, or using stories, metaphors, or
forms of poetic reporting. The rst-person descriptive accounts are subjected to qualitative
analysis to identify the common factors for a type of experience and then further analyzed
to identify essential factors. The co-observers must reach complete consensus on the
common essential factors that make up an experience, such as a type of emotion (anxiety)
or a state of consciousness (hypnotic state). Statements that are about which factors are
necessary and taken together sufcient for a type of experience then constitute denitional
hypotheses about a type of experience while statements about how they interact constitute
functional hypotheses.
These hypotheses, which are derived from an experiential rst-person approach and
method, can then be tested in groups of participants unfamiliar with the hypotheses but
trained in psychophysical scaling methods. Alternatively, both qualitative and quantitative
methods can be combined for the same group of observers. Both approaches and multiple
experiments can be combined to understand the nature of types of conscious experiences.
They also can be interfaced with neuroscience studies, such as neuroimaging studies of
hypnosis and other background states of consciousness.
This integrated approach and method of discovery has been used to investigate and
understand basic emotions, motivation, choice experiences, pain and suffering, and
placebo responses. Even issues related to such difcult subjects as volition, habituation,
time perception and complex negative emotions including jealousy and greed can be
explored and understood. Overall, an experiential approach and method could provide
understandings that are deeply personal, widely public and relevant to the signicant
human issues and problems in everyday life.
TSC 2013
65
WORKSHOPS
n CONSCIOUSNESS IN THE UNIVERSE REVIEW OF THE
ORCH OR THEORY
STUART HAMEROFF
Professor, Departments of Anesthesiology and Psychology
Director, Center for Consciousness Studies
The University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona
Mainstream approaches to the science of consciousness based on complex synaptic
computation among brain neurons fail to account for phenomenal experience, binding,
memory, synchrony, and free will, leading to a description of consciousness as an
epiphenomenal illusion, lacking testable predictions. A complementary approach based
on intra-neuronal information processing, e.g. classical and quantum computation in
cytoskeletal microtubules, offers potential solutions and testable predictions. In this
workshop I will review evidence and theory regarding consciousness and microtubules,
and show how a ner scale of intra-neuronal processing, particularly quantum computing
in dendritic-somatic microtubules, can underlie and rescue neuronal-based theories.
The Penrose-Hameroff theory of orchestrated objective reduction (Orch OR) suggests
consciousness involves such quantum activities in brain microtubules connected with self-
organizing processes in the ne scale structure of the universe, fundamental spacetime
geometry. According to Orch OR, consciousness is intrinsic to the universe, and consistent
with Eastern philosophy.
1. Neuronal microtubules
a. Unique dendritic-somatic microtubules, integration, deviation from Hodgkin-Huxley
b. Memory Encoding of synaptic information in microtubules by CaMKII
phosphorylation
c. Alzheimers disease microtubule instability, tau encoding, zinc
d. Anesthetic binding to tubulin - anesthesia, post-operative cognitive dysfunction
2. Quantum physics in the brain
a. Penrose-Hameroff Orch OR model quantum computation in microtubules
b. Tubulin dipole bits, qubits, quantum channels
c. Topological quantum computing, Feynman quantum chessboard
d. Backward time effects, Libet, causality and real-time free will
e. Evidence from quantum biology, A. Bandyopadhyay
3. Brain-level organization
a. Gap junctions and moving zones of synchrony the Conscious pilot model
b. Scale-invariant dynamics neuronal avalanches, coma and anesthesia, psychedelics
c. Quantum cognition Bruza, Pothos/Busemeyer/Aerts/Gabora
4. Conclusion
a. Reply to critics Grush / Churchland, Tegmark, Koch / Hepp, McKemmish / Reimers,
Baars / Edelman
b. Microtubules and consciousness in evolution
c. Transcranial ultrasound therapy aimed at microtubules
d. Eastern philosophy, and consciousness in the universe
e. Discussion, Q&A
66
TSC 2013
n HEALING, TRANSFORMATION AND HIGHER
CONSCIOUSNESS
DEEPAK CHOPRA
2013 Costa Del Mar Rd.
Carlsbad, California 92009
www.deepakchopra.com
Are we in the midst of a major paradigm shift in science?
Is there an ultimate reality?
Does consciousness conceive, govern, construct and become the physical universe?
Is the universe becoming self aware in the human nervous system?
Is the next stage of human development conscious evolution?
Do we have the ability to inuence the future evolution of the cosmos?
How does our understanding of consciousness as pure potentiality enhance our capacity
for intuition, creativity, conscious choice making, healing, and the awakening of dormant
potentials such as non local communication and non local sensory experience?
How does our understanding of consciousness also enhance our capacity for total well
being (physical, emotional, spiritual, social, community, nancial and ecological)?
Deepak will address all these questions as well as practical ways to experience higher
consciousness, transformation and healing.
TSC 2013
67
n THE SELF IN SCIENCE AND INDIAN MONISTIC SCHOOLS
MENAS KAFATOS
Fletcher Jones Endowed Professor of Computational Physics
Director, Center of Excellence, Chapman University, Orange, California
Every human being, sooner or later, wonders about his/her purpose of life and how the
individual ts in the general scheme of things, what is the right way to live, how to search for
the right values and meanings of existence. These are ancient questions, still very relevant
today, affecting every single human being in todays society. What is this sense of identity,
or individuality, that has been with us from the day we were born until we pass on, what
is this self? This is a deep question which philosophy has tried to address for at least
2,000 years. In the case of us, humans, the individual self is a conscious entity, with self-
awareness and objectied awareness. Do other species possess a sense of self, like humans
do, is consciousness a characteristic of life in general? Does life (and consciousness) exist
throughout the universe?
In a more general sense, what is consciousness itself, how can one dene it, what are its
characteristics, and other such related questions, are at the forefront of both scientic and
metaphysical inquiry. Although one would expect that consciousness should be subject to
scientic investigation, in truth little progress has been made on that, last frontier, of science.
We know more about galaxies billions of light years away than we know what a thought is,
how it is produced, its connection with the neuronal hardware.
Perhaps some progress can be made by concentrating on the role of observation in modern
physics, as this would tie to the way science is conducted and specically the most advanced
frontier of science, quantum physics. One can then ask, what is the relationship between
observation and the self, between the observer and the observed? However, this is not
as simple as it might at rst appear: The scientic paradigm that has worked for several
centuries, classical Newtonian physics, and even though shown to be limited still prevails
as the way science is practiced, says nothing about the act of observation or for that matter
the observer. It is totally agnostic, as the implicit metaphysical assumption of classical
physics is that there is an existing external, physical reality, independent of observations.
But this is nothing more than an ontological presumption, no one has proven that indeed
this is the way things are! As such, the observer, and by implication the conscious self, are
irrelevant to most of the conduct of science and are delegated to a secondary, at best, role.
As classical physics had, and still does, such a profound inuence on scientic inquiry, one
should not wonder that progress has been slow to try to address the issues of consciousness
and self. However, we quickly note that if we are to adopt and follow the classical scientic
world view, then the purpose of existence, the meaning of life, the individual self, the act of
observation, free will, to mention a few, all become hollow and imaginary concepts, with no
foundational existence. The only things that exist are space, time, objects, forces, energy,
and other such familiar physics entities, all obeying immutable laws subject to the rigors of
mathematics. The universe of classical science, although in some sense ideal, is also a rather
inert and barren landscape, with no place for humanity and everything that is near and dear
to all human beings.
With the progress brought about through the development of quantum theory, the act
of observation has taken a central role. In the words of John A. Wheeler, the universe is
a participatory universe, no phenomenon is a phenomenon until it is observed. In the
Copenhagen Interpretation, developed by Niels Bohr, Werner Heisenberg, Wolfgang Pauli,
Max Born, followed by Richard Feynman and others, and its highest form achieved through
68
TSC 2013
the work of John von Neumann, observation plays a central role. In fact, Earl Walker claims
that in order to understand physics, we have to understand consciousness. In several works,
my co-workers and I have suggested that quantum physics, through the central role of the
observer element, is opening the door to understanding consciousness, to understanding
the Conscious Universe.
In cognitive science, psychology and related elds, the self, the observer and consciousness
are, often, interchangeably used, which can lead to confusion. We claim one should take
great care to dene terms as well as one can, and follow consistent clarity. Although there
are complementary relationships tying them together, they are not the same. In fact,
in quantum theory, there is a complementary relationship between the observer and
the observed system. In cognitive science as is being developed today, neuroscientists,
psychologists, and physicists, have placed little emphasis on the observer, and have
primarily tied consciousness to objects within consciousness. Russell Hebert and I propose
that consciousness cannot be understood fully by looking exclusively at objects within
consciousness and one has to address the role of the observer. Contemplative neuroscience
and the vast eld of meditation practices, imply the same. We make the case that the de-
objectied observer of human consciousness is the same as the observer of quantum
physics. Athanassios A. Nassikas and I have developed the concept of dimensionless, as a
place where consciousness resides, which cannot be expressed logically, in all space and
all time (past and future). And, therefore, as we note, the concept of space-time quantum
entanglement is identical with the concept of space-time non-locality originally proposed
by Kafatos. This is perhaps a reasonable way to proceed, from science to metaphysics
and monism. The individual self would then be the sense of awareness by the observer
observing herself. In putting it this way, it opens the door to utilize the tools of quantum
theory, particularly as developed by von Neumann, in order to address the nature of the
self.
There is, however, a huge challenge ahead: By denition, de-objectied consciousness
cannot be studied as an object, which would imply that consciousness is outside the realm
of science. There is a way out: Rather than studying the nature of consciousness as an
object, one may study the properties assigned to conscious processes. This would still allow
a scientic approach. In fact, the properties can be tied to foundational principles, which
should be part of a mathematical formulation. These principles are found to be universal
and apply at all scales, in fact they apply outside space and time as well as inside. Guided by
quantum theory, we nd that complementarity, non-locality, entanglement, quantization,
contextuality, and even sufcient reason, can all be considered as principles applying not
just to the so-called physical world, but to the mental and living worlds as well. Here the
role of qualia becomes paramount. Deepak Chopra, Rudy Tanzi and I are exploring a new
qualia science. The universal principles are the hallmarks of qualia, how they operate as
singular moments of subjective experience.
The nal step is to realize the universality of principles associated with consciousness, i.e.
to realize that the individual self and its role as the observer, are much more universal than
the individual human condition. In parallel to these modern attempts, what perennial
philosophies have taught for thousands of years, the sages of Vedanta, Shankara etc.,
the sages of Shaivism, Vasugupta, Abhinavagupta, Utplaladeva, Somananda, Ksemaraja,
etc., and in ancient Greece, Socrates, Plato, Pythagoras, and all the great thinkers and
philosophers, all lead to the basic, all encompassing, foundation of the Universe, the
Self. The great teachers taught and practiced, that the individual self is the same as the
universal Self. We will examine some of the ancient sutras. Perhaps then the entire universe
is nothing more than acts of observation. The creative process would then be identical to
TSC 2013
69
the observing process. The Self would be the ultimate Witness Consciousness. And the act of
creation would be a conscious act of observation. In this vision, the Universe is participatory,
consisting of countless acts of observation, forming a web of entangled processes at all
levels. In this new vision of the universe, instead of declaring as Descartes I think, therefore
I exist, we would declare We observe, therefore everything exists.
70
TSC 2013
EASTERN PHILOSOPHY FORUM
n HIGHER STATES : THE NEUROPHYSIOLOGY OF
ENLIGHTENMENT
JOHN HAGELIN
Maharishi University
Since ancient times, the cherished goal of Yoga and Yogic meditation has been the
attainment of MokshaEnlightenment. In modern times, the scientic research
community has focused on the more pedestrian but practical goals of improved physical
and mental wellbeing.
However, recent scientic studies on long-term meditators are starting to report a
fascinating and potentially important side benet of sustained yogic practice: higher
states of consciousness. These are states of consciousness beyond waking, dreaming and
deep sleep, which bring a completely transformed experience of the world, along with
greatly expanded mental and physical capabilities.
These published ndings provide key empirical support for the ancient Yogic hypothesis
of higher states of consciousness. They impact substantially our basic understanding of
the nature of consciousness, the limits of human potential, and the practical possibility of
living Enlightenment on a permanent basis. They also reveal the fundamental difference
between consciousnessthe abstract eld of pure subjectivityand the content of
mental experience: sensation, mind, and emotion.

TSC 2013
71
INVITED TALKS
n TEN FUNDAMENTALS OF A SINGLE BRAIN MICROTUBULE:
HOW BIOSYSTEMS PLAY MUSIC WITH THE OCTAVE BANDS FOR
THE LAST 3 BILLION YEARS
ANIRBAN BANDYOPADHYAY
National Institute for Materials Science
Tsukuba
Japan
Composing music requires seven basic tunes, for Indians, seven tunes come from the sounds
of seven animals, however, in the biosystems, where microtubule is the string, musical notes
are played with octave frequencies and their large number of harmonics. In conventional
musical devices, we harp on the string to play the music, but here, we change the length
of the string to play the music. There are basically ten fundamental features which makes
microtubule and unique musical string. 1. Microtubule is a ferroelectric material, hence it
is pyroelectric and piezoelectric. 2. Microtubule carries out wireless communication with
another neighbor 10 micrometers apart. 3. Microtubule is a fusion of eight tuning forks, 4.
Microtubule alleviates thermal noise automatically, 5. Dynamic instability was programmed
3 billion years before trees, animals, protista and fungi got separated in due course of evolution.
6. Dynamic instability is the language of the living cell, 7. Microtubule belongs to an unique
class of condensates, protein forms unique resonance circuits with the evolutionary drug
molecules, 8. Microtubule shows loss-less memory switching properties, 9. Water channel
controls the electronic property of a single microtubule, 10. Soliton propagation along the
brain neuron extracted microtubule. We can summarize the above ten remarkable ndings
on microtubule as follows: the ferroelectric property is the key microtubule is a tuning fork
piezoelectric oscillators and works as an antenna and receiver. All the properties of single
brain microtubule remain constant with length but only the resonance property changes.
Therefore, it creates a language for the living cells. The synchronized communication among
microtubules are responsible for unique wireless communications. We have seen that with
synchrony microtubule from different species exhibit unique similarity an cooperative
relationships. Obviously, these were programmed long back before the evolution started,
the soliton production and propagation were detected in the microtubule under thermal
and electrical vibrations, and we also imaged them under the atomic scale microscopy.
Therefore, eventually, it helps in noise management as microtubule breathes heat to pump
them outside the microtubule. This unique management helps microtubule to keep its
conductivity independent of temperature.
72
TSC 2013
n MAN CANNOT BEAR TOO MUCH REALITY (T.S. ELIOT):
EXPERIENCE, KNOWLEDGE AND REPRESENTATION IN
BRITISH LITERATURE
ANNA-MARGARETHA HORATSCHEK
Dean of the English Department
Chair for English Literature
Christian-Albrechts-University at Kiel
Germany
How can spiritual experiences, which per denition transcend the limits of verbal language
and rational systematization, be represented in language? Literature, as a privileged site
for cultural self-reection, has imaginatively negotiated this problem throughout history.
T.S. Eliots title quote exhibits the modernist conviction that language protects and at the
same time prevents human consciousness from the experience of an assumed - true
reality. Only in epiphanies may it appear for a eeting moment, but there is no way to
represent it adequately. Yet by writing about the impossibility of rendering authentic
experience, T.S. Eliot simultaneously evokes the very realm he explicitly marks as
unrepresentable. Postmodern literature radicalizes the epistemological skepticism of
Modernism and negotiates the philosophical thesis that even the idea of an experience
beyond language is the product of culturally dominant ways of thought, established from
antiquity and depending on binary oppositions, presentism (Derridas deconstructivism)
and historically specic discursive codings (Foucaults discourse analysis). These literary
discussions regarding the precedence of ontological reality (essentialism, transcendence,
spiritualism) or cultural production (constructivism, immanence, secularism), the status
of individual experience as a way to knowledge, and aesthetic strategies to transcend the
prison house of language (Henry James) will form the central topics of my talk.
I shall present a tour dhorizon of British Literature from the Early Modern Period to the
present and focus on paradigm shifts from an ontological to a cultural(ist) perspective
concerning the relation between epiphanic experiences, (verbal and scientic) knowledge
and (aesthetic) representation. How do the historically specic views affect related concepts
like soul, self, knowledge, and truth, and how do the various approaches in British
Literary History comment on the ultimate aim of the conference to move towards a science
of consciousness`?
TSC 2013
73
n DYNAMIC BRAIN STATES AND CONSCIOUSNESS
ANTHONY HUDETZ
Medical College of Wisconsin, Wisconsin
According to Tononi, the qualitative aspect of subjective experience arises from the choice
from a large repertoire of possible qualities. It is further postulated that each experiential
event is associated with a distinct brain state and that the ongoing stream of consciousness
is formed by the rapid and orderly succession of these states. Important remaining questions
include at what functional organization and temporal scale these brain states exist and how
they may be quantied. Recent functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) investigations
reveal that in the task-free resting state, functional connectivity patterns of the brain change
dynamically on the time scale of seconds. Measurements of electroencephalographic
activity reveal microstates at the time scale of 100 ms. Local neuronal groups form transient
functional clusters called avalanches that last for milliseconds. Dendritic eld potentials
form dynamic patterns with submillisecond precision. None of these patterns ever repeat
in exactly the same form as each is modied by its own history, leading to an inexhaustible
repertoire of states in time. But the dynamics of state transitions can be different in various
global states of wakefulness, sleep, attention, vigilance or drug effects.
A potentially fruitful scientic approach to better understand the minimal necessary neural
functions that support the state of consciousness is to manipulate the state of consciousness.
Anesthetic drugs are unique tools to safely and reversibly alter the state of consciousness
with great precision. We ask, how is the dynamics of brain sates inuenced by general
anesthetics at a dose that suppress consciousness? Also, does brain state dynamics recover
when subjects emerge to consciousness from anesthesia? To answer these questions, we
performed investigations using fMRI and intracerebral recordings of electrophysiological
signals at three different spatial and temporal scales.
74
TSC 2013
n SETTING THE AGENDA FOR A SCIENCE OF INFORMATION
A. K. MUKHOPADHYAY
All India Institute of Medical Sciences
New Delhi
India
Information is connected / related at the local level with Time Space Energy and Matter and
at nonlocal level with Mind, Self, Life-principle and Consciousness. Therefore, developing
a science of information becomes compelling for extension of present science in the
deeper (spiritual) realm and to connect spiritual science with what all have been available
in present science.
The present paper takes a radical view of information by taking a position that information
has an independent existence beyond Plancks scale of nature. Its size is smaller than what
can be measured in Plancks scale and then sets the agenda for developing a science of
information. The hypothetical relation between information and mind with Time Space
and Energy has been stated. A probable structure of information in inactive and active
stage has been suggested. It is viewed that information is carried by the quantum particle/
wave to produce quantum puzzles and paradoxes. Information loss during passage of
information through cascading nest of nature-consciousness has been cited. A distinction
between information-entanglement and quantum entanglement has been made.
That information has a mechanics of its own has been emphasized. Information-gene
relationship, information-memes relationship and information-self relationship have
been discussed. Other possible frontiers in developing a science of information have been
highlighted. Finally, mantra has been visualized as information on the Divine.
The proposition is conceptual and has been developed on the basis of imagination,
speculation and intuition. The motivation to write the paper originates from envisaging
a probable bridge between the realm of present science and the realm of spirituality by
means of developing a science of information.
TSC 2013
75
n OBJECTS, BOUNDARIES AND IDENTITY: WHAT QUANTUM
THEORY AND NEUROSCIENCE TELL US ABOUT OBSERVATION
CHRIS FIELDS
Santa Fe
Our silently-verbalized thoughts, our statements to each other, our written records
are all experienced as classical information: nite symbol strings like its warm
out today or x = 5. What classical information is and where it comes from is
the deepest question in the foundations of physics, and has been so for over 80
years. This question is traditionally called the measurement problem; it is now
also called the problem of the emergence of classicality or the problem of what
local operations, classical communication means as a computational protocol.

This talk confronts the question of where classical information comes from with another:
how do observers identify the systems that they are observing? The rst part examines
the ubiquitous assumption that the macroscopic systems routinely identied by human
observers laboratory apparatus, other people, tables and chairs can be treated as
objectively given by quantum dynamics via some physical process of emergence. It shows
that decoherence theory, the leading candidate for a physical theory of the emergence of
classicality, cannot produce objective classicality, and that popular non-ontic positions
such as quantum Bayesianism cannot be made coherent without assuming objective
classicality a priori. Hence the origin and even the meaning of classical information remain
open questions.

Classical information is produced by quantum entanglement, but in a way that does not
allow for observer-independent objectivity. Obtaining, recording or reporting classical
information within a quantum world requires the presence of social mirrors (C. Whitehead,
2001, J. Cons Studies 8(4) 3-36) multiple observers who are able to communicate about
the identication of the systems, including each other, that are being observed. Expressing
this dependence of observation on multiple, communicating observers requires extending
quantum theory with a language capable of explicitly representing semantic relationships,
such as the languages of virtual machines (i.e. of algorithm execution) or of category
theory.

The second part of the talk briey examines an extension of Tononis theory of consciousness
as information integration capability (G. Tononi, 2008, Biol. Bull. 215, 216-242) to include
object identication by observers. It points out that the brain is constructed so as not to
require that systems be given, and hence so as not to require objective classical information. It
concludes that biological systems in general including macromolecules can productively
be viewed as de novo creators of classical information and hence as consciousness
machines.
76
TSC 2013
n QUESTIONS FOR CONSCIOUSNESS RESEARCH CAN
SYSTEMS THEORY HELP?
JACK ELLIS
Professor Emeritus in Environmental Studies
York University, Toronto
Canada
The concept of consciousness has been explored largely in terms of human consciousness.
The extension of the concept of consciousness to non-human consciousness and,
potentially, to consciousness in other forms, raises a number of questions for consciousness
research. Organising principles such as system theory may be able to help understand
the phenomenon of consciousness, but broader concepts such as from quantum theory,
fundamental space-time geometry and, potentially, string-theoretic parallel universes are
needed. The paper addresses issues such as: can systems theory contribute to the analysis
of such phenomena? What other concepts must be adapted or developed to understand
consciousness as a system?
TSC 2013
77
n WHAT DO WE KNOW ABOUT MICROTUBULES TODAY THAT
WE DID NOT KNOW 15 YEARS AGO AND WHY IS IT IMPORTANT?
JACK A. TUSZYNSKI
Division of Oncology and Department of Physics,
University of Alberta,
Edmonton, Alberta, T6G 2J1, Canada
Microtubules, cylindrical protein organelles found in all eukaryotes, are critically involved
in a variety of cellular processes including motility, transport and mitosis. They have also
been implicated in signaling, memory and communication processes in neurons. Their
component protein, tubulin, is composed of two polypeptides, designated and . In addition
to - and -tubulin, cells require the related -tubulin for nucleation. An enigmatic feature of
tubulin is its heterogeneity. Not only are - and -tubulin each encoded by up to six different
genes, but the protein can also be post-translationally modied in many ways. In 1997 in a
major advance in the eld, the three-dimensional structure of bovine brain tubulin has been
determined by electron crystallography by the Downing group at Berkeley. We have been
studying the tubulin structure and its properties extensively using computer modeling and
identied global structural similarity traits along with subtle differences between isotypes of
tubulin in their electric charges, volumes, surface areas and morphology, dipole moments
and dipole vector orientations. These properties inuence the functional characteristics of
each individual tubulin as well as microtubule stability, assembly kinetics and conductive
properties, as is known from experimental studies. The regularity of the obtained results
indicates correlation between structure and function. Of particular importance was to nd
differences in the binding sites for various chemotherapeutic agents such as taxanes and
vinca alkaloids in order to design isotype-specic variants of these anti-mitotic drugs. This
has led to rational drug design with great potential for future applications in the clinic.
We also demonstrate the importance of electrostatics in the formation of the microtubule
lattice for pattern encoding and for conduction properties. Finally, recent results indicate at
a molecular level how microtubules play a key role in anesthesia, memory formation and
pathological changes in cancer as well as neurological diseases (Alzheimers, Parkinsons, TBI
and Huntingtons). In summary, over the past 15 years we have created the foundation for
quantitative design of macromolecular structures based on tubulin isoforms with potential
applications in nanotechnology and molecular medicine.
78
TSC 2013
n IS CONSCIOUSNESS THE UNIFIED FIELD?
A FIELD THEORISTS PERSPECTIVE
JOHN HAGELIN
Maharishi University
Progress in theoretical physics during the past decade has led to a progressively more unied
understanding of the laws of nature, culminating in the recent discovery of completely
unied eld theories based on the superstring. These theories identify a single universal,
unied eld at the basis of all forms and phenomena in the universe.
At the same time, cutting-edge research in the eld of neuroscience has revealed the
existence of a unied eld of consciousnessa fourth major state of human consciousness,
which is physiologically and subjectively distinct from waking, dreaming and deep sleep.
In this meditative state, a.k.a. Samadhi, the threefold structure of waking experience
the observer, the observed and the process of observationare united in one indivisible
wholeness of pure consciousness.
These parallel discoveries of a unied eld of physics and a unied eld of consciousness
raise fundamental questions concerning the relationship between the two. We present
compelling theoretical and experimental evidence that the unied eld of physics and the
unied eld of consciousness are identicali.e., that during the meditative state, human
awareness directly experiences the unied eld at the foundation of the universe.
We show that the proposed identity between pure consciousness and the unied eld
may be required to account for experimentally observed eld effects of consciousness.
We present the published results of a National Demonstration Projectin which 4,000
advanced meditators markedly reduced violent crime in Washington, DC.
We briey discuss mechanisms from quantum mechanics, quantum eld theory, and
superstring theory that could explain the proposed link between human neurphysiology
and the unied eld of physics.
TSC 2013
79
n A LIGHT ON BHANWAR GUFA BASED ON THE TRUTH :
THE MICROCOSM (AHAM OR PINDA) AND THE MACROCOSM
(MAHAT OR BRAHMANDA) ARE BUILT ON THE SAME PLAN
JOY SEN
Associate Professor
Department of Architecture & Regional Planning
Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur
India
The paper brings to light an extremely important area of realization proposed by the tradition
of Saints (Sants) in the Western and Eastern traditions. Natural systems like a bee-hive or
an ant-hill have been given a very high place as self-regulating systems, i.e. systems which
are sustainable and self-correcting through feedback. Proponents of the Systems Theory
(Bertalanffy (1950); Laszlo (1972a); Capra, F. (1997)] in the West and a greater body of saints/
seers in the East, from times immemorial, have shared the viewpoint.
The orchestration and convergence of an aggregate of a thousand bees drawing nectar
from various ecological oras and converting that to an immortal property called honey is
analogous to the highest wisdom of realization, called Madhu-vidya in the Upanishads.
The aggregation of bees (bhramar or bhanwar) is both a simile and an epitome of collective
or universal consciousness as opposed to an individual or disjointed conscious being.
Immortality or madhu is consequentially the epitome of immortal truth realized only in
the collective-aggregate level of networks running through the universe.
In a universal personality a realized mind reects the aggregate and is therefore immortal;
a disjointed individual it is not. The modern idea of networking, array and matrices are
therefore as old as the tradition of saints. Therefore, the wisdom of penetrating the ways in
the aggregate bee-hive or literally, the bhanwar gufa is the doorway to an integral match-
point of the individual and the universal. The paper brings to light this extremely important
area of seer-realization.
To do that, the paper proposes a discussion in three parts. The rst two parts unfold the
historical background and the psycho-somatic framework of the esoteric foundations,
which are available only in the intuitive-contemplative inner laboratories of an aspirants
yogic mind.
The third and last part proposes a set of empirical research foundations based on an
algorithm of science of numbers (called samkhya or codes), science of vibrations (sound or
stimulus) and science of thought (logical or meaningful responses to stimuli).
80
TSC 2013
n CONSCIOUSNESS AND THE MODEL OF THE PERSON
INDIAN PSYCHOLOGY
K. RAMAKRISHNA RAO
Chancellor, GITAM University
Andhra Pradesh
India
Psychology in the Indian tradition is the study of the person. The person is conceived as a
unique composite of body, mind, and consciousness. Body refers to the senses, the central
nervous system, the brain, and other supporting physical structures. The mind is the
cognitive instrument connected with the body at one end and consciousness at the other.
Mind and body are physical, though the mind, unlike the body, is subtle and therefore
manifests certain nonlocal characteristics. Consciousness is irreducibly distinct from the
body and the mind. It does not therefore interact with mind or body. However, the mind by
its association with consciousness manifests certain characteristics that physical things do
not normally have. Even though the mind is physical, like the body, it cannot be reduced
to its physical constituents, unlike the body. Again, a body or any mix of physical things
cannot create a mind. Mind is a unique evolute of prakriti. It has a primacy of its own.
As a composite of body, mind and consciousness, the person functions at three different
levels. In the area of knowing, for example, the person is capable of processing information
sensorially. This may be considered the level of observation, which in the Indian tradition
is referred to as sravana. The second level is the level of understanding facilitated by
the active participation of the mind. This level is labelled as manana. The third level of
nididhyasana involves transcognitive knowing or realization brought about by meditation,
when the person is able to access consciousness as-such. A state of realization is different
from observation and understanding in that it is trans-cognitive and transcends such
dichotomies as subject and object, thought and action. In a state of realization knowing and
being blend into each other so that one becomes/does what he knows. This is exemplied
in the Upanishadic statement to know Brahman is to be Brahman.
Again, the person as a composite of body, mind and consciousness may be studied from
three different perspectives (a) physiological (b) psychological and (c) spiritual. From the
physiological perspective, we seek to learn how bodily processes inuence ones behaviour
and being. From the psychological side, we may study the person to understand how
mental states affect bodily states and how the latter may inuence the mind. A person may
be studied also from a spiritual perspective to learn about transcognitive states and how
consciousness is involved in our being and to realize non-physical resources of human
functioning. Different methods are needed to pursue these studies at different levels.
However, the Indian approach is holistic in that the person cannot be studied meaningfully
from any single perspective.
The goal of human endeavour is to progressively transform the person to higher levels of
being, from the dominance of the physical to a realization of the spiritual. There are hurdles
on the way; but there are also techniques and strategies one could use to transcend them.
To do this, it is necessary to understand and appreciate the nature of consciousness.
We will discuss in this address in some detail the concept of consciousness in Indian
psychology and its implications to the areas of consciousness studies, cognitive anomalies,
positive psychology and transpersonal psychology.
n THE SELF IN SCIENCE AND INDIAN MONISTIC SCHOOLS
MENAS KAFATOS
Fletcher Jones Endowed Professor of Computational Physics
Director, Center of Excellence, Chapman University, Orange, California
United States of America.
TSC 2013
81
Every human being, sooner or later, wonders about his/her purpose of life and how the
individual ts in the general scheme of things, what is the right way to live, how to search for
the right values and meanings of existence. These are ancient questions, still very relevant
today, affecting every single human being in todays society. What is this sense of identity,
or individuality, that has been with us from the day we were born until we pass on, what
is this self? This is a deep question which philosophy has tried to address for at least
2,000 years. In the case of us, humans, the individual self is a conscious entity, with self-
awareness and objectied awareness. Do other species possess a sense of self, like humans
do, is consciousness a characteristic of life in general? Does life (and consciousness) exist
throughout the universe?
In a more general sense, what is consciousness itself, how can one dene it, what are its
characteristics, and other such related questions, are at the forefront of both scientic and
metaphysical inquiry. Although one would expect that consciousness should be subject to
scientic investigation, in truth little progress has been made on that, last frontier, of science.
We know more about galaxies billions of light years away than we know what a thought is,
how it is produced, its connection with the neuronal hardware.
82
TSC 2013
n AN EVENT CONTROL APPROACH TO UNDERSTANDING
SELF AND CONSCIOUSNESS
NARAYANAN SRINIVASAN
Centre of Behavioural and Cognitive Sciences,
University of Allahabad, Allahabad
India
One approach that is based on close relationship between perception and action is the
event-control approach that emphasizes control of perception-action events. I will discuss
ndings that indicate the importance of control for visual awareness as well as sense of
agency. I will argue for an event-control hierarchy approach for naturalizing Self, focusing
on the perception-action regularities at different hierarchical levels. The amount of control
at different levels of hierarchy determines the nature of self. I will present results from two
experiments using a multi-agent scenario (sharing a common goal) in which an agent is
partially controlled by the participant. Identication is dependent on the amount of control
and the relationship is determined by whether the goal is achieved. Sense of agency or self
is dependent on the highest level of control of hierarchy exercised (goal when successful
and perceptual-motor level when not successful). The sense of agency increased with the
amount of control in the highest level of control hierarchy. The amount of control also
inuences what the way we perceive our actions and their consequent perceptual effects.
The results from these novel experiments support a hierarchical event-control model of
self and consciousness.
TSC 2013
83
n THE CONSCIOUSNESS QUOTIENT: INTRODUCING
CONSCIOUSNESS EXPERIENCE AS A RESEARCH VARIABLE IN
PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT
OVIDIU BRAZDAU
Consciousness Quotient Institute
1 Free Press Plaza
Bucharest 013701, Romania
The scientic evaluation of consciousness has been a topic debated over the last century
by different scientic communities in different academic elds: psychology and cognitive
science, philosophy, neuroscience, psychiatry, and lately, by quantum physics. As
consciousness is a subjective experience, the rst person approach seems to provide
valuable information, but unfortunately the rst person methods offer no scientic results,
unless statistical analyses are provided (Varela & Shear, 1999; Dennett, 2001).
The research problems come from the methodological inability to isolate consciousness as
an individual phenomenon. Consciousness seems to be different from all other scientic
concepts, and it has been extraordinarily difcult to treat it as a variable (Baars, 1997). In
psychology, measuring the consciousness experience with assessment instruments and
statistical methods has been a rare topic of research, maybe because psychologists nd it
difcult to create a method that would reach a satisfactory level of signicance of the results
(Natsoulas, 1990).
Since 2005 I been developing the Consciousness Quotient Theory and the CQ Inventory
(CQ-I ), as a part of my PhD thesis. This process took me eight years, while trying to
gure out a way to identify and scientically measure the so-called aware/conscious
behaviors. CQ-i was developed through 14 studies on a population of 6,800 individuals,
until the CQ-i beta version was rst released in 2008, and presented the following year at
the Toward a Science of Consciousness conference. Since then, it has been updated many
times in order to become a very reliable and valid assessment instrument that measures
consciousness as a psychological variable. The validation studies included explorations of
its concurrent validity using inventories such as CPI, EQ-i, NEO PI-R, GAMA and MSCEIT.
Qualitative explorations based on Williss cognitive interviewing methodology (Willis, 1999)
and extensive library research were realized during this period of time. However, around
one third of the conscious/aware behaviors described have not been found in scientic
literature, but were included in the inventory as valuable experiential data from the eastern
wisdom of consciousness.
The Consciousness Quotient Inventory is composed of six dimensions, which comprise the
Consciousness Quotient: physical, emotional, cognitive, spiritual, social-relational and self-
consciousness. These six dimensions are the main six factors of the Consciousness Quotient
Inventory. CQ-i explores these dimensions, using behavioral-based questions scored with a
Likert scale with six degrees.
The adjusting process ended in January 2013 and the resulting CQ-i 2013 is now available
to researchers worldwide. The exploration process will last until 2014. Meanwhile, the
scientic community is invited to contribute to this science endeavor by using CQ-i on
various populations, and discussing ways to improve it on the online forum at the CQ
Institute website.
CQ-i can be used for evaluating personal development or in psychotherapy when evaluating
the progress of a client. Other areas include leadership, employee satisfaction, digital
interactions, the arts, medicine, military applications and the efcacy of religious techniques.
CQ-i is free to use by researchers in educational elds and for individual online testing on
the CQ Institute website.
84
TSC 2013
There are lots of applications of the CQ Inventory. CQ is a non-cognitive predictor for
academic performance, and it may be useful for evaluating professional performance
in call centers and customer care departments. CQ-i can be used in psychotherapy, for
evaluating personal development. Other areas include leadership, employees satisfaction,
digital interactions, arts, medicine, military eld and efciency of the religious techniques.
CQI is free to use by researches in educational eld.
TSC 2013
85
n DOES THE QUANTUM THEORY MAKE ROOM FOR THE
CAUSAL POWERS OF CONSCIOUSNESS?
PAAVO PYLKKANEN
Department of Cognitive Neuroscience and Philosophy, University of Skovde, Sweden
And
Department of Philosophy, University of Helsinki, Finland
Does consciousness have causal powers? More specically, does it make a difference to
the effects of information processing, whether or not the system is conscious of that
information? There is a growing body of evidence suggesting that astonishingly much of
our most sophisticated brain functions work totally independent from consciousness (see
e.g. Walla ed. 2012). These results call into question the assumption that the conscious self
plays a crucial causal role in complex human cognitive and emotion-related information
processing, and in the way this information guides behavior. Indeed, since Libets 1985
work on the neuroscience of free will, the notion that the conscious will is not the original
determinant of action has won increasing support among neuroscientists Wegner being
a prominent contemporary example. Yet there are those who hold that consciousness has a
genuine and indispensable causal role to play. For example, as pointed out by Robert Van
Gulick in his useful review, it has been suggested that consciousness provides an organism
with more exible control, better social coordination, more integrated representations, better
informational access, genuine freedom of will and intrinsic motivation. I will consider these
suggestions, drawing attention to especially how the putative causal role of consciousness
connects with information. With this link between consciousness and information in mind,
I will then consider Bohm and Hileys notion of active information that is extended all the
way to fundamental physics at the quantum level. In this broader context I will nally
consider how we might understand the role that consciousness seems to play in information
processing. Quite often philosophers appeal to the causal closure of the physical domain as
a reason why mental properties cannot possibly inuence physical processes. However, if
information plays a key causal role at the quantum level, and if we can develop a plausible
and coherent view of how consciousness might inuence that information, the way is open
to understanding how consciousness could inuence physical processes in the brain in a
very fundamental and subtle way.
86
TSC 2013
n QUANTUM MODELS OF COGNITION
PETER BRUZA
Queensland University of Technology
Australia
The cognitive revolution that occurred in the 1960s was based on classical computational
logic, and the connectionist/neural network movements of the 1970s were based on
classical dynamical systems. Therefore, classical assumptions remain at the heart of both
cognitive architecture and neural network theories, and they are so commonly and widely
applied that we take them for granted and presume them to be obviously true. Quantum
theory, on the other hand, provides a fundamentally different approach to logic, reasoning,
probabilistic inference, and dynamical systems. The fundamental implications of these
contrasting approaches will be examined with concrete examples drawn from cognition
and decision theory. For example, in order to model a cognitive system, we habitually
assume the system can be decomposed into component parts, and then the whole is
assumed to be the sum of the parts. So much so, the question of how to view, understand
or model a cognitive system in a non-compositional way has an oddly unfamiliar ring to
it. This presentation will explore the validity of this assumption by utilising probabilistic
methods developed for analysing composite systems in quantum theory and applying
them to cognitive phenomena. For example, conceptual combinations cover a broad
range of compound phrases ranging from the everyday ``black cat to novel compound
nominals such as ``cactus sh. In both cognitive science and linguistics the prevailing
view is the semantics of a concept combination are compositional, i.e., the semantics of
the combination are assumed to be determined only from the semantics of its constituent
concepts. In the emerging eld of quantum cognition several articles have speculated
that concepts in human semantic space may sometimes behave like quantum entangled
particles and hence be non-compositional cognitive phenomena. Whilst the examples
used will shed light on the supposed compositionality of conceptual representation in
cognition, the analytic methods are more broadly applicable. A key underlying theme is
that quantum theory provides both a conceptual framework and associated formalism to
model - in a holistic way - highly contextual phenomena, such as human cognition. The
talk concludes by highlighting some tentative connections between this holistic theme and
Bohm & Hileys intuitive understanding of quantum non-locality.
TSC 2013
87
n CONSCIOUSNESS
PETER H. ROE
Professor Emeritus
Department of Systems Design Engineering
and Director of International Exchange Programs, Faculty of Engineering
University of Waterloo, Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
This presentation brings together some thoughts and experiences which may help in
the establishment of a science of consciousness. It contains two examples of the loss of
awareness caused by traumatic events, which themselves give indications of the physical
reality that consciousness is a state of the brain. Brief mention is made of higher spiritual
consciousness, - and lower subconsciousness - levels of awareness. It is pointed out that
achievement of better worldliness can be a result of attainment of higher levels of spiritual
consciousness.
88
TSC 2013
n THE DYNAMICS OF CONSCIOUSNESS
PETER WALLING
Baylor University Medical Centre
Dallas, Texas
We argue that conscious perceptions are not amenable to direct physiological observation,
however, the mesoscopic electrical brain changes which correlate with perceptions are.
The basics of non-linear dynamics are explained with reference to fractals, attractors and
non-integer dimensions.
We use non-linear measures to examine the dynamical correlates of the emergence of
consciousness from anaesthesia, evolution ,sleep, and show how non-linear changes occur
in the formation of a combined sensory experience, or Gestalt.

We offer a dynamical explanation of the conscious moment which extends the idea of
Freemans Mass Action suggested by Dr. Walter J. Freeman.
TSC 2013
89
n THE HIGHER-ORDER THOUGHT (HOT) THEORY OF
CONSCIOUSNESS AND ITS NEURAL REALIZATION
ROCCO J. GENNARO
University of Southern Indiana
The higher-order thought (HOT) theory of consciousness is a representational theory
of consciousness which says that what makes a mental state conscious is that there is a
suitable HOT directed at that mental state. Thus, it seems that any neural realization of
the theory must be widely distributed in the brain, but it remains unclear just how widely
distributed it needs to be. I argue against the view that HOT theory should treat rst-order
(i.e. world-directed) conscious states as requiring prefrontal cortical activity. There are at
least two advantages to this view. First, there is little evidence to suggest that typical rst-
order conscious states involve prefrontal cortical activity as opposed to other more limited
cortical activity (such as recurrent feedback loops in other brain areas). However, when
HOTs are themselves conscious, we instead have introspection, executive control, and
other more sophisticated mental abilities, which are rightly associated with the prefrontal
cortex. Second, if HOT theory required prefrontal cortical activity for all conscious states,
then it is needlessly susceptible to the criticism that HOT theory rules out animal and infant
consciousness. I therefore challenge arguments made both by opponents of HOT theory,
such as Block and Kriegel, as well as supporters of HOT theory, such as Rosenthal and Lau.
I do agree with the latter pair, however, that there is good empirical and philosophical
support for the higher-order view and I do in fact hold a version of HOT theory (R. Gennaro,
The Consciousness Paradox: Consciousness, Concepts, and Higher-Order Thoughts, MIT
Press, 2012).
90
TSC 2013
n WHY SHE IS ME?
A COMPARATIVE DISCUSSION ON BODY AND THE SELF
SANGEETHA MENON
Professor & Head, Consciousness Studies Programme,
National Institute of Advanced Studies
Indian Institute of Science Campus, Bangalore
India
In an article titled She wont be Me in the recent issue of the Journal of Consciousness
Studies Susan Blackmore presents a provoking thesis. Her thesis is that many selves exist,
the self by itself is eeting, and there is no continuous self. The she of the previous moment
is not the me of the present moment.
I wish to make a critical review of this thesis with the help of the Vedantic theory of body
and embodiment and establish why she is me and there is self-continuity. Our existence
even in the moments of awaring discrete events is in the form of an agent and enjoyer of
the action not just for that moment but for all moments that preceded and are yet to follow.
Such continuity is denitely designed and customized by the culture we come from and
the life styles we adopt so as to present our personal identities. Yet there are universal and
trans-cultural factors in the experiences that incur from the moments of events.
The argument Blackmore presents is that every experience would have a subject of its
own and as experiences appear and disappear the selves also appear and disappear. The
central problem in such an argument that takes experience to be the causal agent for
the self is that it cannot account for the very existence of experience in the rst place. To
have a self that experiences the experience at any given moment it is necessary for the
subject to have continued from a previous experience. What is that which connects the
subject of the previous experience to the subsequent experience? Memories can only
give continuity to the content of the experience but not the subject itself since there has
to be a prior beholder of memories who can recall them at will. In which case, to whom
does the rst experience belong? And to whom does the subsequent experience accrue?
Experience itself is inuenced by the continuity of the experiencer as a continuing self who
contributes to the content of each experience with his or her memories, choices, attitudes
and responses.
TSC 2013
91
n THE NEURAL CORRELATES OF CONSCIOUS AWARENESS
REVEALED BY THE STUDY OF COMA & RELATED STATES
STEVEN LAUREYS
Coma Science Group, University and University Hospital of Lige
Belgium
The past 15years have provided an unprecedented collection of discoveries that bear upon
our scientic understanding of recovery of consciousness in the human brain following
severe brain damage. Highlighted among these discoveries are unique demonstrations
that patients with little or no behavioral evidence of conscious awareness may retain
critical cognitive capacities and the rst scientic demonstrations that some patients,
with severely injured brains and very longstanding conditions of limited behavioral
responsiveness, may nonetheless harbor latent capacities for recovery. Included among
such capacities are particularly human functions of language and higher-level cognition
that either spontaneously or through direct interventions may reemerge even at long time
intervals or remain unrecognized.
When patients in persistent vegetative state (recently coined unresponsive wakefulness
syndrome) show minimal signs of consciousness but are unable to reliably communicate
the term minimally responsive or minimally conscious state (MCS) is used. MCS was
recently subcategorized based on the complexity of patients behaviors: MCS+ describes
high-level behavioral responses (i.e., command following, intelligible verbalizations or non-
functional communication) and MCS- describes low-level behavioral responses (i.e., visual
pursuit, localization of noxious stimulation or contingent behavior such as appropriate
smiling or crying to emotional stimuli). Patients who show non-behavioral evidence of
consciousness or communication only measurable via ancillary testing (i.e., functional
MRI, positron emission tomography, EEG or evoked potentials) can be considered to be in
a functional locked-in syndrome.
An improved assessment of brain function in coma and related states is not only changing
nosology and medical care but also offers a better-documented diagnosis and prognosis
and helps to further identify the neural correlates of human consciousness. Taken together,
recent studies show that awareness is an emergent property of the collective behavior of
frontoparietal top-down connectivity. Within this network, external (sensory) awareness
depends on lateral prefrontal/parietal cortices while internal (self) awareness correlates
with precuneal / mesiofrontal midline activity. Of clinical importance, this knowledge
now permits to improve the diagnosis of patients with disorders of consciousness, which
remains very challenging at the bedside. Current technology now also permits to show
command-specic changes in EEG or fMRI signals providing motor-independent evidence
of conscious thoughts and in come cases even of communication. We will conclude by
discussing related ethical issues and the challenge of measuring and improving quality of
life in these challenging patients with disorders of consciousness.
92
TSC 2013
n MACROSCOPIC QUANTUM PROCESSES AND
CONSCIOUSNESS
SUBHASH KAK
Regents Professor and Head
Department of Computer Science
Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, Oklahoma
In recent years quantum mechanical coherence has been invoked to explain photosynthesis,
bacterial complexes, and the ability of birds to navigate using Earths magnetic eld.
Given this it is of interest to see if similar quantum mechanical coherence can help in the
understanding of the phenomenon of consciousness. Although there are limitations of the
use of reductionism in the study of mind and consciousness, it is used in most discussions
of the subject. Opposed to reductionism is the viewpoint that although mind requires a
physical structure, it ends up transcending that structure. Just as there exists the outer
cosmos the physical universe , there also exists the corresponding inner cosmos of the
mind. The mind processes signals coming into the brain to obtain its understandings in
the domains of seeing, hearing, touching, and tasting using its store of memories. The
cognitive act is an active process where the selectivity of the sensors and the accompanying
processing in the brain is organized based on the expectation of the cognitive task and on
effort, will and intention. The structure of the inner cosmos mirrors the outer cosmos at
some level and the relationship between the two is discussed widely in the Indian spiritual
tradition. If quantum theory describes processes for the outer cosmos, consciousness
does so for the inner cosmos. In this lecture we will ask if quantum theory must ultimately
underlie the processes in the inner cosmos. And if so, should be possible for consciousness
to inuence the outer cosmos? We will also broadly describe the essentials of the Vedic
view on the subject. Consciousness is complementary to space, time and matter, but it
needs material support to be embodied as awareness. Conversely, it is meaningless to
speak of a universe without observers. If we accept that we have discovered the basic
laws of nature and also that classical machines cannot be conscious, one may like to
assume that quantum processing in the brain, given appropriate brain structures, leads
to awareness. Different states of consciousness such as wakefulness, sleep, dream-sleep,
coma have distinct neurochemical signatures, and these different states may be taken to be
modications caused by the neural circuitry on a basic state of consciousness. But quantum
machines cannot be assumed to have the capacity to be conscious because of the observer
paradox. We suggest that improbable coincidences corroborated in science and literature
or accounts of scientists that they arrived at their discovery in dream or suddenly without
deliberate thought support the existence of a universal consciousness principle, but, of
course, they cannot be taken to be proof for it. We will present a mathematical framework
for recognizing whether specic macroscopic processes have a quantum basis.
TSC 2013
93
n A PHYSICAL BASIS FOR A NANONEUROSCIENCE OF
MEMORY AND CONSCIOUSNESS
TRAVIS JOHN ADRIAN CRADDOCK
Department of Medicine
University of Alberta
Edmonton, Alberta
Canada
Current neuroscience asserts that higher cognitive functions, including memory and
consciousness, are emergent properties of the brain stemming from the numerous synaptic
connections between neurons. However, the molecular mechanisms that give rise to these
phenomena are not fully understood. Modulation of synaptic strength alone cannot
accommodate for the enormous amount of information processing these tasks require.
The microtubule cytoskeleton is a subcellular structure involved in neural function that
has the potential to perform subneural nanoscale computations vastly increasing the
brains processing capabilities. Over a decade ago it was postulated that consciousness
stems from quantum computation in neuronal microtubules, however, only recently
have scientic ndings supported the necessary involvement of quantum coherence
in biological systems. We have found that microtubules possess a distinct architecture
of chromophoric amino acids that can plausibly support delocalized quantum states.
These states can be inuenced by protein conformation, post-translational modications
of microtubule subunits, or interaction with associated proteins. Our analysis shows
information storage via post-translational modications of microtubule subunits is a
robust encoding mechanism with a large memory capacity. Furthermore, based on this
framework we have shown that disruption of normal microtubule function via volatile
anesthetics or the pathologic conditions of Alzheimers disease can result in cognitive
impairment, including loss of consciousness. In conclusion subneural biomolecular
computation coupled to post-translational modications of the microtubule cytoskeleton
provides a comprehensive framework for describing the molecular underpinnings of
higher cognitive functions that is consistent with current neuroscientic theory.
94
TSC 2013
n CHAOS AND ORDER IN THE UNIVERSE
VAHE GURZADYAN
Yeravan Physics Institute
Armenia
To which extend our future is given? What are the limits of predictability in the Universe?
Where are the roots of time asymmetry and of the arrows of time - thermodynamical,
cosmological, electromagnetic, quantum-mechanical, psychological (knowledge of the
past but not of the future)? These issues will be discussed within the concepts of chaos and
order as typical properties of variety of physical processes and being studied in the theory
of dynamical systems. De-correlated initial conditions and no-memory (Markovian)
dynamics both are necessary for the emergence of the thermodynamical arrow of time for
a system evolving according to non-unitary dynamics, and a quantum measurement can
be explained within quantum statistical mechanics as a consequence of thermodynamical
arrow. Chaos and regularity have essential impact in the features of the surrounding
Universe, from the dynamics of the Solar system to the structure and evolution of galaxies
and processes in the early Universe.
TSC 2013
95
Concurrent
Abstracts
96
TSC 2013
SESSION C1 : EXPERIENTIAL AND
EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES I
n 92. EFFECT OF MUSIC ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME ON
CONSCIOUSNESS OF MENTALLY CHALLENGED CHILDREN
MANU SHARMA, SONA AHUJA, RANJEET KAUR SATSANGI
The present experiment examined effect of music enrichment programme on physical,
mental, social, emotional, and spiritual self-consciousness of mentally challenged children.
The study was conducted on forty mentally challenged children. Quasi-experimental pre-
test-post-test control group design was adopted to conduct the study. The participants
of experimental group were exposed to music enrichment programme for six months.
Measurements of Consciousness Quotient were obtained using ve-point Likert Scale to
measure consciousness of mentally challenged children. The results were analyzed using
Man-Whitney U-test through SPSS 16.0. The ndings indicate that music enrichment
programme has signicant effect on certain dimensions of consciousness. The study
highlights the effect of music in raising specic dimensions of consciousness of mentally
challenged children.
n 177. CONSCIOUSNESS AND THE VISUAL PROCESS: A SEARCH
FOR THE FUNCTIONAL AND NEURAL CORRELATES OF
PHENOMENAL CONSCIOUSNESS
ASAF BEN SHALOM
Are we conscious of everything we see or just part of what we see? Vision is prevalently
viewed as a serial process, whose end result is an experience we call seeing. The debate
about the location from which conscious phenomenal experience emerges in the visual
process is a subject shrouded in theoretical controversy. Although the end result of the
process is clearly conscious, we have no way of knowing what it is that makes it conscious.
To make the situation even worse, by our current scientic methodologies we have no way
of refuting the possibility that our cognitive access to our own experiences is constitutive
to what makes them phenomenally conscious. Our current path of investigation is nding
which features or processes of seeing we can nd in clearly conscious visual experience
that could be accounted for the emergence of our phenomenal experience. When such
features have been found, we can search for the temporal window of that feature realization
in the visual hierarchy. Finding the neural architecture and processes that are present in
our clearly conscious visual experiences would help in deciding where a representation
becomes phenomenally conscious. In our investigation we use classical psycho-physical
methods to probe the nature of two separate visual representations : visual working
memory, and sensory (iconic) memory. Eventually we might end up nding that we can
accept a neural architecture of phenomenal consciousness that can be detached from the
mechanisms of cognitive access.
n 181. MAN AN IDEAL EQUIPMENT FOR THE MEASUREMENT
OF CONSCIOUSNESS
SOAM PRAKASH
The measurement problem will remain mysterious in times to come as the basic problem
is in making assumptions itself. The superimposed prohibits to denite assumptions. The
nding of the observed events is difcult. Recently published experimental work reports
TSC 2013
97
that a specic state of human consciousness has been observed to disrupt remotely the
spatial super imposition of photons state in a Michelson interferometer, detachably
reducing the level of interference between two beam path. This instrument is serving
as remote detector for the brain state compounding to induced state of consciousness.
However, when considering the role of consciousness in the physical universe, the
scientists are handicapped by the fact that their traditional experimental techniques do not
involve humans as a part of the apparatus, or even as subject of enquiry, even after Planck
postulated that electromagnetic energy could be emitted and absorbed only in discrete
quanta (Haisch et al,1997, Darling 2005, Mercer et al 1997, Mitchell and Staretz, 2011, Grant
2002). The role of Man as instrument itself is being ignored, through the very concept of
Bohr (1905) that a phenomenon is a phenomenon only it is being observed.
n 194. A CORRELATIONAL STUDY OF HAPPINESS AND
SPIRITUAL INTEREST
RANJEET SATSANGI, GURU PYARI PRAKASH
A desire to acquire pleasure or to avoid pain appears to be the motive of all animate volition
and acts, as the ultimate aim of any person is the acquisition of supreme pleasure and
complete elimination of pain. Pleasure or happiness, whether it is coming from internal or
external source, is deeply related with spiritual interest. It is assumed that a person highly
interested in spirituality and possessing a positive attitude for spiritual practices like fasting,
meditation and yoga etc. is always happy in life since according to scriptures of various
religions, real happiness comes from insight and not from outside material achievements.
This study is an attempt to explore what is written in the holy books about the happiness.
The results of the study conducted upon 31 male and 76 female pupil teachers of B.Ed.
classes show a substantial positive relationship in happiness and spiritual interest scores.
Male pupil teachers show more happiness in comparison to their female counterparts
which is signicant at 0.05 level.
n 201. INTUITION AS A NECESSARY CONDITION FOR
ACCESSING HIGHER STATES OF CONSCIOUSNESS AND GOD
REALIZATION
MANI SUNDARAM, DAYAL SAINI
This paper argues that intuition is a necessary condition for accessing higher or
transcendental states of consciousness and for God-Realization. Intuition comes from the
Latin word intueri, meaning to look inside or to contemplate. Generally, it is thought or
understanding without conscious recourse to thought, a sort of gut feeling. However, it is
interpreted differently in different disciplines.
In Western philosophy, it is considered to be prior knowledge or belief, and characterized
by immediacy. According to Immanuel Kant, intuition is sensory information, a kind
of perception. For him, intuition is pure reasoning. In contrast to his view is Bergsons
empirical view that regards it as experiential knowledge and the method of metaphysics.
As such, Bergsons view is similar to Eastern philosophy, but the Absolute for him is the
transitory word, hence it not a method for experiencing higher or spiritual reality. Thus, it
is an act of intellect. However, In Spiritual traditions, intuition is not an activity of intellect,
but is an experience of spiritual realm, by opening of third eye. It is self realization, self-
knowledge that is needed for accessing higher / transcendental states of consciousness,
ultimately, pure spiritual consciousness or Samadhi / moksh.
98
TSC 2013
SESSION C2 : EXPERIENTIAL AND
EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES II
n 208. MEASURING INTUITIVE CONSCIOUSNESS
NANDITA SATSANGEE, PREM PYARI DAYAL, SURILA AGGARWALA, SOAMI PIARA
SATSANGEE
The paper deals with the development of a comprehensive measure of intuitive
consciousness. It aims at clarifying the notion of intuition and its constituent skills, critically
examining its measuring devices currently in use and presenting the construction and
features of the Intuitive Consciousness Test Battery (ICTB) a comprehensive battery of tests
developed to measure the multiple dimensions of intuition.
n 218. EFFECT OF MEDITATION (OM CHANTING) ON ALPHA
EEG AND GALVANIC SKIN RESPONSE: MEASUREMENT OF AN
ALTERED STATE OF CONSCIOUSNESS
HIMANI ANAND, IRA DAS
Consciousness is ones awareness of mental activities and processes going on in ones mind
at any given moment, as well as ones awareness of objects and events in the external world. It
includes awareness of sensations, perceptions, thoughts, feelings and memories. Meditation
is a process of employing mental exercises to achieve a highly focused state of consciousness.
It is a Vedic exercise which can be used as a powerful instrument to restrain sense organs,
control autonomic nervous system and also to attain higher states of consciousness. Through
meditation a person is expected to get mental peace. Electroencephalograph (EEG) and
Galvanic Skin Response (GSR) can be used as indicator of an alteration in an individuals
state of consciousness. This research investigates the effect of meditation (Om Chanting) on
EEG and GSR, an altered state of consciousness, under scientically controlled conditions.
n 258. ON MEASURING REFLECTIONS OF CONSCIOUSNESS: A
NEURONAL APPROACH
JYOTI KUMAR ARORA, SANT KUMAR GAUR, DAYAL SARAN MISHRA, SANJAY
BHUSHAN
From ancient times to modern era consciousness has remained a mystery. Various denitions
have emerged to dene consciousness. A common observation can be understood to dwell
into ones understanding that the state of awareness of a sentient entity from wakefulness
to a state of sleep or to a state of coma or unconsciousness is nothing but stages of
consciousness. It is difcult to answer whether consciousness exists even after death or that
whether the species of lower order say a worm or plant can be considered to be conscious.
Further, how to answer the movement of tectonic plates in subtlest manner and in abstract
sense. Can rocks be considered to have consciousness as they happen to change their
prole over time? As we probe deeper, the question of consciousness becomes confusing.
Psychologist nd it in the part of cognitive, biologist try to understand it in the realm of
microtubules in brain, computer scientists try to explore it in terms of strong and weak AI
while engineers conceptualize it as a system with spiking neural network working behind
it in terms of biological neurons. Mystics try to explore it in the domain of spirituality.
Whatever is the confusion, one thing remains common that the consciousness is subjective
and has its root in the cognition of self awareness. The fact that I am exemplies the fact
that consciousness has crept in and all the phenomenon that happen or are being observed
as a happening is the result of the effect of consciousness on entities or non-entities. All
TSC 2013
99
observations, whether man made or natural, peaceful or chaotic, stressful or calm, are
nothing but the reection or effect of consciousness. An attempt to somehow observe
and document or record this effect or reection thereof can lead one to meter or at least
comprehend level of consciousness in observables.
n 402. INVESTIGATION OF METHODS AND DEVELOPMENT OF
A DEVICE TO REMOTELY DETECT HUMAN EMOTIONS AND
HENCE CONSCIOUSNESS
VIJAY MALHOTRA
This paper explores the diverse approaches employed by various researchers in the eld of
remote detection of human emotions and consciousness. We are interested in developing
a device to collect and collate data on how human emotions change during spiritual
practices and also the variations between the emotional states of regular meditators vs
those of non-meditators. This would further help choose the most effective meditation
technique for all those interested, especially in the scientic community.
n 429. CORRELATIONAL STUDY OF TRIGUNA TEST WITH
MYERS-BRIGGS TYPE INDICATOR (MBTI) TEST ON YOGA
PRACTITIONERS: COMPARISON OF EAST-WEST APPROACH
SHOBHA BHASIN, ASHWANI BHASIN, GURDEV ROY, SUKHDEV ROY
Eastern spiritual traditions reveal that all manifestation in creation, whether animate
or inanimate and the constitution of mind, constitutes three Gunas (Trigunas) that are
inseparable and simultaneously existing qualities, namely Sattva (pure, luminous and free
from sorrow, binds us with happiness and wisdom), Rajas (passion arising from desire
and attachment binding the self with compulsive action), and Tamas (born of ignorance,
deludes all creatures through indolence and inertia). This paper makes an attempt to
identify the degree of correlation between these two approaches on consciousness states of
Yoga practitioners. We considered the Vedic Personality Inventory (VPI) developed by Wolf
that had Cronbach > 0.90. The tests were conducted on 100 yoga practitioners in America
and India. We found evidence of construct validity as manifest in theoretically expected
correlations with conceptually similar and dissimilar measures. The study highlights
the importance of multidimensional tests and/or multiple measures of a construct for
consciousness studies. Since most concepts and phenomena in spiritual and transpersonal
psychologies are complex, uni-dimensional instruments that assess these constructs as a
global entity may not sufce for most research purposes. The above study would be useful
for yoga researchers and/or transpersonally oriented studies.
100
TSC 2013
SESSION C3 : EDUCATION AND
CONSCIOUSNESS
n 58. EFFECT OF VOLUNTARY LIBRARY READING ON HIGHER
CONSCIOUSNESS OF STUDENTS
SARLA PAUL, NANDITA SATSANGEE, SOAMI PIARA SATSANGEE
Books are the most effective tool for training and promoting cognitive and affective
development of consciousness among children. Reading a good book elevates the readers
spirit and thoughts, augments his store of knowledge, corrects moral ineptitude, provides
impetus to understand, reason and interpret, enhances ability for abstract thinking and
concentration and enables him to have a deeper understanding of himself and the universe.
Reading is described variously as voluntary reading (Krashen 2004), leisure reading (Greaney
1980), recreational reading (Manzo & Manzo 1995), intensive reading, extensive reading and
reading for information and pleasure. Reading for pleasure refers to reading that we do of our
own free will without any expectation of external rewards. Researches prove that reading for
pleasure imparts general knowledge (Cunning and Stonovich 1998), a better understanding
of others cultures (Meek 1991), greater insight into human nature decision making power
(Bruner 1996) and deeper understanding about our own self.
n 93. RAISING CONSCIOUSNESS IN MUSIC HIGHER
EDUCATION
ANNA-KARIN GULLBERG, HELOISA FEICHAS
The purpose of this paper is to illustrate how mentoring consciousness in music learning
processes strengthens the development of students multiple competences such as musical,
social and emotional within an un-schooling learning community.
Western music education is grounded on one-to-one conservatoire teaching principles,
where the master mainly transfers music skills to apprentices and not necessarily supports
the growth of personal or spiritual consciousness. This tradition of non-relational view of
learning has resulted in incapacity amongst teachers in dealing with students non-musical
needs and ignorance in facilitating collaborative processes in musical and social learning.
Students still leave higher education as skilled technicians, but with sometimes less curiosity
and unaware of themselves as social collaborators.
Is it possible to build a holistic approach, in which values such as cooperation and
collaboration work in combination with the creativity potential of every individual? Through
a collective learning context could an individual reach a state of autonomy, and being able
to make his/her own choices taking all the responsibility about attitudes and behaviors?
Two case studies could illustrate this approach: Boomtown Music Education and Pedagogy
of Integration. These two learning adventures can illustrate the strength and challenges in
integrating new paradigm ideas in one of the most traditional form of learning context the
University.
n 105. ETHICAL EDUCATION FOR REACHING HIGHER LEVELS
OF CONSCIOUSNESS
SANTHA KUMARI DEVULAPALLI, DURGA PRASADA RAO CHILAKAMARTHI
Science and Technological progress drifted individuals to a farthest shore forgetting the
Basic ground of Morality and Spirituality. Ethical Education is that Education through which
TSC 2013
101
people increase their likelihood to act ethically and a desire to do the right thing.
Ethics raise the Consciousness levels of the individuals to a higher level as to achieve
multivariate, benecial and meaningful, interests of others with a pure distinction of right.
Thinking for our own benets results in a worldly conscious personality. Ethical Education
is a boon to transform a worldly conscious individual to a self conscious being by a mere
differentiation of right and wrong, resulting in the omission of bad and inclusion of all
good things benecial to the mankind.
This Self Consciousness or Ethical Consciousness gradually and ultimately transforms
into a Super or Higher Conscious level which is pure in its form. This higher level of
Consciousness (Transmission from I- ness to am - ness ) is the key to Transcendental
Happiness or Ultimate Bliss. Ethical Education elevates the knowledge, thinking, reasoning
and logic and integrates the knowledge in a holistic fashion. Integrated knowledge with
right thinking is the foundation for targeting the four pillars of Ethics. Sadachaar ( Good
Manners) Swabhimaan (Self respect) Swadharma ( Self religion ) and Swarajya ( Self
Government ) which leads to liberation of Self from his own territory to a higher abode of
enlightenment.
n 204. TEACHERS FREEZING AND SPIRITUAL INTELLIGENCE:
A COMPARATIVE STUDY
PREETI MANANI, RAJKUMARI KALRA, ANAND PYARI
The study was undertaken with the purpose to compare the spiritual intelligence of the
high freezed and low freezed teachers. The sample of the study was selected by using simple
random sampling method. Initial sample of the study was consisted of 100 secondary
school teachers teaching in afliated schools of U.P. Board of Agra city. Final sample of the
study (30 high freezed and 30 low freezed teachers) were extracted from the initial sample
by using Q1 and Q3 to see the exclusive effect of teachers freezing on spiritual intelligence.
The age range of the teachers was 30-40 years. Descriptive Survey method was employed in
the present study. Teacher Freezing Scale by Taj (1998) and The Spiritual Intelligence Self-
Report Inventory by King (2008) were used to measure the level of teachers freezing and
spiritual intelligence respectively. t test was applied to test the signicance of difference
which was found 10.36 signicant at .01 level of signicance.
n 217. INTUITIVE CONSCIOUSNESS AND CREATIVITY AMONG
UNIVERSITY STUDENTS
IRA DAS, POONAM SHARMA
It was hypothesized that if young girls and boys can have high intuitive consciousness they
are also insightful and creative. So a 2 x 2 factorial design was used to see the effect of
intuition and gender upon creativity of 100 university students in the age range of 20-26.
The sample consisted of randomly selected 50 male and 50 female university students of
Arts, Science, Commerce and Education faculties. Out of the sample of 100, 56 were under
graduate and 44 were graduates. Intuition was measured by Intuitive vs. sensitivity scale
taken from MBTI by Myers and Briggs. Creativity was measured by Divergent Production
Abilities Scale by Sharma. Analysis of variance for creativity scores indicated a signicant
effect of intuition upon creativity of students, F = 8.2465 (p<.01). The mean creativity score
of students with high intuition was 128.5714 where as mean creativity score of students
with low intuition was 111.4074. The effect of gender upon creativity was not found to be
signicant, F = .0179 (p>.05). The interaction effect of intuition and gender was also not
found to be signicant even at .05 level (F = .3744, p>.05). This shows that high intuitive
thinking fosters creativity among students, irrespective of the gender. The result showed
that intuition enhances creativity of students for boys as well as girls.
102
TSC 2013
SESSION C4 : PSYCHOLOGY, NEURO-
SCIENCE AND CONSCIOUSNESS I
n 35. THE NATURE OF EPISTEMIC FEELINGS
SANTIAGO ARANGO-MUOZ
Among the different phenomena that make up the mind, cognitive psychologists have
postulated a puzzling one that they have called epistemic feelings, metacognitive
feelings or noetic feelings (henceforth E-feelings). As with other feelings, their main
characteristics are that they are phenomenal experiences and that they have a specic
intentional content. The following are some instances of E-feelings: the feeling of knowing
(henceforth FOK), condence, uncertainty, the feeling of forgetting, and the tip-of-the-
tongue phenomenon (henceforth TOT). Philosophers and psychologists have become
interested in these experiences not only because of their puzzling character, but also because
of the role they might play within the cognitive architecture and mental life of a subject.
To understand why these kinds of experiences seem puzzling, think about the feeling of
forgetting (henceforth FOF). Almost every person has at least once experienced a sudden
FOF on her way out of a room. This experience seems puzzling because it indicates that
something, to which the subject does not have access, is missing. It indicates that something
is lacking, that there is a gap, and at the same time it indicates it in a very specic way: only
a specic object would relieve the subject from this feeling. So, it is of interest to understand
how this kind of feeling is produced and how it can point to an absent object, an object of
which the subject is unaware.

This paper aims to characterize these experiences according to their intentional content and
phenomenal character, describe the nature of this kind of mental state as non-conceptual in
the cases of animals and infants, and as conceptual mental states in the case of adult human
beings, and contrast three accounts that have been proposed to explain the eliciting of E-
feelings: the doxastic account, the mental scanner account, and the heuristic mechanism
account. The paper will argue in favour of the last one. Because of space constraints, the
paper will focus only on examples extracted from memory studies to determine the nature
of E-feelings.
n 75. THE PATHWAY FROM EMOTIONAL MATURITY AND
COMPETENCE TO SPIRITUALITY
VINEETA MATHUR, K.MAHARAJ KUMARI
The present research has been designed to assess and explore the relationship that exists
between emotional maturity viz. patience, humility and compassion and emotional
competence i.e. unconditional Love for the Supreme Being with Levels of Spirituality. The
sample comprised of regular meditators of an ashram and beginners. The tool used for data
collection included a Spirituality assessment questionnaire and an Emotional maturity
and competence assessment Scale. The preliminary results show signicant positive
correlation between emotional maturity and emotional competence with spirituality for
regular meditators of the ashram (compassion 0.50; humility 0.59; Love for Supreme Being
0.62). This may be because most of the people in this group have achieved a higher level of
emotional maturity and competence through regular meditation and so are more spiritual.
On the other hand the group of beginners showed only weak correlation with humility and
compassion and negative correlation with EC as they lack emotional and mental control.
Detailed analysis of the data is underway.
TSC 2013
103
n 81. CONDITIONING OF STUDENT CONSCIOUSNESS: AN
EXPERIMENTAL STUDY WITH REFLECTIONS ON SIGMUND
FREUDS ICEBERG MODEL
BHAKTI KUMAR, SUGANDHA KHURANA, KAVITA KUMAR
The awakening of Spiritual consciousness in students is partially if not wholly dependent
on conditioning of body, mind and soul. To bring consciousness into education, we
must create a system that will elevate student potential. On these lines, the authors have
taken Sigmund Freuds iceberg model which describes the levels of consciousness of
mind- the conscious, the preconscious, and the unconscious. However, this topography
of mind describes consciousness on the physical plane and rules out the spiritual
plane. Spiritual consciousness is an extension of these physical and mental levels of
consciousness. Hence, the authors take the liberty to further explore the metaphor
of the partially submerged iceberg. As per the laws of physical sciences, the latent
energy can bring about the change in the physical state, i.e. ice-water-vapor. Vapor
is an extension of water, but the transmutation, which is the result of the latent heat,
changes the texture and properties. It is proposed that a students milieu is the latent
energy that transforms physical consciousness of mind to the spiritual consciousness.
To test this hypothesis, the authors administered a Spiritual Intelligence Test (Kumar and
Gautam, 2011) on two groups of 30 students each with different educational environmental
settings. The statistical analysis of the results showed a signicant difference in the spiritual
intelligence of the two groups, as hypothesized (t=6.05, p < 0.01). The responses of the
spiritually competent group were scrutinized to draw a conclusion that the proposed latent
energy is responsible for the transformation of consciousness to a higher level. Further, the
multidimensional and multifaceted aspect of the educational system contributing to the
heightened spiritual intelligence of the group would be highlighted. Hence, an ideal but
real educational system enhances the spiritual consciousness in students.
n 161. EAST MEETS WEST: JUNGS DEPTH PSYCHOLOGY AND
PATANJALIS YOGA SUTRAS
LEANNE WHITNEY
Jung was inspired and inuenced by Eastern liberatory philosophies and psychologies.
He carried around The Tibetan Book of the Dead and gave lectures on Kundalini Yoga. He
studied Patanjalis Yoga Sutras and the Tao Te Ching. All these ways of liberation maintain
that our egoic consciousness has no foundation in reality: that our ideas on a separate
subject, a duality between ego and world, is based on limited thinking or ignorance.
Jung ultimately differentiated his work from the Eastern doctrines and techniques as he
did not believe the ego could ever be completely transcended. Samadhi, a super-conscious
state of absorption to the East, meant for him that one would become unconscious.
Without an ego, he thought, there would be no one there to perceive. For Jung the ego
and the unconscious are deeply embedded concepts. Depth psychology, as well as most
Western psychologies, until the present day still lay their foundation on a belief in both.

In this presentation we will take a look at where Jungs psychology diverges from the East,
in particular with Patanjalis psychology; and we will take a moment to contemplate and
dialogue on whether the Western notions of duality, the separate subject, and a conscious/
unconscious split, could impede our journey toward liberation.
104
TSC 2013
n 221. ENHANCING INTUITION THROUGH YOGA AND
MEDITATION
SURILA AGARWALA, PREM PYARI
Nature and source of intuition are controversial issues, but all agree that intuition is an
important source of knowledge. There are various researches on enhancing intuition among
individuals. The present research has been conducted to see the effect of yoga and meditation
on intuition, Sample for the study consisted of 3 experimental groups and 1 control group
of subjects in the age range of 15 to55 years. Group 1 consisted of 20 initiates with rst and
second Upadesh. Group 2 consisted of 20 initiates with rst upadesh only and group 3
consisted of 20 pre-initiates (Jigyasus). A control group of 20 subjects was also selected. Pre
and post design was used. MBTI (Myers-Briggs Type Indicator) was administered on all 4
groups. After pre measure of MBTI, experimental groups were given sessions (1 hour each)
of Yoga and Meditation, thrice a week for 12 weeks, after which post measure of MBTI was
taken on all 4 groups. MBTI measures preferences indicating (a) where people prefer to focus
their attention and get energy (Extroversion or Introversion), (b) the way they prefer to take
in information (Sensing or intuition), (c) the way they prefer to make decisions (Thinking or
Feeling), and (d) how they orient themselves to the external world (Judging or Perceiving).

In all the 4 groups included in the sample, comparison of the above mentioned types was
made in pre and post measures of MBTI using test of signicance which revealed important
changes in post measure, particularly in the way they prefer to take information (Sensing or
intuition). These changes have been discussed in the present paper.
SESSION C5 : PSYCHOLOGY, NEURO-
SCIENCE AND CONSCIOUSNESS II
n 273. EFFECT OF YOGA AND MEDITATION ON DIFFERENT
DIMENSIONS OF CONSCIOUSNESS
SONA AHUJA
The present study aims at examining the effect of Yoga and Meditation on physical, mental,
emotional, social, self and spiritual consciousness. Pre-test-post-test control group design
was adopted to conduct the study. The participants included both males and females.
They were allotted to experimental and control group using stratied sampling method.
The experiment was to expose the participants to the practice of Yoga and Meditation for
20 weeks. Consciousness of the participants was assessed using Consciousness Quotient
Inventory (CQI) developed by Brazdau (2012). The inventory administered before and after
the experiment yields pre and post test scores of both the groups. The ndings indicating the
effect of the practice of Yoga and Meditation on consciousness are discussed by analyzing
the pre-test and post test scores of the groups.
n 285. SELECTIVE ATTENTION AND IMPULSIVITY
S.P. SINHA, YUKTI GOEL
The present study aimed to compare card sorting time of high and low impulsive subjects
on various selective attention tasks. The sample consisted of 60 female subjects (30 high
TSC 2013
105
impulsive and 30 low impulsive) from various faculties of Dayalbagh Educational Institute,
Agra. The tools used were Eysenck Personality Inventory (EPI). A total of nine items were
used to measure Impulsivity. Local and global stimuli task which consisted of 36 cards of
large letters made up of small letters were used. The large letters are the global shape and
small letters are the local shapes. With such stimuli it is possible to arrange for the local
and global properties to be congruent (Global E composed of small Es) or incongruent (a
global E composed of small Ss) A2 (Impulsivity: High vs low) X3 (types of task: Filtering vs
Response interference vs Information integration) X2 (Dimensions of task: Local vs Global).
Factorial design was used. The three way analysis of variance revealed signicant effect of
impulsivity, type of task and type of dimensions of the task on card sorting time. Response
interference task was found to be most difcult as compared to ltering and information
integration task. High impulsive subjects were found to be inuenced by the global
dimension of stimuli because of their vulnerability to stroop like response interference
produced by that dimension. Thus high impulsive subjects have a more diffused manner of
sorting and due to limitations of the central processing capacity of cognitive system, they
suffer from performance decit when different attentional tasks are presented.
n 310. THE VOICE IN THE HEAD: THE ROAD AHEAD
HARI NARAYANAN V
The importance of talking to oneself in our experience cannot be overestimated though
self talk has not been given sufcient attention in studies on consciousness and self. This
paper examines some of the attempts to understand self talk and seeks to explain how it is
constitutive of the self conception we reexively assume in our day to day life. Further, it
is argued that the possibility of revising the reexive self conception through mindfulness
amounts to changes in self talk as well.
The paper begins by examining Julian Jayness hypothesis of bicameral mind. As per the
hypothesis, ancient people were not conscious of themselves in the way present day humans
do. That is to say, they did not consider themselves as doing things on their own but as being
led by some voice. This happened because the voices in the head were not treated as their
own but as arising from some other source. Even though there is no adequate empirical
support for this hypothesis, the bicameral mind thesis raises interesting possibilities about
the evolution from the present self conception.
n 327. THE IMPACT OF MIND WANDERING ON EMOTIONAL
REGULATION
LI-HAO YEH, FANG-YING WEN
Mind wandering is a common phenomenon which may appear at any time and any
location; for instance, individuals may engage in mind wandering while reading, listening,
or even crossing a street in which paying attention to the passing by vehicles is necessary.
During mind wandering, individuals cannot concentrate on the on-going task and are
more likely to be intruded by Task Unrelated Thoughts (TUTs). Some researchers have
proposed that mind wandering is a type of decit on active inhibitory control. The lower
active inhibitory control leads to more mind wandering which in turn will lead to more
depression and maladaptation. However, other researchers have argued that the TUTs may
play important roles on problem solving and learning which imply that mind wandering
can help individuals cope with their daily lives. From our perspective, the seeming
contradictory ndings from literature actually spotlight different sides of mind wandering
on its full spectrum. We propose that mind wandering is endowed with the function of self-
defense mechanism on emotion regulation. We hypothesize that the appropriate amount
106
TSC 2013
of mind wandering is benecial for individuals emotional regulation because it allows
them to temporally deviate from their stress. Nevertheless, too much mind wandering may
jeopardize individuals connection with the real world and their normal cognitive control.
On the other hand, too less mind wandering may render individuals directly under stressful
situation without any space to hide. In this current study, participants without mood
disorders are presented with negative emotional events and their state of mind at that time
are measured. Immediately after the event presentation, participants TUTs are measured in
terms of its frequency, content and course. Afterward, participants state of mind is measured
once again in order to assess the degree of emotional recovery. We hypothesize that people
who show middle level of TUTs will have better emotion regulation; moreover, people who
show either low or high level of TUTs will show worse emotion regulation.
n 400. THE SELF ORGANIZING UNIVERSE: APPLYING
COMPLEXITY THEORY TO THE QUESTION OF PANPSYCHISM
NEIL THEISE, MENAS KAFATOS
This paper argues that describing the universe as a hierarchy of self organizing complex
systems reveals forms of universal complementarity at all scales. Smaller level interacting
agents self-organize into emergent structures which then function as individual
interacting agents at the next higher scale. Thus, choice of scale of observation determines
whether something appears to be a unitary thing or, instead, a phenomenon arising from
interactions of smaller things. One of us has posited horizons of knowledge, applying at
different levels, which, when approached, reveal complementary constructs. The set of all
such constructs describes the complete reality under consideration but, as in the quantum
realm, all constructs cannot be simultaneously revealed in a particular observational
situation. Choosing to observe at any level of scale obscures phenomena examinable only
at other levels of scale above and below. Similar to how experimental conditions determine
whether one sees the reciprocal features of light, so the choice of observational scale allows
one to describe the observed phenomena only as one kind of state vs. another. Thus, even
at levels of scale governed by classical physics, observational choice remains inextricably
woven into the establishment, in the observational moment, of the present conditions
applying to the system under observation. To some theorists, this implicates consciousness
itself as inextricably linked to the moment by moment evolution of the universe. In our
view, the hierarchy of horizons of knowledge, requires the interplay of the observer with
the observed in a fundamental way, and as such reality is not immutable or external.
SESSION C6 : MEDICINE AND
CONSCIOUSNESS
n 20. PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF PAIN AND SUFFERING
MANAGEMENT WITH CLINICAL HYPNOSIS AND MEDITATIVE
STAGES IN THE MIND-BODY GAP
M. PAOLA BRUGNOLI, SIDDHARTH AGARWAL
This work will highlight the very best integration of our current knowledge regarding clinical
hypnosis and meditative stages, as innovations in clinical practice such as the development
of hypnotic suggestions based on new understanding of the neurophysiologic effects of
TSC 2013
107
hypnosis and meditative states in pain and suffering relief.

A hypnotic trance can be brought about by giving a willing patient instructions to focus
on the hypnotists voice, to concentrate their attention, and to pay attention to their inner
mental world. Some hypnotic inductions include suggestions for relaxation, but this is
not strictly necessary. Researchers debate whether a hypnotic trance is an altered state
of consciousness, that is, whether an individuals consciousness is altered by becoming
hypnotized.
n 56. A STUDY OF THE LEVEL AND DEVELOPMENT OF
CONSCIOUSNESS IN NEWBORN TO CHILDHOOD UP TO 2
YEARS OF AGE
ANJOO BHATNAGAR, BINDU DHINGRA, VIJAI KUMAR
An RCT was undertaken to study the neonatal primitive reexes (which are present at birth
and decline with development of brain (frontal inhibition) and change to postural and
voluntary actions. The inuence on these reexes and pre- and post- intervention EEG of
music vs. repetition of Holy Name RA-DHA-SOA-MI at 4 chakras by gently placing hand
sequentially on these, was noted in 2 groups along. Similarly their impact on ABR (auditory
evoked potentials) in the newborns will also be studied. The preliminary results of the
study will be presented.

n 97. NOS ENACTIVE APPROACH CANNOT HANDLE
PHANTOM LIMBS
JASON FORD
Some people who are born without a limb will have a phantom of their missing limb. This
causes intractable problems for Alva Nos Enactive Account of the content of perceptual
states and experiences. I argue that this theory, in its current form, should be rejected. I also
argue that there is a more moderate position, which would preserve some of the virtues of
the Enactive Account, while accommodating the existence of aplasic phantoms.
n 168. THE OBSERVER WITHIN CONSCIOUSNESS : EEG
PERSPECTIVES
RUSSELL HEBERT
Recently a surge of publications from independent labs has shown the importance of
long-range phase-synchronized alpha EEG (8-12 Hz) related to a variety of sensori-
cognitive functions and in mental disorders. The question is why? Historically alpha has
been relegated as an epiphenomenon and gamma EEG (~40 Hz) pertaining to content
has dominated consciousness theory. In this article we propose that the reason for
recently uncovered importance of alpha is that alpha represents the observer within
consciousness and because of its wavelength is the primary resonance frequency (PRF) of
the brain. In our previous work we experimentally examined a pure global state devoid
of content and found that the observer remained intact as a highly integrated alpha
standing wave. We determine here that alpha can justiably be upgraded from the PRF to
what we call the master coordinating frequency of the brain that interacts harmonically
with n:m resonant frequencies This places the phase-synchronized alpha observer in every
experience. This orientation represents a paradigm shift in consciousness theory from an
object-dominated to an observer-object theory.
108
TSC 2013
n 216. CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARDIZATION OF ANGER
SCALE: VALIDATION WITH THE HELP OF EEG
SHRADDHA SHARMA, IRA DAS
Anger is a natural emotion which involves a strong uncomfortable and emotional response
to a perceived provocation. Mild anger motivates an individual to take appropriate action
in many areas of life. When anger goes beyond an optimal level it not only causes physical
harm and psychological harm but it also intrudes with achievement of higher level of
consciousness. So it is of great importance to control the anger and to express it in a healthy
way (catharsis). In order to measure and compare anger among individuals a need for
construction of anger scale was realized. Therefore, the researcher tried to construct a scale
which could measure anger among individuals. Items with low coefcient of correlation
(r= .14 or less) were discarded and nally 30 items with r= .15 to .67 were retained in the
nal test. Thus, internal consistency of Anger Scale was established. Test Retest Reliability of
the scale (with a time gap of 25 days) came out to be .86. For establishing criterion validity,
scores on Anger Scale were correlated with scores of well being. High negative coefcient of
correlation of anger scores with well being indicated that the higher the anger, the lower is
the level of well being among individuals. The coefcient of correlation was -.85. Construct
validity was supported by signicant positive relationship between egotism and anger also.
The coefcient of correlation was .65. It shows that as the egotism increases the level of
anger increases and vice versa. Validity of anger scale was established with the help of scores
on EEG. The mean alpha waves of higher anger group was found to decrease signicantly
when subjects anger was experimentally aroused. On the other hand Mean EEG scores
of low anger group as measured by the Anger Scale did not change signicantly. Thus, the
validity of anger scale was experimentally established.
SESSION C7 : CHEMISTRY OF
CONSCIOUSNESS
n 243. PHYSIOCHEMICAL STUDIES OF MICROTUBULES
AARAT KALRA, SHIROMAN PRAKASH, AMIT MISHRA, HARINIPRIYA SHESHADRI
This paper describes additional characterization experiments on microtubules to shed light
on some of the properties (conductivity, absorbance etc.) and lay the foundation for future
theoretical and experimental studies. The talk is based on upcoming experimental work
done in the labs of IIT Jodhpur. Using Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) we describe
experiments that reveal structural morphology of microtubules. Experiments concerning their
chemical nature will also be performed. We also suggest potential experiments comparing
the properties of microtubules and man-made nanowires, with a view towards developing
biologically-inspired nano-technology.

A detailed understanding of the physics of microtubules would provide traditional third-
person scientic data that would either prove or refute the Penrose-Hameroff theory, and
perhaps also address more general claims regarding the potential role of quantum mechanics
in consciousness. We hope the experimental work described here, though currently in its
early stages, would eventually contribute to this long-term goal.
TSC 2013
109
n 278. IN-VITRO MICROTUBULE ASSEMBLY AND ITS ROLE IN
BRAIN COGNITION
PUSHPA SAHNI
Current research on how the brain produces consciousness suggests an essential role
played by a protein polymer called microtubule inside brain neurons. The Penrose-
Hameroff theory of Orchestrated objective reduction also subscribes to this view.
Microtubule population is itself capable of carrying out collective actions. Like ant colonies
leave behind the chemical trails (pheromones) and communicate, under appropriate
conditions, neighbouring microtubules or microtubule population may communicate
indirectly with one another by a stigmergic process involving the chemical trails (free
tubulin) that they themselves produce. Thus, this raises the intriguing questions as to
what extent microtubules, like ants and other social insects spontaneously develop very
high-level behaviour extending up to what is called swarm intelligence (Tabony, 2007).
At present, there is a surge of interest in nanoscience-biophysical research in elucidating
collective interactions between tubulin protein, neurotransmitters, and other microtubule
associated proteins leading to supramolecular self-assembled microtubules, with the
ultimate goal of relating microtubule to consciousness.

This paper presented our work on studying how the presence or absence of chemical
energy, microtubule associated proteins (MAPs), anaesthetics affect the structure or
biophysical states of microtubules present in neuron cells with the help of an in-vitro
study, determination of number of hydrophobic pockets and biophysical states in tubulin
heterodimer and study of electrical conductivity behaviour of microtubules with the help
of Agilent Semiconductor Analyzer.
n 314. N-CADHERINS IN NEURON-NEURON INTERACTION
AND ITS POSSIBLE LINK TO SIGNAL TRANSDUCTION BY
VOLTAGE GATED CALCIUM CHANNELS
AMOL TANDON, SATENDRA GUPTA
Voltage dependent calcium channels are a group of voltage gated ion channels with
permeability to both Ca++ and Na+ ions, but their permeability to calcium being thousand
times higher than that to sodium ions under normal physiological conditions. These
channels are very essential for the excitation of neurons, besides regulating various
functions in other cell types. Activated neurons can form a network by interactions
between themselves, which is mediated by interaction of cell adhesion molecules called
N-cadherins. N-cadherins promote neuron polarity and migration besides their role in
adhesion. Since the cadherins are themselves dependent upon calcium (Calcium dependent
cell adhesion molecules), we present in this paper a proposal for investigation into the link
between neuron interaction and motility caused by a possible intersection of pathways
of ion-channels and cadherins. The study will look into the molecular mechanisms and
downstream signal molecules which can serve as a possible common link between the two
pathways and further correlating the data to the mechanism of neural circuit activation
and its role in consciousness of the brain.
110
TSC 2013
n 362. MERE PROTEIN MOLECULES? OR MUTATING
MACHINES?--HOW EVOLUTION OF POSTTRANSLATIONAL
MODIFICATIONS (PTMS) LED TO MICROTUBULE-BASED
STRUCTURES WITH CONSCIOUSNESS-SPECIFIC PLASTICITY
JIM BERAN
This work explores hypothetical evolutionary paths that lead from simpler cyto-machines in
pre-brain neurons to more complex dendritic cyto-machines with consciousness-specic
features in brains like ours. Thanks to a suggestion from Dr. Travis Craddock that some
PTMs approximate the time-scale at which conscious experience changes [3], we realized
that processes that regulate PTM in cyto-machines (e.g. by regulating where, when, and
how rapidly PTMs occur--generically PTM regulation) might have initially evolved to
increase stability of subsynapse cytoskeleton and later to change conscious experience. We
therefore seek evolutionary paths that satisfy at least the following constraints: (I) Each of a
paths transitions must be achievable by a set of DNA mutations that affects PTM regulation
and that supports increased stability of subsynapse cytoskeleton; and (II) there must be a
plausible scenario (an RTP scenario) in which one of the paths transitions leads to cyto-
machines capable of changing conscious experience in response to synapse signals, i.e. an
example of real-time plasticity or RTP. We also propose several intuitive assumptions
to help narrow the eld of possible evolutionary paths. Finally, we compare a number of
evolutionary paths that satisfy these constraints and assumptions and that might have led
to the proposed RTP scenario. If we can nd further evidence for one such path, we will be
more condent, not only that microtubules are more than just protein molecules, but also
that dendritic cytoskeleton has features specic to consciousness.
n 378. DIFFERENTIAL POST TRANSLATIONAL MODIFICATION
(PTM) PATTERNS: DECIPHERING THE MOLECULAR BASIS OF
CONSCIOUSNESS
UDAY SARUP, AMLA CHOPRA
Long lamentous polymers of tubulin heterodimer subunits called microtubules are
imperative to the structural and morphological integrity of any cell type. But in neurons
they seem to serve a far greater purpose than just that- one of imparting conscious ability.
[Hameroff and Penrose, 1996]
When these microtubules are present in all cell types, why is it so that only neurons are
the ones capable of rendering consciousness? Is there any difference in the microtubule
structure between neuronal and non-neuronal cell types? These are the intriguing questions
we seek to address. Previous evidences and ongoing investigations (on PC12, RAW 264.7,
CHO cell lines) in our lab both suggest that there is no signicant difference between the
microtubules in these different cell types at a sub-cellular structural level, that can be
visualised by uorescence microscopy.

This leads us to believe that the differences lie at a more subtle molecular level rather than
just due to gross structural differences. Recent ndings [Janke and Kneussel, 2010] suggest
these molecular differences may lie in the post translational modications (PTMs) of the
tubulin proteins and the diverse patterns in which these are expressed. These patterns may
be at the and subunit level, at the amino acid residue level or in the type of PTM expressed.
Further analysis and deciphering of the implications of these patterns of PTMs may hold
the key to unravelling the molecular basis of memory, learning and consciousness.
TSC 2013
111
SESSION C8 : BIOLOGY AND
CONSCIOUSNESS
n 122. THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM IN THE BODY AND
CONSCIOUSNESS
N PREM KUMARI
The Central Nervous System comprises Brain, Spinal Cord and the associated nerves
which are instrumental in our becoming conscious of external objects and inner
thoughts, feelings and transcendental experiences. Latest developments in Neurology and
Neurophysiology are using very sensitive instruments like fMRI. EEG, SQUID etc to record
electrochemical reactions in the brain cells (neurons) accompanying various conscious
experiences (invasive).The moot question remains unanswered as to where from the
consciousness appears and the mind experiences it? How do we feel pain or pleasure? How
do we have aesthetic and mystical experiences? Neural correlates, physical correlates and
cognitive correlates of these experiences are being measured and studied in psychology.
But the question of causation remains unanswered. Can the Neural functions cause the
experiences? Or we are only studying the outward reactions of the experiences at physical
level? For studying higher consciousness, spiritual correlation is important to measure,
as scientists measure only the secondary and tertiary phenomena instead of the primary
phenomenon. But between the secondary and tertiary phenomena there is sheathing
in between and that sheathing is the sheathing of the mind which is within the domain
of psychologists. So an attempt is made in this paper to discuss the main possibilities in
the light of latest scientic experiments and mystical writings and reports. An attempt
is made in this paper to explore ways to measure the (spiritual) consciousness by non-
invasive methods like study of external environment where specic electromagnetic waves
are present when people meditate and these can be correlated with the primary effects of
meditation.
n 131. DOES WORKING MEMORY LOAD AND SCOPE OF
ATTENTION INFLUENCE VISUAL AWARENESS?
AMRENDRA SINGH, NARAYANAN SRINIVASAN
How does attention affect visual awareness? Some have argued that attention could even
oppose awareness and have used studies on attention and afterimages as possible evidence
for such opposition. We have shown that changes in scope of attention affect visual
awareness in terms of the duration of negative color afterimages. Given this relationship,
we investigated whether working memory load and scope of attention inuence the
duration of negative color afterimages as well as phenomenal aspects like clarity and color.
The scope of attention was manipulated using local, global, small and large stimuli and
the working memory load was manipulated by using zero-back (low load task) and two-
back tasks (high load task). Participants performed a central task (zero- or two-back) with
small, large, local, or global letters in the presence of a blue square frame as an adapting
stimulus in two different load conditions. Participants indicated the onset and offset of the
afterimage. In addition, they reported the color and clarity of the afterimage on a 9-point
rating scale. We found that load did not have a signicant effect on any of the dependent
measures. We found the duration of the afterimage increased with decrease in spatial
spread of attention but no overall effect of level of processing. In terms of clarity and color,
decrease in the spatial spread of attention increased the clarity of the afterimage. The result
indicated that the changes in awareness are possibly mediated by differences in spatial
112
TSC 2013
attention but not by changes in working memory.
n 250. RESONANCE IN MICROTUBULES : THE POSSIBLE KEY TO
MACROSCALE BIOLOGICAL QUANTUM COHERENCE & THEIR
ROLE AS CIRCULAR WAVEGUIDES
SAATVIKI GUPTA
This paper looks into one of the most basic problems facing any quantum theory of
consciousness, the problem of the generation and maintenance of macroscale quantum
coherence within the brain. One of the earliest explanations was given by Frolich according to
whom if the rate of energy supplied to certain kinds of biological systems is sufciently large
then the energy can get channeled into a single mode which then may set up strongly excited
coherent longitudinal electric vibrations. This idea was based on systems capable of electric
dipole oscillations which could interact through long-range Coulomb forces and such an
environment was proposed to exist in the microtubules (MTs) within neurons which had the
requisite de-localized electrons and interconnecting chemical bonds capable of giving rise
to a so-called domino effect ultimately leading to the brain acting as a single coherent entity.

n 299. EVIDENCE FROM FIELD STUDIES OF CUTTLEFISH
BEHAVIOUR AND INTRASPECIFIC COMMUNICATION TO
SUPPORT POTENTIAL INVERTEBRATE CONSCIOUSNESS
KARINA HALL
Debates focusing on the ethics of human-animal interactions often hinge on the seemingly
impenetrable question of non-human animal consciousness and the capacity of any given
species to experience pain and suffering. An argument that is often postulated is that without
linguistic skills, most non-human animals are incapable of access, phenomenal or self-
consciousness, which comprise the basic prerequisites for awareness of negative affective
states. In the absence of adequate knowledge, arbitrary lines are often drawn between
primates and non-primates, mammals and non-mammals or vertebrates and invertebrates.
Cephalopods (invertebrate molluscs) in particular have taxed these delineations because of
their complex neurobiology and behaviours, and are now often given the benet of doubt
and included with sh and other vertebrates in animal ethics regulations, but not without
controversy and intersectoral inconsistencies in their treatment. In this paper, we present
specic examples of cuttlesh behaviour and intraspecic communication that were
collected during extensive eld studies in their natural environment, including complex,
directional and intentional signalling, deception and facultative behaviours consistent
with conscious choice. Through this evidence, we posit that cuttlesh have sufciently
complex communication, cognition and self awareness to suggest (some level of) affective
consciousness.
n 376. EVOLUTION OF SPECIES: WHERE DID DARWIN GO
WRONG
PREM DANTU
The inuence of Darwinian thought has been so overwhelming and powerful that it was
almost blasphemous to think any differently about evolution in the scientic circles. Student
after student of biology were taught the same Darwinian principles of evolution. However,
fossils of various groups indicate a rather discontinuous record and that once after coming
into existence species have not changed much. Therefore, it is hard to believe a continuous
TSC 2013
113
evolution had taken place as put forward by Darwin.

Religion of Saints and various extant religions have a unique view on creation. It is believed
that various classes of organisms got created and evolved amongst themselves to adapt
to local conditions and stayed immutable through the evolutionary time scale. It is the
Spirit which traverses through these classes and evolves in its journey to the Ultimate
Consciousness. The present paper discusses the lacuna in the Darwinian theory of
evolution and puts forward the hypothesis that the concept of Blind Watchmaker is wrong
and a Conscious and Merciful Watchmaker brought this creation into existence with the
sole purpose of redemption of the Spirits.
SESSION C9 : COGNITIVE SCIENCES
AND CONSCIOUSNESS
n 32. NATURE FROM WITHIN - A SHORT DEFENSE OF THE
DARWINIAN ARGUMENT FOR PANPSYCHISM
MICHAEL BLAMAUER
One of the fundamental assumptions of Evolutionary Theory (ET) is that organisms as well
as species develop by a process of insensible gradation. Hence, in favuor of the concept
of smooth development, ET rejects the idea that new properties can emerge as sudden
products of any onto- or phylogenetic processes. New properties are thus to be seen as a
consequence of the rearrangement of already-existing ones. Now, human beings are very
complex organisms and, as such, products of these evolutionary processes. Moreover,
humans are conscious organisms, by which we mean that they host an inner life: there
is something it is like to be such a being. Given that the property of being conscious is
metaphysically fundamental and hence not identical with any physical properties of the
organism, we face two alternative positions concerning the generation of consciousness.
Either: (1) Consciousness is a gradually-gained evolutionary feature of a certain group
of creatures, corresponding to the growing complexity of their nervous systems; or (2)
Consciousness is an intrinsic feature of the basic constituents of nature itself, and thus
ubiquitous. In this talk, we will evaluate these two alternative positions and nally defend
position (2) as being more coherent and cogent. We will begin with some introductory
remarks on the subjective nature of consciousness, to be followed by the rst systematic
section (I.), which will examine position (1). We will show that position (1) is problematic
for two reasons: (a) it assumes that consciousness is a vague feature; and (b) it assumes
the supervention of consciousness upon complexity, which as we will show somehow
infringes the continuity principle of ET. In the second systematic section (II.), we will
advance a defense of position (2). We will argue that this position, which is a kind of
panpsychism, can sidestep the problems of the other position because: (i) it is consistent
with the subjective (non-vague) nature of conscious experience; and (ii) it is consistent
with the continuity principle of ET.
114
TSC 2013
n 77. A THREE QUBIT MODEL OF CONSCIOUSNESS
INTEGRATED JUNGS PERSONALITY
HANS RAJ KANDIKONDA, MAHARAJ KUMARI KANDIKONDA
Theoretical models determine what we perceive, hence it is important to look for a model
that can deal with holistic relationships. One such approach is to create a model based on
quantum theory, which offers an axiomatic framework that can be applied to any type of
system. In this study an effort is made to develop a model using three qubits to represent
consciousness along with Jungs personality types. The human personality is hypothesized
to be an integrated conscious-mind sentient entity under quantum theory. This work is
a natural extension to the work of two qubits for C.G. Jungs theory of personality. In the
original two qubit model, the psycho dynamics has been analyzed, but in the current study
an elementary attempt is made to extend this model by adding a consciousness dimension.
The three qubit model allows us to calculate expected values for the psychological functions
and attitudes which in turn allow us to generate articial personalities. A modied SL-
TDI questionnaire was developed by including consciousness and materialism as an
extra dimension. This was answered by 85 university students. The reliability of the data is
evaluated with alpha co-efcient ( = 0.7). From the questionnaire their personality type is
evaluated and is compared to the articial personalities generated by the 3 qubit model.
n 117. ROLE OF SPATIAL ATTENTION IN EMOTION AWARENESS
MARUTI MISHRA AND NARAYANAN SRINIVASAN
Visual Attention has been shown to inuence performance (accuracy and speed) in a large
number of studies. However, whether spatial attention inuences awareness (phenomenal
experience) of a particular stimulus has been a controversial issue and is very difcult to
demonstrate. In recent years, Carrasco and colleagues have shown that endogenous and
exogenous spatial attention alter (enhances) the appearance of basic perceptual features
like contrast, color saturation, spatial frequency and gap size. However, it is not clear
whether such effects extend to higher order aspects like emotions. Previous studies have
shown attentional benets with emotional stimuli. In the current study, we investigate
whether spatial attention alters emotional appearance. Attention was manipulated by using
an exogenous cue followed by two emotional faces, one being the standard face (of xed
emotional valence) and other being the test face. Participants performed an orthogonal
two alternative forced choice (2AFC) discrimination task (report whether the face with
higher emotional intensity, that is happier or sadder, was presented a bit above or below the
horizontal axis). This paradigm has been employed by Carrasco to investigate attentional
inuences on awareness. The emotional stimuli used were contrast-luminance matched
oval cut human faces. In order to have faces that differ in terms of equal perceptual levels
of emotional intensity, we rated the faces on emotional intensity and selected faces based
on maximum likelihood differential scaling. Both the faces presented in a given trial were
from the same person and differed only in terms of emotional intensity. We obtained the
psychometric function and measured the point of subjective equality for both happy and
sad faces in all the cue conditions. The results show that emotional faces appearing at the
cued location were perceived as having a higher valence (more happy or sad) compared
to the corresponding faces appearing at the uncued location or neutral cue locations. The
study for the rst time demonstrates that attention enhances the awareness of complex
perceptual features like emotion. We are currently in the process of conducting human
electrophysiological studies to understand the neural mechanisms involved in linking
attention and awareness.
TSC 2013
115
n 215. A STUDY OF RELATION BETWEEN EGOTISM AND
ATTACHMENT AMONG MARRIED AND UNMARRIED WOMEN
IRA DAS, ARCHANA SHARMA
For measuring the levels of Egotism (Ahankar) and Attachment (Moh), which are the
vikaras of mind, a scale for measuring Egotism Know Yourself (Part I) and a scale for
measuring Attachment Know Yourself (Part II) were constructed and standardized by the
investigator. To study the relationship between egotism and attachment, these two scales
were administered on a sample of 120 adult women (60 married and 60 unmarried). Results
indicate a positive correlation (coefcient of correlation r= .25, p< .01) between scores of
egotism and attachment. This shows that these two vikaras of mind are positively related
to one another. Attachment (Moh) is a bond that involves desire for regular contact with
the object or person of attachment and experience of distress during separation. Excess
of attachment creates obstruction in achieving higher levels of consciousness. Egotism is
an exaggerated opinion or inated sense of ones own importance or greatness. Women
with high egotism believe that they are the owner of all their physical and materialistic
possessions and therefore, they are superior to others. They do not realize that their
possessions and bodily characteristics are perishable and would not remain with them
forever. So both attachment and egotism ultimately lead to grief because both are based
on false cognitions related to possession of objects of physical world which are doomed
to decay. Hence a positive correlation was found between egotism and attachment.

Further, it was found that there is no signicant difference in egotism between married
and unmarried women (t=1.5 p>.05). Also no signicant difference was found between
level of attachment of married and unmarried women (t=.55, p>.05). These indicate that
the problems of egotism and attachment are equally prevalent among women, whether
they are married or not. Their minds are equally inuenced by attachment and egotism.
Remaining unmarried, does not facilitate achievement of higher levels of consciousness.
n 345. INTEGRATION OF SUBJECTIVITY IN KNOWLEDGE
GENERATION THROUGH ARTISTIC PRACTICES.
LUIS COQUENO, LUIS MIGUEL GIRAO
The adoption of Artistic Practices as research methodologies is instrumental in the
integration of subjectivity in the production of scientic, reproducible knowledge, allowing
for a holistic approach to the emergence of future sciences. Dening Art is for sure an
impossible task as it can entangle many aspects of its realities. However, we are certain to
declare artistic practice as a process of accessing knowledge. Furthermore, we believe in
being able to demonstrate how Art can constitute a model of integration of subjectivity in
the eld of Consciousness Studies. Art is becoming an instrumental research methodology
for future developments of the humankind, as can be demonstrated by the emergence of a
number of institutional activities worldwide.

As a method of integration of subjectivity in the generation of knowledge, practices of Art
can be structurally dened as innite loops of trial and assessment of hypothesis. A good
example is the practice of painting as a truly enactive activity. The continuous assessment of
coherence of a painting emerging in front of its author is the leitmotiv for its development,
until its consistency allows for potentially innite possibilities of visions of constructed
realities, instantaneously open to re-interpretation and therefore constantly open to re-
construction.
116
TSC 2013
SESSION C10 : DYNAMICS OF
CONSCIOUSNESS
n 33. CONSCIOUSNESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (C.M.S.): A
FEEDBACK-INTEGRATED CONSCIOUSNESS SYSTEM DYNAMICS
SANJAY BHUSHAN
Complex dynamical systems are neither completely rigid nor fully random. Instead, they
display a unique balance of Integration, Cohesion and Robustness at the global level and
at the same time, differentiation and multiple reliability at the component level. In the
domain of consciousness too, quantum consciousness reveals a unique phenomenon
of Super causality as a sum total of all creational causalities and retro-causalities. We see
downward causation, in which upstream determinants at the higher order consciousness
levels inuence and regulate events at lower levels of human cognitive consciousness. It is
also characterised by the dualistic aspect i.e. combination of both the physical act of state
reduction and the correlated psychological intentional act or tendencies. And, the most
visible physical evidence at the material plane of this subtle mechanism can be found in the
present state of the world and the conditions under which men live that can be regarded as
the reciprocal causal image of their own individual and collective states of consciousness. In
other words, it would be prudent to say that the material world around us is nothing but the
physical impression of the collective cognitive minds of the human race as a whole (Global
consciousness) which may in turn be the downward impression of the higher level Universal
mind.

The basic construct of this paper draws inspiration from the idea of top-down Super
causality by examining and synthesizing a galaxy of theories and postulates propounded
by eminent quantum scientists and thinkers namely Bohr, Pauli, Heisenberg, Stapp, Godel,
Penrose, Hameroff, Laszlo, Davies, Cayce, Campbell, and is also based on some fundamental
supreme spiritual proclamations made in the Radhasoami Faith (Religion of Saints: Sant
Mat) Scriptures.
n 55. FRIENDSHIPS, INTIMACY AND EXPANDING
CONSCIOUSNESS: THE QUALIA OF SOCIAL RELATIONSHIPS IN
WOMEN
PRIYA SEBASTIAN
The perception of social reality begins with interactions and dialogues, which create
a phenomenological interface of understanding between two or more persons. The
perception of social reality is often coloured with an individuals emotion and feeling in
larger cultural context. An understanding of qualia associated with maintaining social
ties will help us understand the functioning of an individual in the sphere of society.
Therefore, this paper attempts to explore the feelings of women associate with their social
relationships. The approach used for this study is idiographic in nature. The researcher
interviewed four women, who were housewife, an unmarried student, an employed married
woman and a lesbian. A semi structured interview was taken, in order to understand the
feelings associated with their existent social relationships. A hermeneutic- discourse analysis
method was used to interpret the interviews.

The ndings of this study suggested the uniqueness of each womens pattern and the
importance of relationships, both knowing others and being known to others and to self.
Another aspect of meaning described was the challenge of loss and threat to relationship.
TSC 2013
117
n 109. DEVELOPMENT OF CONSCIOUSNESS MODEL FOR
ANALYZING JOB TO BUSINESS DECISION: AN EXPERIENTIAL
STUDY
K. SANTI SWARUP, MUKTI SRI-NARAIN
Studies broadly identify two major reasons for entrepreneurship decision. These are personal
characteristics and perceptual variables. Subjective perception of ones own skills, likelihood
of failure, existence of opportunities and knowledge of other entrepreneurs were proven to
have high correlation with the decision to start a new business. It is important to analyse
to what extent people are conscious about their choice and the various variables affecting
their choice. The scales of awareness may vary from non conscious to Conscious Higher
Order Thoughts (HOT). This paper makes an attempt to develop a consciousness model
with a hierarchical structure to analyse job to business decisions of employed executives.

A sample of 60 executives at various levels in their respective organisations, who have
approached us for advice to start a business, were studied for the purpose of this study.
We have used questionnaire to collect data. The analysis of the data thus collected resulted
in the development of the consciousness model. The model thus developed identies the
various conscious levels at which the decision to leave the job and start business was taken.
This model can assist the potential entrepreneurs to make conscious choice of starting
their own business.
n 265. DYNAMIC OPTIMAL POLICY OF CONSCIOUSNESS
MANAGEMENT USING MARKOV DECISION PROCESSES (MDP)
FRAMEWORK
T. GURU SANT, ANOOP SRIVASTAVA, SANJEEV SWAMI
In spite of tremendous progress made by the human race, there is a marked discontent
among the masses, as a large number of people are struggling for their meaningful existence.
With all the resources, scientic discoveries and powers available, humans are unable
to live in peace and safety. This may be attributed to the problems of greed, self-focus,
selshness, materialistic approach to life, and so on. Over the years, we may have grown in
knowledge and money, but probably not in wisdom and virtue. Perhaps, our trajectory of
growth is not in the right direction, and the current scenario might well culminate into a
situation of civilisation crisis.

The analysis of modern world crises can be done at the levels of both societies and
individuals. As an individual, the person has many problems, such as greed, self-focus,
ego, etc. An attractive potential solution to this problem is to provide a mechanism which is
scientically and logically provable to the quantitative minds and by which the individual
can progress towards higher levels of consciousness.

There are two potential challenges which need to be addressed when one attempts to develop
a methodology for ones journey towards higher levels of consciousness. First is awareness of
consciousness level, and the second is that, even after attaining the awareness, an individual
might not know the way forward. Some work has been done in the past on these aspects by
psychologists, philosophers and social scientists. The existing techniques for measurement of
personality traits include psychometric tests, consciousness indices, and IQ, EQ and SQ tests.

118
TSC 2013
In this paper, we offer a novel attempt to combine the teachings of religion and science.
We have developed a dynamic optimal policy framework for attainment of higher levels
of consciousness using Markov Decision Process model (MDP). MDP is a technique used
for optimal policy formation for time based sequential decision making problems. Such
normative models are advantageous in prescribing a general policy specication. The current
approach is one of the rst attempts to apply this technique in the eld of consciousness.
n 461. BUSINESS DYNAMICS MODELLING OF
ENTREPRENEURIAL CONSCIOUSNESS : A PROPOSITIONAL
INVENTORY
ROHIT RAJWANSHI, MUKTI SRI-NARAIN, KARAN NARAIN, ANOOP SRIVASTAVA,
SANJEEV SWAMI
The entrepreneur is an important entity in the foundation and development of rms (Casson,
1982), who organizes and manages with substantial initiatives and risks. The key features of
success of an entrepreneur are high level of managerial consciousness and sound business
performance. Consciousness pertains to a state of awareness (Rao, 2005). Based on extant
literature, in this paper, we dene the key components of managerial consciousness in
terms of Planning Consciousness, Organization Consciousness, Control Consciousness,
Leader Consciousness, Ethical Consciousness, Ecological Consciousness and Research
and Development Consciousness. In addition, two key measures of business performance,
namely Cost and Revenue components, have also been specied.
Together, these nine dimensions have been modeled in a conceptual framework using
causal loop diagram methodology of systems dynamics. Sub-components of each
dimension have also been identied. Relevant propositions have been derived from the
conceptual framework using business examples and case studies. The proposed approach
promises to open up several attractive areas of future research in the eld of entrepreneurial
consciousness.
SESSION C11 : FOUNDATIONS OF
CONSCIOUSNESS I
n 65. THE SPIRITUAL, THE REAL AND THE PHENOMENAL- THE
DILEMMA OF A VISIONARY, WHO AM I? WHAT AM I ?
SANTOSH KUMARI SRIVASTAVA, GURNAM SARAN SRIVASTAVA
As early as in the 3rd century BC (ca 428-348 BC) when Plato, the renowned Greek
philosopher gave his dualistic theory of Forms that Reality resides not in the concrete
objects (e.g. tables and chairs) we perceive with our bodys senses but in abstract Forms
that these objects represent, he had projected the central thought that Reality is not
inherent in any object we see or touch but in the eternal abstract ideas of objects that exist
in our minds. By doing so he had set the Gordian knot of the problem posing before great
thinkers of the world, the question, what is Real? and how real is the perceived reality?
During the 20th century and now in the 21st century the question has taken the shape of
contentious argument regarding consciousness, the nature of the real and as such of the
Supreme Consciousness, its genesis, ontology and the role in human condition.
TSC 2013
119
n 70. ISSUES WITH THE DEFINITION OF UNCONSCIOUS
THOUGHT IN UNCONSCIOUS THOUGHT THEORY
SUMITAVA MUKHERJEE AND NARAYANAN SRINIVASAN
Modes of thought have a rich literature in decision sciences. Debates on the role of
attention and consciousness in decision making have always been exciting. In a series of
studies, Unconscious Thought (UT) theorists have argued that if attention is distracted
away (unconscious thought) from a complex decision, the quality of the choice is better as
almost all the information is processed during UT. Results from Unconscious Thought have
also been used to argue about the opposing effects of attention and consciousness. Given
the theoretical importance of the interaction of attention and consciousness and its effects
on decision making, we ask how unconscious thought should be operationally dened
and what role does attentional processes play in unconscious thought? Previously, we had
argued against the presumption of a large capacity unconscious thought by showing that
sub-sampling of information during UT is a possibility. UT theorists also side step important
aspects of attention and treat attention as a unitary dichotomous variable. Attention can be
conceptualized in multiple ways; as a selection mechanism with different scope (focused
or distributed) and as a resource (present or absent). Our lab results show that during
the period hypothesized to elicit unconscious thought, focused compared to distributed
attention affects the decision task differently. For example, distributing attention (using
global navon letters), compared to focused attention (induced by processing local letters)
increases the strength of preference in a preferential choice task modeled in-line with the
UT theorists. Global processing also results in better memory for the choice alternatives.
If attention is not a unitary process, then how Unconscious Thought can be treated as
if it is a unitary variable (attention directed or distracted away from the task)? We think
that Unconscious Thought Theory conates lack of attention with unconscious thought.
It is possible that the distraction period (unconscious thought) is essentially distracted
conscious thought rather than unconscious thought. To our knowledge, there is no
evidence yet that distracting attention via an unrelated task as in typical UT studies
promotes unconscious processing. As attention and consciousness are often thought to
be dissociable and distinct, we argue that their individual roles on decision making require
more critical evaluation.
n 98. THE AWAKENING OF CONSCIOUSNESS FOR THE
SUSTAINABILITY OF HUMAN BEING
LAURA ANDRA COSTA
This work aims to spread the purpose of Goudishanka Centre for the Development of
Being, NGDS, in Brazil, which was created to encourage and motivate us to choose new
patterns for the sustainability of human beings. Through community work it focuses on the
awakening of the consciousness through four pillars: professionalization directing people
to their real abilities; culture by expressing their creativity; health through the elimination
of toxins in physical, mental and emotional levels also changing pre-constructed patterns;
and education, paradigm changes for new societies.

The connection to the real-being is characterized by expanded consciousness which is
grounded in elements such as self-esteem, prosperity, mastering of emotions, good health,
creativity, independence, cooperation, freedom. In this case all life experiences are based
on higher ego. But which path leads to this stage of evolution? This path is based on strong
motivation and specic experiences for new choices combined with deepening knowledge
level. The challenge is to leave the restricted state lled with limitations dominated by
low self-esteem and diseases of the mind and body. In this apparent comfort zone, the
dominant emotions together with the lower ego guide everyday life in an automatic way
120
TSC 2013
perpetuating patterns and beliefs. Some consequences can be really harmful leading to
destructive behaviors such as, for instance, drugs addiction.

n 155. THE SCOPE OF CONSCIOUSNESS
GARY COMSTOCK
To ask about the scope of consciousness is to ask which nonhuman animals, if any, are
conscious. Based on behavioral cues alone, nonhuman primates seem to be conscious, but
perhaps we are mistaken in this judgment. For if consciousness requires something more than
responsiveness to the environment and sentience--if it requires, say, theory of mind (ToM)-
-and if primates lack ToM, then the complex feelings of consciousness might not extend
beyond our species, the complicated behavioral repertoire of other animals notwithstanding.

How would we know whether other animals actually feel the emotions that accompany
human consciousness? A strategy to answer the question is to identify the neurophysiological
correlates of ToM in humans and then learn whether any animals have homologous
structures. Suppose ToM is supported on the left side of the medial frontal gyrus, in the
posterior cingulate cortex (Fletcher et al. 1995) and in intraparietal sulcus (Lerner et al.
2011). Cynomulgus monkeys have these neural correlates but we do not know whether the
structures are active when the animals are exhibiting the (alleged) ToM behaviors. One way
to answer this question would be to cause an experimental animal to exhibit the symptoms
of social depression, that is, anhedonia, withdrawal, and lack of interest in interacting with
conspecics. Now, with the monkey in the condition where it seems to feel depressed, we
might ablate the part of its brain that sponsors ToM in order to discover whether such a
procedure relieves its depression. If these structures sponsor ToM, then the animal ought
to return to its normal healthy state once the structures are rendered inoperative. If these
structures do not sponsor ToM, then the animal ought to continue in its listless condition.
Learning the results of such an experiment could have important implications for identifying
the scope of consciousness. This paper surveys recent ToM empirical research in nonhuman
animals, reaches the tentative conclusion that consciousness extends beyond humans, and
argues that critical ethical questions must be answered before researchers are allowed to
destroy putative consciousness-supporting structures in experimental animals.
n 157. MIND OVER MATTER: AN ARGUMENT FOR
FUNDAMENTAL MENTALITY
JOSH RASMUSSEN AND JERRY WALLS
We will introduce a new argument for the thesis that at least some mental activity is
fundamental. Fundamental mental activity, as we are thinking of it, includes thoughts,
feelings, or conscious decisions whose occurrence isnt wholly in virtue of non-mental
activity (such as the spins, speeds, or smashing of particles). We offer a dilemma: do people
move by virtue of forming conscious intentions, or do people form conscious intentions
by virtue of moving? We will motivate the rst horn, or something in the neighborhood.
We draw attention to certain highly coordinated activities that may seem surprising and
unlikely on a completely bottom-up picture, where consciousness is entirely a by-product
of lower-level physical phenomena.

We aim to advance our thesis by motivating two premises: rst, it is gravely unlikely for there
to be such events as symphoniesever, anywhereif every intentional action is wholly
determined by non-mental stuff; second, such events as symphonies are not surprising, not
unlikely, if there are at least some intentional actions that are not wholly determined by non-
mental stuff. These premises, if true, provide probabilistic evidence for the conclusion that
some intentional activities are at the bedrock of reality. We leave open whether there may be
outweighing counterevidence.
TSC 2013
121
SESSION C12 : FOUNDATIONS OF
CONSCIOUSNESS II
n 239. REALITY, MIND AND THE UNIVERSE
MAANVI MATHUR, SWAMIPYARI, UMANG VERMA
This paper raises some extremely profound questions which have plagued and prodded
the universe since the rst emergence of auto-reectivity within the self-labelled species
called human. Why is there something instead of nothing? The purpose of this paper
is to provide a rational context for the reader to open a non-rational connection to the
possibilities that are implied through questioning the nature of the universe, mind, and
reality. The questions themselves, almost certainly unanswerable to the rational mind,
provide the insights and often self-destruct in paradox before an actual answer can even be
attempted. Because of the fundamentality of these mysteries, the entire history of shamanic,
religious, spiritual, rational, philosophic, and scientic thought has attempted to contain
and work with such questions in an effort to gure it out or gain some signicant insight
into the essence of existence. The extent to which this quest has been accomplished within
any of these elds is a question this paper will explore.
n 240. WHY WE DO THIS AND WHY WE DONT
ELEONORA LOREK
There is a world that we step into, which we learn and live in. It contains colors, scents, music
and much more. This is the ordinary world. Through studies in physics and philosophy we
can learn to deconstruct this world as real. The objects did not possess color, the birds
did not sound and the grass lacked scent. The ordinary world instead appears as a human
illusion.

I would like to discuss the quest one sets out for in searching in and around physics for
what reality really is. The world which actually is the one that can fulll our needs as human
beings.
n 271. RETHINKING THE CONSCIOUSNESS AND
INTELLIGENCE SINGULARITY
CARL ADAMS
Within the computer science domain, as well as science ction, there is discussion on
the singularity event, the situation where machines achieve a level of consciousness and
intelligence equal to or exceeding that of humans. This paper builds on previous work
(Adams 2011) to provide a critical perspective on a singularity event by characterising
different perspectives on such a singularity. The paper contends that:
a) It is a moving target. Technological man is resulting in expanding human capabilities,
both cognitive and sensory. The result is that any convergence is not one sided human
capability in consciousness and intelligence is increasing.
b) It is not one singularity but multiple singularities. There are many different attributes
of human consciousness and intelligence (ranging from various sensory inputs, specic
cognitive and processing functions, perception functions and even socialising functions),
and consequently there are likely to be multiple singularity events.
122
TSC 2013
c) Singularities should be considered in a wider system perspective. Humans, and human
consciousness & intelligence, do not operate in a vacuum. Humans have complex social and
organizational structures. They have individual motivations inuencing their everyday life.
They also have to contend with the dynamic nature of their living environment. Consequently,
consideration of any singularity has to factor in the complex wider set of systems of human
existence. Comparable conscious machines will have to demonstrate capabilities to deal
with an equally complex set of system though they do not have to be the same as human
systems. d) Blending of capabilities inform understanding of consciousness. By taking a
multiple-singularities perspective we are able to combine, or blend, different aspects of
consciousness and intelligence in a comparison between human and potential machine
capabilities. It is likely that some blends will be more signicant than others (e.g., different
mixes of cognitive functions and sensory functions may be more signicant as a singularity
event than others).

The paper argues that by revisiting and articulating these attributes of singularity events we
are able to better understand what it means to be conscious and intelligent. The paper hopes
to make a contribution by extending the discourse on machine and human consciousness.
n 320. STUDYING CONSCIOUSNESS: PRESENT AND FUTURE
SURAT SINHA, S.P. SINHA
Consciousness means the awareness people have of the outside world and their perceptions,
images and feelings (Hirst, 1995), Baars (1997) argued that consciousness is facility for
assessing, disseminating, and exchanging information and for exercising global coordination
and control. According to Pincker (1997) there are three different issues for understanding
consciousness - Sentience, Access to information and Self-knowledge. Cognitive
neuroscientists and cognitive psychologists have shed little light on the issue of sentience
and the origin of subjective experience. Velmans dual aspect theory states that consciousness
and aspects of brain activity are two sides of a single underlying process. Dahaene and
Naccaches global work space theory states that many brain areas are associated with
conscious experience but prefrontal cortex and anterior cingulate are of prime importance.
Studies conducted on brain-damaged and split-brain patients show that the conscious
perception depends on certain crucial brain regions. The future of brain imaging is very bright
because it provides valuable information about where and when the cognitive processes
occur. Another approach known as phrenology advocates that various mental faculties are
located in specic parts of the brain and are identiable by bumps on the external skull.
With the introduction of transcranial magnetic stimulation it is possible to show that certain
brain areas are causally involved in performing a given task. Future studies can amalgamate
the results of the scientic studies (third-person perspective) with those of religious saints
(rst person perspective) to make it a complete interpretation of consciousness relating it
to spiritual consciousness.
n 389. QUAN-CIOUSNESS? IS CONS-CIOUSNESS NOT ENOUGH?
C.M. MARKAN
Neuroscientic or classical approaches to consciousness or Cons-ciousness such as those
proposed by Koch and Crick among others, assert that most observable phenomenon are
understandable within the existing neuroscientic domain treating quantum theories as
superuous. Penrose-Hameroff and von Neumann-Stapp, on the other hand, argue that
quantum theories of consciousness or Quan-ciousness are better equipped to deal with the
phenomenon of consciousness. Some of the major arguments revolve around duality, free
TSC 2013
123
will and qualia which are difcult to comprehend within the classical domain. Despite the
interest in Quan-ciousness there is no denying that experimentally observed phenomenon
are real and substantial, while quantum phenomenon are largely difcult or impossible to
observe or measure. Therefore, efforts have been made to reconcile the two diametrically
extreme positions and nd mechanisms through which causal reality of Cons-ciousness
and explanatory power of Quan-ciousness could co-exist till a more comprehensive
framework is in place. However, even before such a framework is evolved it is important to
understand the reasons why the two approaches exist and why only one was not enough.
Cons-ciousness correlates neural synchrony in gamma frequency range as the basis of
conscious experience. This experience can be subliminal / preconscious or conscious
according as whether the synchronized neural assembly can grow large and loud
enough to attract attention. P-Hs Quan-ciousness theory lays emphasis on identifying
the microtubulin as the microscopic entity that could exhibit the quantum behavior and
then they systematically build a framework to explain how cytoskeleton of tubulin proteins
could form a cellular automata that acts as a quantum computer which when orchestrated
by sensory stimulus goes into a superposition of multistates. Consciousness occurs at the
point of objective reduction or wave function collapse to one of the conscious states due
to quantum gravity. von Neumann-Stapp on the other hand attribute Quan-sciousness to
the uncertainty at the microscopic level of ion channels leading to superposition of larger
number of macroscopic potentialities which collapse to a observed conscious state. P-H
treats the collapse to conscious state as a random or more specically a non-algorithmic
process. Despite accepting the uncertainty in the choice of conscious state, vN-S invoke a
mental force a.k.a. Quantum Zeno Effect in quantum mechanical parlance (or a spiritual
force in William James (1892) view) to let this conscious state prevail lest it may fade away.
Collapse appears to be a universal phenomenon associated with quan-ciousness that
occurs as decoherence in superposition of potentialities irrespective of what causes
this collapse. It is important to endure this collapsed state or template for action for an
extended period of perhaps tens or hundreds of milliseconds in order to be able to bring
into being the coordinated sequence of neuron rings needed to produce the intentional
feedback. Thus the neural correlate of an intentional act is something like a collection of
vibratory modes of drumhead in which many particles move in a coordinated way for an
extended period of time. Such states tend to endure as organized oscillating states, rather
than quickly dissolving into a chaotic disorder.

SESSION C13 : EASTERN PHILOSOPHY I
n 11. TOWARD A COMPREHENSIVE EAST-WEST THEORY OF
BRAIN, MIND AND REALITY
PAUL EVANS
The western scientic mainstream, rmly embedded in reductionistic-materialistic
models, has challenged the legitimacy of traditional Eastern approaches to understanding
consciousness. Eastern models are criticized for ambiguity and philosophical tenets
incomprehensible to the scientic West. Even among the Eastern scientic community
interdisciplinary collaboration between science and time-honored Eastern approaches
to healing and consciousness expansion is rare. However, over the past several decades,
pioneering genetics research has shown a wide spectrum of genetic mechanisms,
once thought to be pre-determined by the genetic blueprint, now appear to be under
124
TSC 2013
the inuence of epigenetic transcription factors that can be activated by sound, light,
touch, breath, electromagnetics, stress, diet and thought. These ndings suggest a closer
relationship than previously seen between science and traditional Eastern consciousness
models that emphasize mental intent, breathing, meditation, touch, relaxation, sound-
vibration and nutrition. This paper presents the major experimental evidence and proposed
mechanisms of these interactions, as well as the principal obstacles lying in the way of a viable,
comprehensive East-West theory of Brain, Mind and Reality. Preliminary hypotheses based
on this evidence are presented and possible directions for future research are suggested.
n 53. THE SCIENCE OF SUMIRAN AND ITS BENEFITS
NEHA S, ANJOO, PREETI SINHA
The repetition of mystic dhunyatmak shabds have an effect on the levels of consciousness
experienced by the soul. This can be explained scientically. Dhunyatmak shabds, though
they cannot be produced by speech, store their secret in the mechanism of producing the
same. A focussed and concentration upon this mechanism bring to the mind the form of the
sound. Such repeated and focussed effort works akin to the a tuning fork which repeatedly
struck in the vicinity of an already vibrating tuning fork eventually produces resonance. The
effect of this resonance is the ne tuning of the physical, mental and spiritual faculties of
the body/mind/ spirit of a practitioner. This creates the ascent of the spirit to experience
higher levels of spirituality in the consciousness of that higher region. This paper explains
with scientic experiments on different groups of people, how the repetition of mystic word
further aided by a holistic lifestyle helps them achieve higher levels of consciousness and
the physical manifestation of that ne tuning on the body and mind.
n 67. CREATIVITY AND COSMIC CONSCIOUSNESS IN THE
EASTERN DEVOTIONAL TRADITION
SANJAY PRASAD, DEEPA PRASAD, DHARAMPAL SATSANGI
Creative action (call it Right Action) is an Ordained Action that is in harmony with Ordained
Duty and leads to eradication of past impressions (Samskara) stored in the Cosmic Mind
(Manas). This steadies the mind and facilitates attention current to gain communion with
the Primordial Sound Current to attain Cosmic Consciousness. Scriptures of the Radhasoami
faith and the Bhagvad Gita are two classic religious doctrines in the Eastern Devotional
Tradition that set forth in precise and penetrating words the path of devotion through
creative action (Karma Bhakti) that leads to Cosmic Consciousness.

The only way in which a great scripture can become a practical classic to guide mankind
is when it teaches spirituality that can be lived, here and now. Radhasoami faith is a
modern faith of the devotional school where the statements of eternal truth and Cosmic
Consciousness are presented in the scientic accent of our times. Scientic, not because of
some scientic data that can be perceived by our three dimensional senses but, because of
its logical belief system. Based on the teachings of the Bhagvad Gita and Radhasoami faith
, this paper endeavors to elucidate creativity in action (Right Action) leading to cosmic
consciousness.
n 72. A VEDIC APPROACH TO THE THEMES OF TSC 2013
ROBERT BOYER, PARK HENSLEY
The nine themes of the 2013 Toward a Science of Consciousness conference in Agra, India are
briey addressed from the Vedic perspective that emphasizes the ultimate unity of nature.
TSC 2013
125
This paper shows how cutting edge quantum models are converging on the Vedic 3-in-1
ontology: the ordinary nite physical level of classical physics; the subtle nite, nonlocal,
non-physical level including mind that is beginning to be identied in quantum physics;
and the completely unied eld or totality of nature within which the nite levels emerge.
The Vedic model addresses challenging dilemmas in the progress toward subtler theories
of matter, energy, and information to the completely abstract unied eld, providing
a coherent framework for the relationship of matter and mind to consciousness. It has
huge implications for understanding the origin of the universe, mind-body problem,hard
problem of consciousness, medical healing technologies, and how to extend scientic
epistemology to direct empirical validation of subtler levels of nature in their ultimate
unied basis.
n 82. DEFENDING COMPLEXITY: A SAMKHYA APPROACH TO
THE HARD PROBLEM
E. ALEXANDER HOWE
Taking seriously the assumption that the east and west can fruitfully be put into
conversation, this paper places Classical Samkhya in conversation with the philosophy
of David Chalmers in order to provide a novel solution to the hard problem of
consciousness. Chalmers own solution to the hard problem privileges information
and posits a fundamental principle called the double-aspect theory of information.
According to this theory, all information has two aspects: 1) the familiar physical aspect
and 2) an additional phenomenal aspect. Chalmers has thus made experience an
irreducible feature of the world. However, while this approach is promising, it seems
to commit Chalmers to a sort of panpsychism. In fact, Chalmers himself concedes
that his account would permit some sort of phenomenal experience to a thermostat.
We will use Samkhya to demonstrate how we can retain the double-aspect theory but
avoid the counter-intuitive conclusion of panpsychism. We are not principally opposed
to panpsychism, and it is worth noting that scholars such as Galen Strawson and Gregg
Rosenberg have defended forms of panpsychism. However, we argue that Chalmers own
insistence on it is predicated on a logical fallacy (or two).
SESSION C14 : EASTERN PHILOSOPHY II
n 222. BEAUTY CONSCIOUSNESS IN THE MUSICAL
VERSIFICATIONS OF THE GHAT RAMAYAN
AGAM KULSHRESHTHA
The term Beauty consciousness denotes the sense of beauty realized in the sublime
regions of intrinsic human experience. A renowned German scholar namely Boum Garten
(1750) established the theory of Aesthetics. In Indian Perspective, musical existence along
with its beauty consciousness is found to have been originated in Samved and in other
religious scriptures. Aestheticism is one of the branches of philosophy. Modern thinkers
consider it to be a science instead of philosophy. Beauty embodies the effusions of
attraction, belongingness, reliance, grace and a deep urge along with untold association
126
TSC 2013
with oneness. Like Plato and Aristotle, Platinus also accepts the existence of consciousness
in beauty. Beauty is the authentic existence. There are three aspects of beauty consciousness
- Cognitive or Intellectual, Emotional, Affective or Urge-oriented. Mainly, there are three
creations of Saint (sant) Tulsi Sahab. Ghat Ramayan, Shabdavali and Ratansagar. The
Ghat Ramayan stands for not only absorbing the whole cosmos into our inner but also
inculcating the spiritual thinking and transcendental journey. The poet has been successful
in painting the varied aspects of consciousness through various prosodies and versied
musical effusions, leading to the highest regions of sublimity as well as consciousness.
Mortality of life and approach to the Supreme being have been narrated well in the Ghat
Ramayan. Some of the verses have been composed in classical Ragas and Talas or rhythmic
cycles , and some of them have been composed in folk music also.
n 329. SANT MAT: PATH OF THE ULTIMATE SPIRITUAL
CONSCIOUSNESS
ANAND RAO D
Consciousness is the quality or state of being aware of an external object or something
within ones self. It is a persons subjective experience of the world and the mind. Earlier
scientists worked with external experience in physical space and this consciousness
developed concepts of external objects and processes. Mind is a parameter of the inner
worlds and Consciousness of inner worlds leads to Eternal Happiness. This paper, starting
with simple explanations of Religion and Sant Mat, attempts to show that the consciousness
of the matters of the inner world/worlds depend upon the spiritual advancement and with
proper meditational practices one may achieve Ultimate Spiritual Consciousness and enjoy
everlasting Supreme Bliss, Supreme Energy, Supreme Intelligence, and Supreme Refulgence
of the Supreme Being. Sant Mat preaches simple and easy Meditational Practices within the
easy reach of all human beings, to achieve Ultimate Spiritual Consciousness.
n 330. THE CONCEPT OF CONSCIOUSNESS IN KASHMIR
SHAIVISM AND ITS COMPARISON WITH ADVAIT VEDANTA
MADHUNANGIA MADAN
The concept of Consciousness was a subject of study of the Indian rishis and their adhikari
students in the olden days. Today, the concept of Consciousness Studies has caught the
attention of scholars from all over the world and there is a class of Spiritual Scientists who
are trying to take this concept to the masses. This is because, in the age of technology, the
human intellect is not willing to follow a religion which professes rituals, superstitions, and
is dogmatic in nature. The need of the hour is a Universal Religion which shows man, who
is potentially divine, the method of self- actualizing and raising his Consciousness to a level
whereby he reaches a state of Superman-hood.

The Concept of Consciousness has been conceived by different schools of Indian Philosophy
beginning from the school of Charvak which has the most elementary idea of Consciousness,
to Kashmir Shaivisim which seems to be the most advanced in its interpretation of the concept
of Consciousness. The Advait Vedanta existed ages before Sankaracharya was born. He was,
however, one of the last representatives of Advait Vedantic School of Indian philosophy, and
which culminated in the nal interpretation of the Vedas. It advocated the philosophy of
Non-Dualism of Reality: That thou art i.e. that Immanent One is the same that is in the
human soul. Kashmir Shaivisim is also Non-Dualistic in its interpretation of Consciousness.
TSC 2013
127
However, both the schools are still different in their approaches of expressing the concept
of Consciousness, understanding which and working towards which, is Parmartha- the
supreme goal of life of a human being. An attempt has been made in this paper to discuss
the concept of Consciousness projected by Advait Shaiva School of Kashmir and to compare
it with the view of Consciousness expressed by the Advait Vedantins of Sankara School.
n 339. ADVANCED STUDY IN THE ESSENCE OF SPIRITUALITY
IN THE RAGAS OF HINDUSTANI AND CARNATIC MUSIC
SYSTEMS
BINATHI GUNTY
Essence of spirituality is that concept which is liberated from physical entity, beyond the
limitations of human comprehension and which is elevated to transcendental spheres or
spiritual sublimity. The rendition of ragas transports the artist and the audiences mood
from appreciation of art to experience pure bliss and unalloyed joy of spiritualism. Every
raga has its own essence in the internal form that enables anyone to develop oneness with
the Supreme Being like Saramati, Abheri, Sindhu Bhairavi etc., in Carnatic music system,
and Gurjari Todi, Bhairavi, Yaman etc., in Hindustani music are studied that portray
Bhakti rasa in their swar-sangatis. Interviews with domain experts and teachers regarding
their Spiritual experiences with ragas have been conducted to support the idea, which has
been already presented in TSC2012.

The present study enhances the potency of Spirituality in various Ragas by rendering them,
which is followed by a questionnaire that includes the experiences and opinions of learned
artists. The objective here is to highlight spiritual essence with statistical evaluation based
on the opinions of artists which make the study more supporting and authoritative.
n 415. QUANTUM VIBRATIONAL THEORY OF CONSCIOUSNESS
INSPIRED BY EASTERN SPIRITUAL TRADITIONS
SUKHDEV ROY
Eastern spiritual traditions and quantum physics envision all creation is based on energy
and vibration. According to eastern spiritual teachings, consciousness is of the nature of
Sat-Chit-Ananda, i.e., Truth, Intelligence and Bliss. Recently, in the Radhasoami Faith, the
August Supreme Being, the Supreme Consciousness has been further elucidated as Param
Sat-Chit Prem Anand Prakash Shabda Anhad Nada Swarupam i.e., of the form of Supreme
Truth, Intelligence, Love, Bliss, Refulgence, the Original Mystic Name, the Resonating
Unstruck Sound. It is explained that a great spiritual current issued forth from the Supreme
Being at the commencement of creation accompanied by a sound due to vibrations
in this spirit emanation. It is though this name, which in articulate speech conforms to
Radhasoami became the rst manifestation of the Supreme Being at the time of creation
through which He revealed Himself and ever since then, this name is reverberating,
resounding everywhere in all directions. Subsequently, after creation of pure spiritual
regions, the spirits got blended with mind in the region of the Universal Mind (Brahmanda)
and later with mind and gross matter in the Physical Region (Pinda). Manifestation from
other spirit forming centres was accompanied by respective spiritual sounds that also
continue to reverberate everywhere since then.

128
TSC 2013
SESSION C15 : THEORIES OF
CONSCIOUSNESS
n 61. A CONCLUSIVE CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK FOR
CONSCIOUSNESS: ROADMAP FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF A
FUNDAMENTAL THEORY
JOACHIM KEPPLER
In this talk, we discuss the advancement of a conclusive conceptual framework for
consciousness, which was presented at the TSC 2012 conference and is specied in (Keppler,
2012). The framework constitutes a novel synthesis of Western and Eastern insights with
the goal to prepare a solid scientic grounding for a theory of consciousness. It is based
on three essential cornerstones: physics, neurophysiology, and Eastern philosophy. The
physics part builds on stochastic electrodynamics (SED), a theory that provides a deeper
understanding of quantum systems and reveals the fundamental organizing principles
behind matter, which are dominated by the existence of an all-pervasive stochastic radiation
eld, the zero-point eld (ZPF). According to SED, the properties of quantum systems are
emergent phenomena that result from the interaction between the system components
and the ZPF. Whenever this interaction reaches a stable equilibrium (a stable attractor), a
system-specic information state is generated in the ZPF. These fundamental principles run
like a common thread through the conceptual framework. The neurophysiological body of
evidence (long-range gamma synchrony, scale-free dynamics, stochastic resonance, abrupt
phase transitions, adaptive attractor landscapes) clearly suggests that the brain is governed
by a universal stochastic driving force and behaves like a macroscopic quantum system.
Hence, the functionality of the brain rests upon the above-mentioned principles that are
characteristic for every quantum system. A rigorous comparison of these principles with the
wisdom of Eastern philosophy, whose insights emanate from a complementary knowledge
acquisition process, sheds new light on the nature of consciousness, indicating that the
phenomena of quantum physics and consciousness have a common basis and that matter
and consciousness bear on one and the same fundamental substrate. This substrate is the ZPF
whose unique properties make this eld an eminently suitable carrier of primordial energy
as well as primordial consciousness. According to the conceptual framework discussed
here, our individual consciousness is the result of an interaction process involving the brain
and the ZPF. Whenever the neural activity reaches a stable attractor, the brain modies
the ZPF and causes an information state in the ZPF, which is associated with a conscious
state. In other words, the external aspects of these ZPF information states are physical and
manifest themselves as the neural correlates of consciousness (the stable attractors), while
the internal aspects of the ZPF information states are phenomenal and are experienced as
conscious moments.
n 87. AN INTROSPECTIVE VIEW TO CONSCIOUSNESS:
APPLYING MASLOWS NEED THEORY TO CONSCIOUSNESS
MAHARAJ SARAN, SUMATI VUPPULURI, GURU SARAN
Consciousness is dened as a term that refers to a variety of aspects of the relationship
between the mind and the world with which it interacts. Most theories relate it to subjective
awareness. Research has slowly progressed from doubting the concept studies to dening the
conceptualization to the latest theories on articial neural networks and Articial Intelligence
where digital computational programming is being used to simulate consciousness. Recent
research with brain waves during meditation has shown a distinct difference between those
TSC 2013
129
corresponding to ordinary relaxation and those corresponding to meditation. Study of
conscious awareness is the latest area where emphasis is being laid.

Across the world, human happiness index is falling and India being the cradle of human
race in many a matter ranging from knowledge and culture to religion & civilization
is not featuring in the top. While the reasons to ponder are galore, few areas where the
individuals are lagging behind is in the understanding of the concept of happiness and the
derivatives involved in achieving the same. If we observe the classical concept proposed
in the Abraham Maslows Hierarchy of Needs model (1943)which was formulated as a
framework of human motivation we see that every individual inevitably can be associated
to fall in each layer of the pyramid, and in turn progresses stage wise to a higher need/
motivation. Now the problem area for the research is how do we decide on the time frames
to be spent in each framework? If only one stage is achieved, whether or not the individual
should revisit the same at a later point in life due to competition? Also Maslows theory has
a limitation in not explaining the concept of consciousness, and the impact of the same in
framework model to achieve higher order needs, although he talks about self actualization
at the pinnacle of the pyramid. Happiness being a subjective concept having a relativity
variable attached to it (reality- expectations) has always been chased and pursued hard
since times immemorial and wisdom or inner awakening dawns upon an individual when
the same is not achieved as per the desired standard. While theorists say the inner wisdom
or awakening had always been there to sense the reality, if only proper measurement criteria
were available to identify the awakening, or dene the so called intuitive consciousness. So
problems are galore and solutions are limited. In this multitude of ills and issues, man has
the option to exercise his subjectivity of the wisdom gained over a period of time through
varied methods to decide and prevail over the situation to achieve an objective solution.
This necessarily can happen by virtue of the strength of his / her consciousness. This is an
experiential study on human values, the consciousness theory and is based strongly on
experiential learning to identify, dene true happiness and various methods applied in
achieving the same.
n 188. THEORIES, CONSTRUCTION AND CAPABILITIES
RICHARD D GILL
Theories, scientic philosophical or others, must be constructed from a combination of
language, mathematics and logic. Here we will ask if there can be elements of the universe
that are forever outside the scope of any theories that can be constructed or that things
can exist that cannot be properly captured by these theories. The aim of theories is to bring
greater understanding about ourselves and the universe in a general way. Physical theories
have a generality so that, for example, theories about the carbon atom apply to all carbon
atoms in the universe. Mathematics, on which the physical sciences are based, also has
a generality that exists over all space and time. But is it possible to have a theory about a
particular object such as a particular stone or dog?

n 375. CHALLENGES AND PROGRESS IN STUDY OF
CONSCIOUSNESS
RANDHIR TIWARY, PREM PYARI TIWARY
Modern scientic approach based on classical physics has resulted into earthly, manifest
understanding of consciousness contrary to mystical other worldly deep revelations in
130
TSC 2013
various religious scriptures. Studies by neural scientists report on the process of brain states
during various rational and emotional states of mind but there are no denite relations
between those states and the experience. No computer has duplicated the human mind
and its consciousness. Signicant is the contribution of psychologists in categorizing three
levels i.e. conscious, subconscious and super conscious. Social scientists have a theory of
consciousness based on group conditioning, regional and time period basis. A select few
scientists have attempted to explain consciousness with their knowledge of quantum
physics by theorizing random choice and integration of observed cognitive functions using
quantum method. However collapsing of quantum wave functions poses measurement
problems and is mysterious and so is measurement of consciousness. However all above is
operational explanation of consciousness but not the entity consciousness itself.

Consciousness has been traditionally considered a metaphysical entity to be approached
and experienced through process of many meditation techniques having regional variation
depending upon the adepts who popularised it. The tragedy is that all these techniques of
achieving higher level of consciousness have limited benet for the common masses and
are restricted to mere progress in physical and mental levels but do not ascend to higher
spiritual planes. The path of Love as revealed by mystics (Sant Mat tradition) is the latest in
the evolutionary cycle that leads to a much higher state of consciousness which was never
experienced in earlier times and has given a new hope to mankind. The most important
thing is that this path is possible to be followed by all and those who adopt it; there is
unconditional perennial guidance from an adept in human form who is well versed with the
secret of the path that leads to Ultimate pure consciousness.
n 417. RATIONALE FOR CONSCIOUSNESS IN BUSINESS
ORGANISATIONS
MADHURI MALHOTRA, SAMEER MALHOTRA
There is a remarkable change in business principles and practices, such as transformations
from hierarchical structures to team-based structures that empower employees, from
analytic justication to creative problem solving, from competition to cooperation, and from
an emphasis on physical assets to an emphasis on human resources as a companys most
valuable resource. In their search for ways to explain these phenomena and to trigger them
in companies where they have not yet occurred, leading consultants and writers have begun
to speak of growth of consciousness as a key element underlying these transformations
(Blanchard, 1993; Koestenbaum, 1991; Maynard and Mehrtens, 1993; Weiss, 1994). This
shift in paradigm or mind-set is indicated as a new management consciousness (Joiner,
1994). The new paradigm has many aspects, but its foundation is that consciousness is
causal and that the power of the individual psyche is far vast than we could have previously
imagined. Leading thinkers suggest that consciousness affects individual and organizational
functioning. A business organisation is viewed from a perspective of the dynamic process
of consciousness. Consciousness is described from the materialistic (Little, 2002), dualistic,
socio-cultural and the transcendental viewpoints. The present study proposes to throw
light on the role of consciousness in business organisations, various levels of organisational
consciousness, and discuss the idea of collective consciousness in business organisations.
TSC 2013
131
SESSION C16 : QUANTUM
INFORMATION AND CONSCIOUSNESS
n 51. OBJECTIVITY AND SUBJECTIVITY IN QUANTUM
MECHANICS
JOHN SMALL
We commonly believe there exists an objective reality out there independent of us as
observers. However quantum mechanics challenges this notion, there appears to be some
facets of reality which depend on the observer. This has so far led to unsuccessful attempts
to create an observer free theory of quantum mechanics. We argue that the no-cloning
theorem allows us to be more precise about what we mean by objective reality out there
in terms of of objectivity as information which can be copied, shared and hence exist
independently any observer. The corollary is that because quantum information cannot
be cloned and therefore cannot be shared and cant be said to exist outside an observers
state of knowledge. We agree with Caves, Fuchs, and Schack and also with Srednicky that
quantum probabilities are best understood as states of knowledge in the Bayesian sense
rather than states of nature. The fact that quantum systems permit physical states which
can represent states encountered in self-referencing logic suggests that we are dealing
with states of knowledge about the observer as well as external systems. This opens up
the potential to understand quantum measurement as a process updating an observers
state of knowledge about both an external reality and at the same time knowledge of their
internal state.
n 303. QUANTUM HEBBIAN LEARNING: A QUANTUM
APPROACH TOWARDS FEATURE MAP FORMATION
PRITI GUPTA, CM MARKAN
This paper proposes Quantum Hebbian Learning that appears to have potential to explain
the formation of brain wide feature maps. The proposal is inspired by Penrose-Hameroffs
quantum approach to consciousness that assumes that sub-neuronal microtubules form
a quantum computer whose collapsed states are conscious experiences manifesting in
the form of an activated neural assembly. A correlation/entanglement of microtubule
cytoskeleton results in synchronous ring of the neurons. The synaptic weights, between
the neurons participating in the synchronously ring neuronal assembly, get reinforced
according to whether their microtubule activities are correlated/entangled. Since
entanglement can occur even in absence of a physical connection, therefore this model
can be extended to incorporate learning at different levels of neural interaction i.e. between
nearby connected neurons, far away connected neurons, and far away neurons that are not
physically connected. Quantum Hebbian learning also offers an exponential speed-up to
the weight updating process by means of superposition and quantum parallelism.
n 342. CLARIFYING QUANTUM CONSCIOUSNESS
S PRAKASH
This paper aims to clarify the need for a quantum approach to consciousness. While we
present no genuinely new ideas, we hope to build a consensus on the emininent plausibility
of a quantum approach to consciousness by reviewing work of Henry Stapp, Roger Penrose
and Chris Fields.
132
TSC 2013

David Chalmers has convincingly argued that a satisfactory solution to the hard problem
of consciousness would at least require the addition of some fundamental postulates about
the existence and nature of subjective experience to the body of fundamental physical laws
currently accepted by the scientic community. These additional psycho-physical laws
would have to be consistent with currently accepted physical laws, or more precisely, the
results of the vast array of repeatable experiments on which our belief in currently accepted
physical laws is based. Adding meaningful psycho-physical postulates to classical physical
theories appears impossible. Any attempt based solely on classical information seems
problematic because information, as dened by Shannon, is a measure of uncertainty and
classical uncertainty is inherently subjective. For Laplaces demon who, at a given instant,
knows the exact position and momentum of every particle in a classical universe, there is no
uncertainty and hence no notion of information. Roger Penrose and Stuart Hameroff have
suggested an alternative quantum approach to consciousness that involves the introduction
of an objective gravitational reduction mechanism to close the causal gap associated with
measurement. Comparing their (often under-appreciated) ideas to the more orthodox von
Neumann/Stapp approach is instructive and points the way to third-person experimental
tests of quantum theories of consciousness.
n 462. PROTEIN POLARIZATION INDUCED BLOCH WAVES IN
AXONAL FIBRES
KANAD RAY, RITU AGARWAL, L.A. CACHA, R.R. POZNANSKI
The major problem of cognitive neuroscience is to understand how and to what extent
our behavioural processes are governed by the workings of brain and nervous systems.
To understand the subjective mental processes in a meaningful and quantitative way a
new level of description is needed. Of late a trend has emerged to study different forms
of cognition in terms of their neural-oscillation correlates. Questions have been raised
whether the combined and synchronous actions of neurons and its constituents can explain
the underlying mechanism of cognition. A theoretical perspective on neural oscillations
at multi-scale level would indeed be important. Oscillations are of very much functional
signicance when we talk about large scale phenomena. It has been argued before that
techniques familiar in the study of transmission line can be used to analyze large-scale
spontaneous dynamics of cortex yielding Bloch waves. The Bloch waves could be treated as
a continuum in dynamic responses of discrete cells where the continuity would arise from
the Bloch concept. An electro-dynamical cable theory of protein polarization in dendrites
gives travelling wave solutions. In this paper we are investigating the protein polarization
induced Bloch waves in axonal bres.
n 463. GRAPH THEORETIC QUANTUM SYSTEM MODELLING
FOR NEURONAL MICROTUBULES AS QUANTUM HOPFIELD
NETWORKS
DAYAL PYARI SRIVASTAVA, VISHAL SAHNI, PREM SARAN SATSANGI
This paper extends the computation of Hamiltonian (or Lyapunov) Energy Function
through graph theoretic quantum system modelling (GTQSM) in continuum of protein
heterodimer tubulin molecules of self-assembling polymers, viz., microtubules in the brain
as Quantum Hopeld Networks (QHN). It attempts to represent graph-theoretically the
elemental interaction components (or processes) of tunneling interactions and Coulombic
bidirectional interactions in Quantum Hopeld Network (QHN) for micro-energy function
generation in generic terms for N qubits each with n discretization points of imaginary time or
inverse temperature. The quantum input ports are in cascade and parallel interconnections
TSC 2013
133
with each other while the classical output ports are all interconnected in parallel. The
paper presents an insight, otherwise difcult to gain, through graph-theoretic quantum
system modelling (GTQSM) construct into the computation of tunneling micro-energy
functions and Coulombic micro-energy functions which are assembled as Hamiltonian
(or Lyapunov) Energy Function.
SESSION C17 : GROUP TECHNIQUES I
n 54. AWARENESS AND EFFORT TOWARDS MEDITATION
AND ITS ROLE IN DEVELOPING INTUITIVE ABILITIES: A
MANAGERIAL PERSPECTIVE.
RUPALI DAS, TARUN SRIVASTAVA
Meditation is a practice which provides tremendous physical, emotional, mental and
spiritual benets. The importance of Meditation has now also been realized in the eld
of management. This exploratory study focuses on (1) awareness towards meditation
and time spent on meditation by managers (2) role of meditation in enhancing intuitive
abilities among managers. The pilot study reveals that many managers are aware of the
benets of meditation and thus they do practice meditation. The major reason for not
doing meditation is lack of time due to fast and stressful life. The primary and secondary
data in this study reveals that managers use both Systematic and Intuitive decision making
styles at their work. In case of risk and uncertainty the intuitive ability of managers helps in
making fast, accurate and condent decisions. This research highlights the importance of
Meditation in developing right (subconscious) side of the brain which helps in enhancing
intuitive abilities among managers.
n 69. REFLECTIVE LEARNING AS A TOOL FOR ENHANCING
CONSCIOUSNESS: AN EMPIRICAL STUDY OF NON-
GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS(NGOS) IN AGRA, INDIA.
K. SANTI SWARUP, SUDHA RATNAM
As human beings we all have experienced learning. We learn at all stages in our
life. Humans learn not only through external stimuli, their natural reactions to
these stimuli {Second Order Thoughts (SOT)} but also through introspection and
retrospection about all these reactions. The capacity to exercise introspection
and willingness to learn more about the fundamental nature, purpose,
essence, behavior is termed as self-reective learning. Reective learning
results in {Higher Order Thoughts (HOT)} and increases consciousness in self.
The purpose of this paper is to identify if executives in Non-Governmental Organizations
(NGOs) which are basically formed for the social welfare, actually do this introspection
and learn from their past decisions under various situations and use that in the future
situations faced by them. For this study we have approached 20 executives of Non-
Governmental Organizations (NGOs) in Agra and applied Reection-Rumination
Questionnaire (developed by Trapnell and Campbell 1997) The results indicate that
executives use reective learning as a tool for enhancing their consciousness and
decision -making skills.
134
TSC 2013
n 174. MEDICAL-ESOTERIC DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEM FOR
UNIVERSAL (GROUP) CONSCIOUSNESS
PREM KUMAR SAXENA, PREM PRASHANT, FATEH SINGH
The basic element of Radhasoami Faith is the practice of Surat-Shabda-Yoga i.e. uniting the
Spirit with the Spiritual Sound Current that emanated from the Ultimate Reality. This spiritual
practice is to be learnt from the Perfect Sant Satguru of the time by developing affection and
love and therefore faith in Him. This research paper presents the design of a Medical-Esoteric
Decision Support System for Universal (Group) Consciousness, which has been developed
with symbiotic approach to achieve the aim of furnishing the esoteric query support, medical
diagnostic support and esoteric decision exchange support functions, through appropriate
Medical- Esoteric Decision Making Communication Infrastructure Interface Tools and
Principal Medical-Esoteric Information Processing and Analysis Elements. The Medical-
Esoteric Decision Support System (ME-DSS) is comprised of six main components Model
Base Management System, Medical-Esoteric Data Base Access and Management System,
Central Medical-Esoteric Vision Navigator Board, Medical-Esoteric Vision Technology Base,
Dialog Management System and Medical-Esoteric Decision Making and User Desk.

n 178. USE OF INTUITIVE CONSCIOUSNESS IN INDUSTRIAL
CREDIT GRANTING DECISIONS OF INDIAN PRIVATE AND
PUBLIC SECTOR BANKS
SWATI KHATKALE
This study has tried to nd out the factors that are looked at by Indian Banks, while
granting Industrial Credit. There are various tools to assess the credibility of the borrowing
organization, e.g. balance sheet & protability analysis, ratio analysis, security, NPV etc.
Many economists have used Multiple Discriminatory Analysis to predict, whether a
company will pay back the loan or will default in future. Altmans Z score mode is one of them.
Credit Rating Agencies (CRA) across the world have developed various statistical models
to measure the credibility of the borrowers. Based on those models, CRAs have classied
borrowers into various categories from AAA to D indicating lowest probability of default to
highest probability of default. Though US and other International Banks have followed the
latest statistical models, they had higher default rates in comparison to Indian Banks. The
subprime crisis was one of the examples of it. So a survey of 32 Indian Banks out of 48 Indian
Public & Private Sector Banks was conducted to nd out, what made Indian Banks more
resilient than US Banks. It was found out that apart from doing the statistical & nancial
analysis of Balance sheet and Prot and Loss account; they have focused on qualitative
aspects also, which are hard to dene. These qualitative aspects generally came out during
the plant visit of team of Bankers, interaction with management, facial expressions of the
managers, seeing product/ service quality, perception of consumers etc. These intuitive
abilities help them to look beyond numbers and the past success, and they are better able to
predict the credibility and character of the borrower. As a team takes the decision of granting
credit, intuitive ability and eye for details is consciously passed from senior managers like
Vice President, Credit to Assistant Managers. This forecasting ability helped them to avoid a
large number of defaults.
TSC 2013
135
n 209. EFFECT OF MEDITATION IN CREATIVE PROCESS: AN
EXPERIMENTAL STUDY IN NEW PRODUCT DESIGN
SUMITA SRIVASTAVA, ANKIT SAHAI, JYOTI KUMAR ARORA, SANJEEV SWAMI,
DAYAL SARAN MISHRA
The studies by neuroscientists indicate that meditation improves executive functions,
such as the cognitive processes like planning, attention, innovation and creative problem
solving. The executives perform these activities routinely in an organisation. Meditation
helps an individual to screen out irrelevant information, to clear out his/her mind of
distractions, and to focus intently on relevant stimuli. This frees up cognitive resources to
solve problems. Prayer, meditation, and contemplation are the kinds of spiritual exercise
that lead individuals to a deeper will and purpose. In the light of the extant research in this
area, we attempt to examine the potential connection between meditation and creative
ability of product designers. The purpose of this study is to demonstrate the effects of
meditation on creative process in product design using data from an experiment study.
The study was conducted on 107 product designers divided into four groups following
different meditation protocols. The present experiment is primarily an attempt to verify
the hypothesis that that the performance of the participants going through any of the
meditation session protocol would be better than the participants following no meditation
protocol. The study also observes some interesting results of the experiment with reference
to the participants belonging to different groups following different meditation session
protocols. There is a signicant difference in the performance of participants who have
been practicing meditation on regular basis and the participants who are meditating
instantaneously (for this exercise only). This experiment extends the existing research on
spiritual theory of management.
136
TSC 2013
SESSION C18 : GROUP TECHNIQUES II
n 335. THE MOST UNCOMMON COMMON INDIA - AN ORIENTAL
PERSPECTIVE ON SES (SOCIO-ECONOMIC-SPIRITUAL) MODEL
OF CONSCIOUSNESS AND ITS TRANSITIONS
SAURABH MANI, ARTI MANI
Righteous way of livelihood, Righteous way of sensual pleasure and Realization of Ultimate
Truth has been the core ethos of Indian way of life and living that is evident from variety
of oriental scriptures and literatures. On a deeper analysis of Indian (oriental) philosophy
of material life and attainment of highest level of consciousness and its manifestations in
real life practices, we nd that the miraculous co-existence of material aspects of life and
spiritual goals of human endeavor are complementary than contrandictory. Constant and
regular interactions and inter-relations of material and spiritual dimensions of life highlight
the Uncommon India which is still visible in its vivid forms across the Indian sub-continent.
The quest for realization of ultimate reality (super consciousness) through material pursuits
has been one of the most common element of Indian teachings. Over a period of time, the
nature and meaning of inter-relations among social structure, economic goals and spiritual
journey has remarkably altered.

This paper aims at analysing three core dimensions, i.e., Social, Economical and Spiritual
and their inter-dependence, of SES (Socio-Economic-Spiritual) Model that was peculiar to
India and its transitions over a period of time. This paper further tries to search for answers
to questions like Whither are we wandering? and Do we need to go back to the future?.
This paper draws inspiration from Dayalbagh Approach to SES and discusses the nature of
interactions between material and ultimate consciousness.
n 344. INTERVENTIONISM OF CLASS-CONSCIOUSNESS IN
THE LIFE OF CONSTRUCTION SITE WORKERS IN INDIA: A
PHENOMENOLOGICAL APPROACH
POORNIMA JAIN, DEEPIKA CHAUHAN, GAURAV SHARMA
This study focusses upon the life of construction site workers in India based on the
phenomenological approach that explains the interventionism of class-consciousness
present among them. The work culture of any construction site is usually characterized by
informality, face-to-face relationships, alienation, role- competition, gender-inequality,
arduous work etc. Consequently, construction workers project relationships, values and
norms from their work into their non-work lives. The objective of the study is to evaluate the
social and economic status of the construction workers employed in the unorganized sector
and to determine their level of class-consciousness. It means that the socio-economic status
of the construction workers depends upon the level of class-consciousness present in them
and vice-versa, which in turn leads to vertical mobility in their life. It thus represents the fact
that in order to ameliorate the social and economic status of the construction worker, there
is a need for existence of class-consciousness among them which in turn suppresses the
injustice and exploitation done to them by the employers/ contractors. The study is relevant
in contemporary context as it helps in consciously awakening the construction workers
about their rights and class-consciousness which in turn improves the socio-economic
status of the worker and to raise a voice against the exploitation done to them.
TSC 2013
137
n 388. CONSCIOUSNESS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION:
ANCIENT AND MODERN PERSPECTIVE
SUNITA SATSANGI, PARUL VERMA, PRIYA SINGH
Inculcating Values rather than Ethics has become a global concern these days. Real
transformation as a true human being can bring about a sustainable impact towards Good-
Governance. Values emerge spontaneously and effectively only from a puried mind, and
the mind becomes puried when one is conscious of ones acts and when one can distinguish
between right and wrong. The inward movement of consciousness or introspection is
very important for maintaining balance in life. While Ethics can ensure outward desired
behaviors, they create internal mismatch and conict, if the inner disposition of the doer is
not consistent with the act. However, if sound values are inculcated internally, the outside
actions become voluntary, spontaneous and self-motivated. Naturally, such actions will be
more effective, humane and wholesome in nature. This paper will provide further details
on how consciousness impacted administration in Ancient Era and in the Modern Era.
This paper will deal with different aspects of Indian philosophy and its practice for self-
growth towards Holistic Competence, so important for Good Governance as well as self-
Governance.
n 390. HOMOTOPY OF CATEGORY THEORY OF CONCIOUSNESS
AARATHI KOTHALANKA, D PANDEY
Category theory is a new approach for establishing a link between mathematics and
perennial philosophies, which correlate quantum logic and quantum superposition.
Category theory expresses quantum classical correspondence and self-referent ability of
quantum states allowing them to express information about quantum jump sequence.
The generalized space time theory describes the creation of presheavs and the sheaves
through the functor dened between the reference category and the target category.
The target category is a global collection of objects due to mathematical theory of differential
equations termed as the sheaves theory. An object of it is called element which is usually
considered to be the thought of mind as well as will of course the thoughts are selected by the
Presheaf from the reference category to target category by the action of a homotopy function.
Purpose of this paper is to describe the homotopy as a learning function to improve the
status of consciousness to achieve the ultimate reality. During this study we will discuss the
action of homotopic function on functors this is the cause of creation of objects in category
theory. More over since the whole process involves the non-linearity of the function, it is
proposed that uncertainty theory will be instrumental for the determination of status of
consciousness.
n 433. INTUITION, CONSCIOUSNESS AND CORPORATE
DECISION MAKING
NAGESH PYDAH, PREM SEWAK SUDHISH, B AASHIQ
Decision making is a critical component of the corporate business world and is well
accepted both as an art and as a science, to be practiced intensively. Good decision making
is considered to be the hallmark of a true leader requiring vision and a certain degree of
hands-on knowledge, to understand the ramications of the decision. Most decisions are
taken under circumstances with an element of uncertainty with not all of the information
required available at the time of decision making. However, it becomes imperative to decide
with the uncertainties at play to not let the moment of business opportunity pass, waiting
for complete information to arrive. While it is evident that not all such decisions would be
138
TSC 2013
considered perfect in posterity, this is acceptable as a one-off situation in order to not stie
innovation in the organisation. The unwritten code in most businesses is that it is better to
be roughly right and fast than exactly precise and slow. In this paper, we attempt to study
the science behind decision making and the role of intuition in the process. An Intuitive
decision is a combined result of an individuals experience and consciousness. Several
studies in the past indicate that the moment when individual confronts a dead end with no
solution in sight and feels helpless, the subconscious presents simple yet elegant solutions
either in a dream or like a bolt of lightning. While a valid explanation for this phenomenon
is being investigated, religiously inclined individuals attribute it to Divine Intervention. This
paper attempts to study intuition from a scientic perspective through analysis of several
available case studies and by also combining the wisdom of the vast body of knowledge
available through the literature on eastern philosophies in general and the tradition of the
Saints in particular.
SESSION C19 : LANGUAGE AND
CONSCIOUSNESS
n 68. ENANTIOSEMY IN LANGUAGE AND THE STATUS OF
OPPOSITES IN EXPERIENCE
MAXIM STAMENOV
The standard way to distinguish between different objects by the means of language is to
give them different names. In this paper, I will discuss the nature of the enantiosemy as a
way to identify opposites in experience and behaviour, that as if contradicts what we nd
as self-evident to make difference in the world, we need different words with different
meanings. We nd this peculiar semantic phenomenon in cases where we have words that
have two senses with contrary or contradictory meaning. Enantiosemy was discovered at the
end of XIX century simultaneously by the Czech Vikentij Shertsl and the German Carl Abel.
Even if we orient today much better both into the nature of both language and mind, the
hypotheses originally offered by these two authors still remain a challenge and the evidence
raised pro and contra them does not prove that the discoverers were wrong in their basic
intuitions. This is the case as far as our current knowledge can link on a phylogenetic scale
the evolution of language to the evolution of thinking and consciousness, as well as when we
identify and distinguish opposites in our experience in consciousness as compared to the
way of their processing in the unconscious.
n 113. THE RELAXING POWER OF REPETITIVE SPEECH
AVIVA BERKOVICH-OHANA, AMOS ARIELI, RONI KAHANA, RAFAEL MALACH
A dominant concept in human cortex research has been the notion of antagonistic networks
in which activity in one set of areas is linked, in a push-pull manner, to inactivation of
another (Fox et al., 2005; Golland et al., 2007). Here we show that this is not a general rule,
and in fact, signicant cortical inhibition can be induced by minimal cortical activation.
Intriguingly, this phenomena occurs under repetitive inner speech, a condition known to be
associated with relaxation promoting its role in ample meditative practices (Cahn & Polich,
2006). Thus, our results provide a neural mechanism underpinning the relaxing impact of
monotonous speech. Methods: 23 participants (eyes-closed) were asked to switch between
TSC 2013
139
resting state (RS), repetitive speech/mantra (MTR - silently and slowly repeating the word
one) and a verbal task (verbal uency - VF) in an fMRI experiment. Nasal respiration was
simultaneously measured in 12 participants. A thorough phenomenological questionnaire
concerning experience during RS and MTR was administered to another group of 30
participants. Results: MTR deactivates DMN regions compared to RS, as well as the
brainstem and right insula. Additionally, MTR activates verbal regions compared to RS.
However, this activation was small compared to VF. There were no breathing differences
between MTR and RS (Figure 3). Phenomenologically, MTR reduced both DMN-related
experience (thoughts and self-reference) and extrinsic-system related experience
(sensations of body and surrounding). Conclusions: This fMRI study reveals that a simple
word repetition task produces a wide spread reduction in the Default Mode Network - a
major cortical system linked to intrinsic processing. This reduction was signicantly below
the baseline rest condition. Importantly, the inhibitory effect was linked to a minimal
positive activation in language cortex. It is conjectured that the widespread reduction
in brain activity - particularly of the DMN - may be linked to the sense of relaxation and
empty mindedness associated with this task.
n 212. CONSCIOUSNESS, INTUITION AND SENTIENCE: WHAT
IS AN AUTHOR?
MALVIKA GUPTA
Today, the belief in there being a singularity, or a point in human history when machines
surpass human capabilities (Vernor Vinge and Ray Kurzweil), is held as an object of serious
and ponderous theoretical and philosophical inquiry and discussion (David Chalmers).
Amongst a certain section of intellectuals, this term seems to hold the key to the future of
the human race or rather, the end of it. Yet, in light of recent advances in human scientic
understanding of consciousness (Stuart Hameroff and Sir Roger Penrose), this mode of
thought is considered to be unhelpful and, in fact, misleading to earnest searchers and
seekers of Truth, Reality, and Ultimate Consciousness. Rather, consciousness, in this paper,
is viewed as being non-material and beyond physical constructs (Professor P.S. Satsangi).
Specically, the area of human authored literary textual creation (literature: novels, poetry,
plays etc.) versus the computer generated authorless narrative or text is examined. Focusing
on the concept of computer generated authorless narratives and texts, the question of
What is an author? is revisited, as it relates to human creativity and writing exploring
the necessity of consciousness, intuition and sentience as requisites to the creation of
meaningful literary texts.
n 213. NARRATING THE ENIGMA: A LITERARY APPROACH TO
CONSCIOUSNESS
SONAL SINGH, RAM SINGH
Consciousness is not just a simple phenomenon to be studied in terms of objective data. No
single discipline or approach can grasp the elusiveness of nature of consciousness. Besides
the areas of inquiry like the relationship between mind and brain, reality and illusion, etc.,
there has always been a challenge of evolving new modes of expressing different levels of
experience of consciousness. Human consciousness neither follows a set linear model nor
a logical pattern. It is rather disjointed and free- associative. It is an extremely difcult task
to translate the abstruse material into a physical image. Literary artists have been studying
and representing consciousness phenomenologically for a long time. Literature has very
often provided the exteriorization of different levels of consciousness. Different tools and
techniques have been employed for expressing this varied, subjectively lived experience.
The present paper endeavors to discuss Recapitulation, Flashback, Tense uniformity,
140
TSC 2013
Symbolism, Interior monologue, Free- association, Montage, Poly- temporal time shape, etc.,
which are some of the major techniques employed by the literary artists to give expression to
the ever changing internal facets of the complex human life.
n 361. COSMOS, THEOS , SELF AND INTENTIONALITY +IN
BECKETTS ABSURDIST WAITING FOR GOD O(T) : A STUDY IN
CHRISTIAN EXISTENTIAL CONSCIOUSNESS, CONSCIOUSNESS
OF THE UNIVERSAL MIND AND ULTIMATE CONSCIOUSNESS OF
RADHASOAMI FAITH
BANI DAYAL DHIR,V PREM LATA
The paper examines how science of consciousness intersects with arts with special reference
to theatre. It appropriates stage as a cosmic space where consciousness is manifested
through actors spatiotemporal experiences and the corporeal processes , where states of
consciousness become operational with actor spectator experience, creating an interface
between the self and world. Shakespeare conceptualized life as a process constantly
subjected to theatricality all the worlds a stage , and all the men and women merely players
: they have their exits and entrances ; and one man in his time plays many parts ; his acts
being seven ages. Performance is consciousness in action which results in reinvention
of self through selfrealization and reformation. Phenomenology, when employed as
a theoretical and methodological approach to analyze the dynamics of consciousness in
theatrical praxis, enables us explore the way we are subjects in the world.

The paper takes up the pressing issue of existential necessity of self creation through the
theatrical system and argues how Becketts Waiting for God(o)t is a depiction , not of a place
but of a cosmic state ; entire humanity involved in, how cosmic mans fall and alienation from
Theos results in split self, divided or fragmented ego in Freudian sense, taking spiritually
paralyzed man to fragmented and hysterical altered states of consciousness, without his
being aware of it. Laced with psychological, spiritual and philosophical references ,the
mode of analysis would be transpersonal - from actors self (objects self) to spectators self
(subjectself) to show how out of such theatrical cosmos alienated from Theos are born
moments in which the spectators experience heightened cosmic consciousness. Spielgelberg
observes that subjectivity sometimes focuses on the things being experienced , while some
focus on the person experiencing it. Thus Becketts cosmos pervaded by angst acquires an
entirely new meaning in the perceptual experience of the spectators.

The authors also appropriate Becketts cosmos with the life world, a concept of
Phenomenology developed by Husserl, Heidegger and Maurice Merleau Ponty, which refers
to the world as directly experienced in the subjectivity of everyday life, distinguished from
objective world of science.

Intentionality the central notion of Phenomenology, suggests that whenever there is
consciousness, then it is always consciousness of something. It is a state of mind to represent
objects or state of affairs. The endeavor would be to analyze from generic perspective ,
without getting entangled in the debates concerning these focal phenomenological notions
, how absurdity induces intentionality in the spectators through non-intentionality.
The paper establishes Waiting for Godo(t), as a redemptive text, communicating through
non-communication the path to achieve higher consciousness, path to salvation by
searching for Supreme God, the only Savior and the Greatest Benefactor of mankind which
nd exposition in Christian Existentialism, Vedas and Upanisads and Oriental Religion of
Saints (Radhasoami Faith).

Taking Waiting for Godo(t) as theatrical system for transcendental investigation, the
discussion will take within its purview the levels of consciousness revealed in Christian
TSC 2013
141
Existentialism, Upanishads and Oriental Religion of Saints (Radhasoami Faith). Referring
to Most Rev. Prof P. S. Satsangis elaborate scientic explanation of Triple Hierarchies
of Consciousness and Supreme Consciousness as revealed in Radhasoami Faith, the
paper would design a comparative paradigm to assess the three states of consciousness of
Christian Existentialism , Four levels of Consciousness explained in the Upanishads with
reference to Consciousness of Universal mind , to draw parallels and illuminate the sublime
concept of Ultimate Truth and Ultimate Consciousness as revealed in Radhasoami Faith.
Key words: Phenomenology, Theatrical cosmos, self, intentionality, Christian existential
consciousness, consciousness of the Universal Mind, Triple hierarchies of consciousness,
Supreme consciousness of Radhasoami Faith.
SESSION C20 : PHYSICS AND
MATHEMATICS OF CONSCIOUSNESS
n 27. ORGANIC METPHYSICS AS A FRAMEWORK FOR
UNDERSTANDING CONSCIOUSNESS.
JOHN PICKERING
Over the past few decades enthusiasm for the rapid progress of cognitive neuroscience
has obscured its limitations. These are shared by eliminative neurophilosophy and
underlie a commonly made explanatory mistake. This is to treat psychological states,
such as experiencing a moral dilemma or having an emotion, as if they were little more
than activity in a particular area of the brain. The paper will begin by showing why this is a
profound logical error and why the proper treatment of neuroscientic ndings requires a
richer view of the human phenomenon. Such views are available from other traditions of
thought. Buddhism, for example, offers a detailed conceptual scheme in which to situate
both the objective and the subjective aspects of mental life.

The paper will examine whether Buddhist terms for conscious experience are expressible
within the contemporary scientic worldview. It will conclude that they are, but only up
to a point. Beyond that point, terms and concepts cannot be made to correspond without
distortion or over simplication. However, both Buddhism and the scientic worldview
constantly change. Recent work in biology and in semiotics is taking forward the organic
metaphysics of A.N. Whitehead and suggests that the key to interpreting neuroscientic
ndings lies in revising our understanding of matter. Within this metaphysical framework,
mental and physical phenomena are treated as different aspects of a single underlying
reality.

The paper will conclude by sketching this framework and suggesting that adopting
this framework will make it easier to integrate neuroscientic ndings with the facts
of personhood as they are commonly experienced. To do so will promote a more
informed interaction between Eastern and Western approaches to the phenomenon of
consciousness.
142
TSC 2013
n 100. INTENTION EXPANDS TIME: A DURATION JUDGMENT
STUDY USING TEMPORAL BISECTION
MUKESH MAKWANA, NARAYANA SRINIVASAN
Intention plays an important role in our day-to-day life. It not only determines the nature of
our actions that are performed to achieve those intentional goals but also may potentially
inuence our perception of events to a great extent. Studies on Intentional Binding have
shown that the subjective awareness of onset times of the voluntary action and its effect is
attracted towards each other, thus compressing the duration between the two. However, it is
not clear how the perception of an event or an object is inuenced by whether the intended
event or object occurred or not. In the current study, we investigate a specic perceptual
aspect, namely the duration of an intended or unintended object. We used the temporal
bisection task to estimate duration judgments. Before the main experiment we trained the
participants on two anchor durations one short (300 ms) and other long (700 ms). Then in
the main experiment we asked participants to make a choice about what color target (red/
green) they want to see in each trial by pressing a pre-specied key. The probability that
the participant would see the intended color was set at chance (50%). In a given trial, the
participant might see the object with intended color or unintended color. The perceptual
task, that is, the duration judgment was independent of the color of the stimuli. Once they
pressed the dedicated key, a target appears on screen after a delay of 250 ms. The duration
of target stimulus was varied randomly in the range of 300-700 ms in steps of 50 ms.
Participants reported whether the particular test duration was closer to the short or long
anchor duration which they learned in training session. The data from the intended and
unintended conditions were tted with a psychometric function and the point of subjective
equality (PSE) was computed. Results from the experiment showed that when participants
get the intended target, their subjective awareness of duration increases signicantly
compared to when they get the unintended target. The results show that intention expands
the duration of the intended perceptual object or goal. Perceivers do not merely process
incoming stimuli but perception also depends on achievement of the intended goal. They
are not only prediction machines but also intention machines. Further experiments are
needed to shed more light on the role of intention, both at the level of perceptual goal and
the nature of action performed to achieve the goal in the perceptual awareness.
n 202. EXPLORING MENTAL TENDENCIES TO MODEL FUZZY
CONSCIOUSNESS VECTOR FOR PEACEFUL CO-EXISTENCE: A
FUZZY COGNITIVE APPROACH
S. K. GAUR, D.S. MISHRA
Throughout the course of this and earlier centuries, human life has been revolutionized.
Our technological success is awe- inspiring. One can, on one hand, explore the limitless
dimensions of space and on the other, peep into nano-sized particles. However, the recent
widespread attack of terror, racial fanaticism and fundamentalism has made us aware that
humanity is at war with itself. The war is on at every front of its existence, be it extremes of
poverty or wealth, population explosion, crime, hunger, global warming and the like, leading
ourselves to a wilting state.

The authors have tried to establish the roots of all such crises in the minds of individuals.
On the basis of various words of wisdom, written down by persons of uncommon wisdom,
certain important tendencies of mind like revenge, selshness etc has been complied. A
fuzzy cognitive map based on causalities have been developed. The authors have put forth
the causal model with mental tendencies as the concept in understanding relationship
between action, tendencies and the resulting level of consciousness. Consciousness being a
subjective and complex phenomenon has been visualized on the framework of experiential
knowledge as a fuzzy relationship between gross and subtle activities, positive and negative
TSC 2013
143
tendencies and consciousness. A fuzzy consciousness vector has been obtained and
evaluated through action-tendency-consciousness- interface by way of fuzzy relationship.
A set of domain experts were consulted to give mapping relationship from activity domain
to consciousness domain. A simple case of individuals has been analyzed and their
consciousness level evaluated. The paper concludes through the exploration of causalities
as to how training of minds with the help of imbibed culture and values and a perfect
master can lead towards increasing capacity of consciousness and thus can contribute
towards achieving peaceful coexistence as a solution to remove civilizational crisis that the
world is facing today.
n 280. NATURAL FRACTAL PATTERNS IN THE REALM OF
SCIENCE OF CONSCIOUSNESS
ANAND MOHAN, PREM PRASHANT
Nature has always preserved and presented an unblemished documentation with perfection
down the geological timeline. From sea shells, arrangement of leaves around a stem, the
arrangement of a pinecone and spiral galaxies to the structure of human lungs, the patterns
of chaos are all around us. The Spiral appears everywhere in nature, from the micro to the
macro. The universe at the cosmic level looks exactly the same as at the subatomic level. The
design is essentially symmetrical. These repeating patterns are Fractals. The mathematical
beauty of fractals is that innite complexity is formed with relatively simple equations.
Inherent in the geometry of fractals is the creation of ever-repeating, self similar patterns
nested within one another. It is this principle of oneness underlying all geometry that
permeates the architecture of all forms in its countless diversity. Often referred to as the
thumb print of God, fractals bring the power of nature, creation and geometry to the forefront.
We elaborate with examples from fossils kingdom which explicitly demonstrate that the
tale of evolution is complimentary to saga of repeating patterns. The shell design of extinct
Cephalopod fossil is quite similar to the chambered Nautilus. They had attained perfection
in the geometry of the shell size, regularity of shell coiling, suturing on the cells. Their
shape is aesthetically pleasing due to the mathematically proportional dimensions. The
suture lines in Late Jurassic Ammonite fossils have a tendency over time to become very
complex, almost like the leaf of a fern. These kinds of shapes have been linked to fractals.
Ammonite suture lines are reminiscent of a fractal - a fragmented geometric shape that can
be split into parts, each of which is a reduced-size copy of the whole. The Ammonite shell is
formed in a Fibonacci spiral. The spiral follows a mathematical formula: Fn = Fn-1+ Fn-2,
where each number in the sequence is the sum of the previous two. Constructing a series
of squares with lengths equal to the Fibonacci numbers (1,1,2,3,5, etc) and tracing a line
through the diagonals of each square forms a Fibonacci spiral. The awless design in the
Nautilus shell contains the Golden Ratio. The shells of most mollusks grow in a logarithmic
spiral manner. Ratio of the length of the short side to the long side is always 1 :( 1+5)/2 -
->1:1.618. This golden ratio is perhaps the foundation for how nature brings balance into
this world.

n 340. SPIRITUAL ENERGY THEORY-SET, A THEORY OF
CREATION OF UNIVERSE AND CONSCIOUSNESS AND ITS
REPRESENTATION BY BOND-GRAPH THEORY
MANI SUNDARAM
This paper presents a spiritual energy theory of creation and consciousness (SET), which
can solve hard problems of consciousness and of order in the Universe .It is a systems view
and a holistic view of reality . As such it takes all aspects of reality i.e. spiritual psychological
and physical into consideration and sees interrelation among them and explains parts or
sub system of the system in relation to whole system. Again, it is a top down approach.
144
TSC 2013
SESSION C21 : RELIGION AND
MEDITATION
n 34. A STUDY IN PANCYCHISM WITH REFERENCE TO
BECKETTS WAITING FOR GODOT, THE BOOK OF JOB
AND PARAM GURU HUZUR MAHARAJS NIJ UPDESH AS
A RESPONSE TO DARREL W. RAYS THE GOD VIRUS: HOW
RELIGION INFECTS OUR LIVES AND CULTURE
GUR PYARI JANDIAL
Panpsychism declares that all matter in the entire universe from the largest planet to the
smallest particle or wave is to some degree sentient or conscious. In other words, the
substance of the universe is composed entirely of Mind or Consciousness. Baruch Spinoza
regarded both mind and matter as simply aspects (or attributes) of the eternal, innite and
unique substance he identied with God himself. Today leading edge science supports
Panpsychist beliefs. Some of the more open-minded scientists such as Stuart Hameroff and
Roger Penrose have subscribed to some degree of panpsychism, by suggesting that matter
may indeed be sentient. There is now a growing willingness by other scientists to consider
the strong likelihood that all particles, no matter how small, have some type of awareness
or mind, and that the information connecting them is everywhere. In the post-WW II world
in which Samuel Becketts Waiting for Godot emerged, questions concerning the meaning
of human existence, the purpose of the suffering involved, and the value of striving for
transcendence of mere survival were prevalent. The play focuses on the individuals basic
circumstances rather than the ideological make-up of his social identity. It explores the reality
of the mind and its direct contact with phenomenal experience prior to the interpretive
strategies of any particular narrative. In other words, the fundamental experience of what it
is like to be conscious of our existence. Each play of the Theatre of the Absurd addresses this
basic phenomenon.

n 43. IMPROVISATION, MEDITATION, AND INTERSUBJECTIVE
CONSCIOUSNESS: A NON-DUAL INTEGRAL PERSPECTIVE
ED SARATH
Is consciousness solely an individual phenomenon or might an intersubjective or collective
dimension of consciousness exist? Utilizing principles of an emergent worldview called
Integral Theory as a lens, this talk examines this question by drawing parallels between two
seemingly unrelated phenomena in which practitioners report heightened experiences
of collective wholeness. The rst is improvised music, wherein group settings performers
describe a profound merging with other performers and listeners. Second is group
meditation, where participants commonly recount similar experiences of collective oneness.
Studies that suggest large gatherings of meditators may radiate a harmonizing inuence
on their surroundings resulting in reduced crime, accidents, and illness supports the idea
that this is more than merely a sense of oneness between individuals, but in fact involves
the enlivenment of a genuine collective dimension of consciousness. Drawing from my
forthcoming book, Improvisation, Creativity, and Consciousness: Jazz as Integral Template
for Music, Education, and Society (SUNY/Albany 2013), I probe possible inner mechanics by
which intersubjectivity is invoked in both realms.
TSC 2013
145
n 64. ESCHATOLOGY: A PERSPECTIVE FROM RELIGION AND
SCIENCE
SOMAYAJULU NEMANI, MADHULIKA NEMANI
Eschatology is the study of nal events or ultimate destiny of humanity. The Oxford English
Dictionary denes it as the department of theological science concerned with the four last
things: Death, Judgment, Heaven and Hell. From a mystical point of view, it is the union of
individual or ordinary reality with the Ultimate reality. Eschatology can be seen from both
individual and cosmic levels. On the individual level, the end of physical life or survival
of individual consciousness and its extended existence is called Individual Eschatology.
In other words, individual eschatology describes the last things of ones personal life
such as death, the afterlife experiences rewards and punishments, and the reality of the
human spirit or soul or consciousness. Many religions have substantiated this fact through
their literature and clearly dened the stages and steps with lights and sounds elements
as spirit transcend upwards. Scientic research is also in progress in this eld to uncover
the mysteries of life after death. Dr. Hawkins, map of Consciousness uses Kinesiology to
uncover the perceptions of life and God. On the cosmic level, the set of principles about
the end of world or Apocalypse is known as Universal Eschatology. It explains end time of
universe and the Ultimate destiny of mankind. Many eastern and western religions have
presented elaborate descriptions on the subject by stating the stages and time for complete
dissolution of the world. Modern day scientic theories such as Schrodinger Equation,
Quantum mechanics, String theory and Richard Maurice Buckes Cosmic Consciousness
also tries to uncover the mysteries about the beginning and end of the universe. The
paper emphasizes on comparative study of micro and macro level Eschatology concepts
and ideas from religion and science point of view. Do scientic analysis re-authenticate
religious revelations and Ultimate Truth doctrines or discovers new dimensions to unfold
mysteries of individuality and Ultimate Reality? The paper highlights important questions
like what is real death? Is brain death and real death one and the same? What happens
when brain stops functioning but other organs still functions for life support? What is
cosmic dissolution? The research recommends awakening of one inner self to realize the
experience of meta physical levels of consciousness while living the physical life.
n 308. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MEDITATION AND
PERSONALITY
SUDHIR SAHNI, RENU SAHNI
Very few studies have been conducted exploring the relationship between meditation and
personality. This study is an attempt to ll this lacuna. Many tests of personality are available,
such as Myers-Briggs Test Indicator, Socionics schemes and Singer Loomis Inventory for
Personality, and most of these are based on Jungs typology. According to Jung, there are
two basic attitudes (extraversion / introversion), and two pairs of dichotomous functions
(Sensing / Intuition and Thinking / Feeling). Sensing and Intuition are irrational functions,
while Thinking and Feeling are rational functions.

Many questions arise, such as: Are irrational types more inclined to practise meditation than
rational types, or vice versa? Are Introverts more inclined towards practising meditation
than Extraverts? Are Intuitive types more interested in meditation than Sensory types?
Are Thinking types more inclined towards meditation than Feeling types or vice versa?
Further, does the practice of meditation bring about a change in a persons personality?

The present study investigates these aspects. The sample consists of persons who have
146
TSC 2013
recently started practising meditation as well as those who have been practising it for a long
time. A Socionics test is used to determine their personality type. The ndings of this study,
juxtaposed with results of neuroscience research, will be useful in actively probing the mind-
brain interconnections, leading towards a psycho-physical theory of consciousness.
n 395. CONSCIOUSNESS AS PER CHRISTIANITY, ISLAM AND
HINDUISM
ANUJ CHANDRA, ANJALI SINHA
Many near death experiences describe a long tunnel with a light at the end characterized
by beauty and serenity. In some cases angels, loving relatives or friends are visualized.
Feelings of love, happiness and peace are also sometimes described. These experiences
characterize atheists and followers across faiths and geographies. Is this an elevation of
consciousness which one experiences at the time of death? Can one experience such higher
levels of consciousness before death? A higher level of consciousness is generally associated
with enhanced attention, perception and a sense of oneness with the divine. While religions
that stress on meditation, like the Religion of Saints and Buddhism, teach that controlled
elevation of consciousness is possible by practicing meditation, it is however not well
understood where other major religions stand. We have attempted to study what the three
major religions of the world namely, Christianity, Islam and Hinduism reveal about their
beliefs on higher levels of consciousness.

SESSION C22 : CONSCIOUSNESS AND
SOCIAL SCIENCES I
n 41. CONSCIOUSNESS IS CENTRAL TO THE FUNCTIONING
AND THE OBJECTIVE OF THE UNIVERSE
SANDEEP GUPTA, GUR SAROOP SOOD
Consciousness is a natural phenomenon. While on one hand it binds the entire creation in
a denite structural hierarchy, on the other it serves as a ladder for man to access the highest
level of bliss, wisdom, intelligence and creativity. Traditional ancient wisdom and in particular
the Eastern wisdom (Vedanta to Sant Mat) is replete with information about the nature and
dynamics of the various dimensions of consciousness. Consciousness can be said to be the
mind of the creation and the central point of human experience (panpsychism). Campbell
states that consciousness and energy are somehow the same thing and consciousness does
not originate in the head, it is only inected by the head in a certain direction. However,
modern science due to its penchant to reject anything and everything that has subjectivity
attached to it, views consciousness to be a mere biological function.
n 163. THE NIGHTMARE OF SLEEP PARALYSIS: FEAR OF DEATH
AND AWAKENING OF CONSCIOUSNESS.
OREET REES
Known as Isolated Sleep Paralysis (ISP)or Awareness during Sleep Paralysis (ASP) the so-
called nightmare of sleep paralysis manifests as an inability to speak or to move the trunk,
TSC 2013
147
limbs, and/or facial muscles, a paralysis that is actually a characteristic of REM sleep.
Accompanying the paralysis is a sense of being awake and feeling terried, and the felt
presence of a malevolent entity in the room, often sexually threatening as well. Sometimes
there are other visual, auditory, and tactile hallucinations. Due to the intense terror ISP
induces, the phenomenon has been widely reported, as subjects seek conventional medical
treatments and/or psychological help. It is emphatically reported as a terrible, overwhelming
and mysterious nightmare. ISP has also recently attracted the attention of the neuroscience
community in posing fundamental questions regarding conscious experiences in sleep and
their relation to underlying brain activity.

In this audio-visual presentation, we will briey explore some of the historic background of
sleep paralysis which has been documented as early as Hellenistic times, and known to this
day throughout many different cultures. Contemporary fundamental questions regarding
the real versus the imaginary, perception contrasted with imagination, and consciousness
versus mere brain activity will be addressed. As someone who has experienced recurrent
ISP for over 30 years, I place my personal experience and the known research data at the
intersection of Neuroscience, Depth Psychology and Eastern philosophies. Could the so-
called nightmare of sleep paralysis be a built-in mechanism of the brain that confronts the
aware selfs fear of death or/and an opportunity for a shifting of consciousness?
n 200. COLOUR CONSCIOUSNESS-AN INSIGHTFUL JOURNEY
RADHIKA SETH, MEENAKSHI KUMAR, PARUL BHATNAGAR
Consciousness lies in the deep inner state of mind guiding our work, our life, and the universe
at large. It empowers the choices we make about what we do, who we are, and what would
be our ultimate objective. With the conscious awareness a perception can be presented in
a creative and artistic form which gives us way to reality. It can also be understood by an
example of Art. Art is something that stimulates an individuals thoughts, emotions, beliefs
or ideas through the senses. Art as an expression of conscious thoughts with various artistic
mediums like paint, movement, structure, melody and language can be said that right from
the construction or creation of a thought to its implementation and nally its reception
by other persons, the whole process consists of a conscious movements, considered as
elements of art or design, with which we get familiarized with our regular conscious efforts.
The most prominent element of artwork or design is colour. Colour awareness affects our
conscious and subconscious mind and can even have positive impacts on our life. It can
inspire us to discover more about ourselves. Colours can inspire, motivate, encourage,
demoralize, dishearten, increase enthusiasm, desire and can generate feeling of affection,
tenderness or self-assurance. Every individual colour has some or the other type of emotion
and energy associated with it with different levels of consciousness and plays a vital role in
stimulating our consciousness levels.
n 207. TOWARDS THE CONSCIOUSNESS OF THE MIND
HARI COHLY, DAVENDRA CHATURVEDI, HUI CHU TSAI
The objective of this study was to investigate the energy (current) levels of the forehead. The
4 points under consideration were the points that were found lying in the imaginary line
that lies along the sagittal section of the body which divides the body into the left and the
right side of the body. The two equipments that were used to generate this data were Mead
using the chinese meridian points and the equipment developed by DEI called DEIMEAD.
The subjects used were from Singapore and India. A linear relationship was observed in
both instances with more skewdness in the data collected from Singapore versus the data
collected in India. It can be concluded that there is a gradation of energy levels between the
148
TSC 2013
different points along the longitudinal axis of the mid frontal sagittal plane with the highest
energy being at the top end of the forehead compared to the energy levels of the region of
the spirit being the third eye.
n 226. HUMILITY AND SINCERITY MAKES A LEVEL-5, GREAT
LEADER: TRUE HUMILITY, SINCERITY & LOVE FOR LORD IS AN
ENLIGHTENED SOUL
YOGESH NARULA, DEEPAK SACHAN, SANDHYA NARULA
The paper covers two important aspects, the rst one for all business senior level managers
who look forward to taking up the challenges in their respective business/ industry to
become the future leaders/CEOs. The second aspect is for any human being who would like
to make use of his precious human frame by utilizing the hidden internal powers bestowed
by All Merciful Supreme Being.

For becoming a great leader, sincerity and determination apart, the quality identied for
giving the best output result of human resources is humility. In order to accept this quality,
as rightly identied by management experts/ gurus like Jim Collins, one needs to have a
right understanding of self. A renowned consciousness researcher and psychiatrist Dr.
David Hawkins had developed a map of the levels of human consciousness where each level
of consciousness coincides with determinable human behaviors and perceptions about life
and God. The motive of success and belief of getting better sustaining output helps a leader
to keep his upper mind strong and thereby remain in the consciousness level identied by
David Hawkins as fairly high (350) . All achievers, successful leaders have been identied by
David Hawkins in the range of top zone of lower power.
SESSION C23 : CONSCIOUSNESS AND
SOCIAL SCIENCES II
n 341. A CONTINUUM OF ENLIGHTENMENT IN ADULTS?
JEFFERY MARTIN
Non-symbolic experiences have been reported for millennia and are generally attributed to
spiritual and religious contexts, although atheists and agnostics also report them (Newberg,
dAquili, & Rause, 2001; Newberg & Waldman, 2006, 2009). Popular terms for them include:
nondual awareness, enlightenment, mystical experiences, peak experiences, transcendental
experience, the peace that passeth understanding, unity consciousness, union with God,
and so forth (Levin & Steele, 2005; MacDonald, 2000; Thomas & Cooper, 1980). Most are
temporary, but some individuals report a persistent form of them (Butlein, 2005; Levin
& Steele, 2005; Maslow, 1970, 1973; Travis, Arenander, & Dubois, 2004). Persistent non-
symbolic experience involves a fundamental change in the experience of what it is like to
perceive the world.

Over the past 6 years our research project has sought to map this experience in over 1000
adults who report persistent non-symbolic experience (PNSE). Methods used included 6-12
hour semi-structured interviews, a wide variety of gold standard psychometric measures,
TSC 2013
149
physiological measurement, and experimentation. Five core, consistent categories of
change were uncovered: sense-of-self, cognition, emotion, perception, and memory.
Participants reports formed clusters in which the types of change in each of these categories
were consistent. Multiple clusters were uncovered that formed a range (or continuum) of
possible PNSE experiences.
n 368. PHILOSOPHY OF PRODUCTION AND CONSUMPTION
OF DAYALBAGH PRODUCTS CONDUCIVE TO AWARENESS OF
SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY AND SPIRITUAL AWAKENING OF
INDIVIDUALS
MEENAKSHI S SWAMI, GUR PYARI PRAKASH, SWAMI PRAKASH SRIVASTAVA
Production, marketing as well as consumption choices practiced today create schism
between haves and have-nots through pricing policies, high advertisement costs and
modes of advertisement. This creates undue disturbances in the mind and the surrounding
environment. Equity in terms of bare necessities is important for an equitable and satiated
society to enable spiritual progress. Production and marketing paradigms should be
governed by an elevated level of consciousness, a conscious level to serve people at large
as has been done by Dayalbagh industries for decades, unlike the prot motive of todays
modern business. Production in Dayalbagh started with the purpose of making Dayalbagh
residents self-reliant. Dayalbagh conducts production and marketing with a non-prot
motive and thus sells quality products of daily use at reasonable prices. Dayalbagh
products have intrinsic value and exude simple elegance and have minimal packing, rather
than garnering undue attention and diverting the mind. In the present study, scales for
conscious buying, social responsibility and progress in awakening spiritual consciousness
are used to analyse the Dayalbagh production and consumption philosophy and its
impact. It was found that the ones who use Dayalbagh products are more content, have
greater motivation to practice and live a spiritually elevated life. It can be inferred from
the study that personal economy brings out self control thus leading to higher levels of
consciousness and spirituality. These individuals work for the welfare of fellow beings with
a strong belief in fatherhood of God and brotherhood of man.
n 380. PHYSICAL WORLD AS A MEANS FOR CONSCIOUSNESS
EVOLUTION
CHHAYA SATSANGI, SOAMIPRASAD SATSANGI
Consciousness is awareness or knowing and is an integral part of human personality. It
is beyond mind and matter, and our most prized possession. Its evolution enables us to
distinguish between the temporal and the permanent. Like the sun gives life to this earth,
similarly, consciousness give a direction and purpose to human life in accordance to
ones level of consciousness evolution. For a small child, the school acts as a place for the
evolution of his consciousness. The teacher makes use of the environment and the facilities
provided in the school to develop the consciousness of the children, which gives direction
to their future life and also gives purpose to their lives. Similarly this physical world is the
school for the man and the Sant Satguru is his teacher. The Sant Satguru is an emanation of
that Supreme Being- the creator of this universe. Though he looks like an ordinary human
being but in reality he undifferentiated from the Supreme Being. His spirit is in direct
communion with the Supreme Being. He uses the physical world as a means to teach the
man and to remove his ignorance. The man learns through the daily experiences in his
life here. These experiences nally add to his consciousness. Gradually the man realizes
that his attachments to the things of the world are the cause of all the sorrows, while his
attachment to Sant Satguru gives him peace. As the true importance of happiness cant be
150
TSC 2013
realized in absence of sorrows, similar is the case with Supreme Being. We cant realize His
importance in the absence of this physical world. Our interactions in the world help us to
comprehend the worthlessness of this world and the temporal nature of the things here. The
Sant Satguru thus helps us in realizing our true spiritual nature and our oneness with the
Supreme Being. He guides us step by step using this world as the medium and helps us to
evolve our consciousness. So this outer world which is also referred to as Maya is very much
a part of that Supreme Being and is not an obstacle to realize our oneness with the Supreme
Being but a means for that.
n 393. A CONSCIOUSNESS BASED APPROACH FOR ENERGY
SAVING CONSCIOUSNESS: A CASE STUDY
VIKAS PRATAP SINGH, RAVINDRA ARORA, KUMAR VAIBHAV AND
D K CHATURVEDI
In the 21
st
century the most important issue is Energy sustainability and use of alternative
energy for keeping the environment healthy. Self-Consciousness is the rst step to think
about Energy saving consciousness. In this case study we found that self-consciousness for
electric energy saving is playing a key role in energy sustainability. Without energy saving
consciousness, efforts in energy conservation can be difcult and lead to energy wastage.
This case study depends on IIT Jodhpurs student consciousness for Energy saving. This
paper intends to introduce the self-consciousness Model of Energy saving consciousness
for Energy sustainability for keeping the environment healthy. The thought presented in the
paper works around the opportunity to minimize the wastage of energy in our daily life,
especially in residential consumption. A careful study of our daily routine is associated with
energy consumption and our awareness for Energy saving. We have taken various questions
on energy consciousness form for IIT Jodhpurs students. After the analysis of this case study
we found that self-consciousness is a key part of energy sustainability.
n 445. LAW OF DEPENDENT ORIGINATION
(PRATITYASAMUTPADA): TOWARD A SCIENCE OF
CONSCIOUSNESS
PRABHA SHARMA
In the forest of Uruvela, immeresed in Vajrasamadhi ceasing ignorance and receiving
the true knowledge, Tathagat proved that karmic consciousness, cultivation of emotions
(Karuna) and to be happy in others happiness have been communicated in the scientic
adherents. Individual Consciousness evolves into consciousness of actions or karma of the
Sangh and further develops into Universal Consciousness. Buddhism investigates individual
mind (Chitt) and forces of Consciousness on the touchstone of science. Pratityasamutpada
conditioned genesis of mind Consciousness and have been explained by the theory of
Dependence in Buddhism, and highlights the cause as a trial for mind Consciousness and
internal Consciousness. According to Buddhism, cause is the essence of the existence of all
objects.
TSC 2013
151
SESSION C24 : SCIENCE OF
SPIRITUALITY
n 37. CRITICALITY OF SUBJECTIVE INFORMATION IN THE
SCIENCE OF CONSCIOUSNESS.
GURSAROOP SOOD, PREM PRASHANT
Historically, religion and science have been at conict with each other. Discoverers of the
fundamental scientic truths were persecuted by the Church. During the renaissance,
scientists mocked at the Church and even dismissed the idea of existence of God. The
hangover of the conict continues in a milder form even today. Culturally, western
scientists nd it difcult to accept metaphysical origin of consciousness as is experienced
in the Eastern tradition. Scientists are not yet ready to accept the subjective experiential
knowledge gained by the mystics in the laboratory of the Universe through well dened
methodologies. There is, however, a hope in the new elds of Experimental Theology, Neuro-
theology, Quantum mechanics, String theory, and emerging concepts of consciousness in
the western thought, etc.

There is, however, yet a long way to bridge the gap between the reductive, empiricist,
analytical, determinist or positivist approaches on one hand and the synthetic, integrative
or holistic approaches on the other in the study of consciousness. The probable approach
to study consciousness could be to try and analyse religious phenomenon by observation
and experience. It also needs to be considered whether consciousness is a composite
experience of a very large number of independent stimuli, and / or it also observes Plancks
law of Discreteness i.e. consciousness like space, time and matter has a smallest size
which is further indivisible. If so, is the evolved consciousness of humans a Composite
consciousness?

n 120. ENERGY CHANNELS OF SPIRIT AND MIND IN HUMAN
BODY
SRIRAMAMURTI P, SANTOSH KUMAR KAKULAPATI
In the beginning of creation a great upheaval occurred in the Ocean of Spirituality as a
result of which emanated from thence Soami a sound current and the Prime Spirit
Current Radha. Radhasoami created the ve regions of Agam, Alakh, Anami, Satt and
Bhanwargupha. From Satt Lok came out two Dhars of Kal and Adya, dark and yellow, which
created along with Akshar Purush the regions of Universal Mind with its six subdivisions
becoming Purusha and Prakriti at Sunn, Brahm and Maya at Trikuti and Niranjan and Jyoti
at Sahasdal Kamal. From there the three qualities of Sattva, Rajas and Tamas originated
which became Vishnu, Brahma and Siva of Anda. Brahma then created the material
region with the ramications of Prakritis, Tanmatras and ve Gross elements and their
combinations thousand fold.

152
TSC 2013
n 129. INTUITIVE CONSCIOUSNESS ITS EXISTENCE IN
DIFFERENT LIFE FORMS AND ITS EXPLANATION
ASHA JUNEJA, SHIKHA VERMA
Can plants talk? The answer is yes. There are many examples to prove that plants
communicate with each other and even with human beings. How were the animals and
indigenous people warned of the impending danger of Tsunami much before the modern
scientists? Everybody in some situation or the other especially a difcult one experiences
that he/she knows exactly what to do. How does one explain all this? In the common
parlance it may be called intuition and is a common feature of all life forms. This paper will
illustrate various examples that corroborate the presence of intuition in various life forms.

In the popular conception, science is an entirely rational path in which discoveries are
made by pure logic or mathematics. But deeper studies and research based on biographies
of eminent scientist show that most of the great scientic discoveries (Kekules structure of
benzene; Mendeleevs periodic table; gravity etc) are the result of inspired intuitions and
not merely logical conclusions. According to Einstein The intellect has little to do on the
road to discovery. There comes a leap in consciousness, call it Intuition or what you will, the
solution comes to you and you dont know how or why. Science does not have a theory that
explains or predicts the characteristics of intuition.

The Radhasoami Faith, a recent Religion of the Saints, has explained this phenomenon called
Intuitive Consciousness and how it plays the integral role in the functioning of the Creation
and its beings. How the common Supreme Creator of all communicates with each one of
his beings and what is the reason behind the diversity in Creation? All these explanations
and the questions raised before will be discussed in detail in light of the Radhasoami Faith
in the paper.
n 186. DAWN OF REALITY AS PER CONSCIOUSNESS LEVELS
AND ROLE OF SCIENCE
GAURAV MATHUR
In our illusory, ever- changing world, one has to focus and redirect ones thought processes
in a direction conducive to understanding the realms of reality and thus evolving ones own
level of consciousness to perceive reality and the true desire of the Almighty. The perception
of reality, as can be seen even in this physical world, is dependent upon the ability of the
receiver to perceive it. I should aptly quote the old fable wherein some blind friends, are
describing to each other what an elephant looks like by touching it. One touching its tail
gives it semblance of a rope, the other near its legs declares it to be a tree and so on. In
short the level of consciousness owned by them formulated the perception of reality for
them. If this concept is true for physical world, with a gross reality of an elephants existence
itself being in question, just because of lack of consciousness(in this case being the power
of vision), how can we plan to explore the ultimate reality by Physical scientists who have
themselves changed or advanced their theories of sciences using instruments of this physical
world, with approximations and uncertainties and fuzziness inherently inbuilt in them.
Still on the other hand as Man is called a Miniature of God himself and is considered a means
of communion of soul with the supreme being, Aparavidya i.e. knowledge derived from the
TSC 2013
153
physical senses, can be used to form a communion with Paravidya i.e. knowledge of the
world beyond (or the ultimate truth)only if we realize its(Aparavidyas) limitations and use
its(Aparavidyas) generalizations and applications to understand the linkages it holds with
the Supreme Knowledge. Thus, to comprehend the Ultimate realty, we have to enhance
our consciousness levels either through Aparavidyas linkages to Paravidya or through
spiritual means of Surat Shabda Yog for accessing Paravidya directly. Until and unless
we enhance it or at least try for it, we will not be able to understand the purpose of this
creation. Acceptance of theory of Unication of Forces shows a path which leads to the
concept of One Supreme power with different manifestations according to perceptions.

Hence today it is our duty to use Scientic temper, and also its limitations, to develop
an inherent desire to augment our consciousness level to understand the true reality as
against the perceived one, because the reality which dawns on oneself is according to the
consciousness of the mind searching for it.
n 232. SCIENTIFIC BASIS OF EMOTIONAL CONSCIOUSNESS
SWAMIPYARI, MAANVI MATHUR, UMANG VERMA
Emotion appears to be a key component in the behavior of conscious beings. William James
conceived mental life as a stream of consciousness. Each state of consciousness possesses
both a cognitive aspect and a feeling aspect. The emotional brain is centered in the limbic
system. It connects the higher and lower functions of our brain. It is called the emotional
center and the conscious system of the brain. This paper deals with the Limbic Systems
role in emotional consciousness. Far from being a state of consciousness divorced from the
physical brain, a persons emotions are produced by chemicals intertwined with physical
processes of the body. In the truest sense, what affects the body affects the mind and
emotions, and vice versa.
154
TSC 2013
TSC 2013
155
Poster
Abstracts
156
TSC 2013
POSTER SESSION I
n 39. ART AND HUMAN CONSCIOUSNESS: A STUDY IN
COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCHOLOGY BASED ON THE IMPACT OF
ART ON COGNITIVE SKILLS IN PRE-SCHOOL CHILDREN
SANT PYARI KUMAR
Paintings make use of a universal method of expression which is not connected with any
of the usual human limitations (language, traditions, religion). As such, they connect us
with eternal values, common for all. A painting is a bridge which unites different levels of
understanding and consciousness. Art is an activity that arises in the context of human
cultural and cognitive evolution. Its sources include not only the most abstract integrative
regions of the brain but also the communities of mind within which artists and audiences
live. The interaction of these sources creates complex cultural-cognitive domains which
are reected in art. Art and artists are active players in the co-evolution of culture and
cognition. Art is also an activity intended to inuence the minds of an audience. Just as
parents or teachers guide their childrens attention to certain aspects of the world, most
artists attempt to control their audiences attention, leading it by the hand into a carefully
engineered experience.

n 42. FRIENDLINESS OF NEGATIVE ATMOSPHERIC IONS
MM SRIVASTAVA AND SHALINI SRIVASTAVA
Consciousness relates with a eld of force centred in a brain, operating throughout the
body, simultaneously into all levels and impacts our sensory and perceptual system.
Transmission, storage and processing of information regarding consciousness are
performed by neurons involving several effects and mechanisms which are yet not fully
understood. Philosophical reection of the terms awakening, awareness and attention
collectively constitute the substrate of biological consciousness. Atmospheric ionization
leads to the formation of charged particles in the form of negative and positives ions. The
normal ratio of positive to negative ions is 12/10. Changes in ratio of positive to negatively
charged ions have been found to exhibit remarkable effects on the behaviour of plants,
animals and human beings.

n 59. DOES CONSCIOUSNESS AND ELECTRONS EXIST IN
WATER - A NECESSITY FOR ALL FORMS OF LIFE?
INGRID FREDRIKSSON
Does consciousness and electrons exist in water? In every living being and organism there
is an entire world as amazing as the one we see around us. In our body there are 10,000
billion cells, and DNA that extends 10,000 kilometres. The base pairs in our DNA are held
together by hydrogen. Perhaps it is the hydrogen bonds in DNAs base pairs that constitute
our immune system and our consciousness! There is water in the cells, and between them,
and while large molecules have to go through membrane proteins to enter the cells, small
molecules like H
2
O and O2 can pass through the cell membrane without difculty. In the
spaces between the brain cells, at the end of every neuron, the basic unit of a brain cell, are
synapses, where chemical charges build up. In the same space dendrites, tiny laments
of nerve endings, communicate with other neurons, sending out and receiving their
TSC 2013
157
own electrical wave impulses. This, together with the quantum hologram and non-local
consciousness, provides an explanation and an exciting developmental phase in the illusion
in which we live. Consciousness appears to exist in everything that has DNA.
n 86. CONSCIOUSNESS AND IMMUNE-STRENGTH PROFILE: A
CORRELATION
AMLA CHOPRA, VINEETA MATHUR, NEHA SHARMA, SANDEEP PAUL, P.
SRIRAMAMURTI
A non-invasive method is developed to determine the effect of consciousness rather than the
cause of consciousness which is not pragmatic to measure. The consequence of meditation
on Immune system is apparent and is a measure of one of the effects of consciousness.
This study investigates whether the subjects of the study who are engaged in meditational
practices obtain an activated immune system or not. The experiment is also designed to
study the effect of meditation in elevating the spiritual well-being of subjects.

n 90. THE IMPACT OF MEDITATION ON VOCAL SOUND QUALITY
RADHA PYARI SANDHIR, SUMATI VUPPULURI
Creation commenced with a sound, according to many religions; a sound inherent in humans.
The practice of meditation and external recitation of sound can help one hear internal
sound. External sound comes in the form of music. The link between meditation and music
has been prevalent throughout history. The singing of certain raagas by sages and musicians
in ancient times resulted in the concentration of energy which inuenced the elements of
nature, and triggered emotional changes. Certain musical pieces are capable of inuencing
moods, and modifying concentration level. In this paper it is proposed that the reverse is
also true, that is, a certain amount of concentration can inuence the quality of music. We
take the example of inward concentration and contemplation: meditation, and study the
inuence it has on vocal sound quality. The authors here focus on the Radhasoami Mat
philosophy in particular. Using notes from the harmonium, an Indian musical instrument,
as a reference, comparisons were done on the frequencies of notes sung before and after
meditative sessions. The experiments were performed on a set of people with varying
musical background and experience in meditation. The effect of varied time lengths of the
meditative sessions were also taken into consideration. The results conrm the hypothesis
that the deep self-contemplation can enhance the quality of music notes.
n 91. APPROPRIATE AND POTENTIALLY FRUITFUL METHODS
FOR STUDYING CONSCIOUSNESS
ASHA SATYAVOLU, GAGANDEEP NIGAM
Consciousness is the inner self which comes from the soul of an individual. It relates the
mind, heart and soul to give rise to thoughts at different levels. Spiritual consciousness is the
awakening of the soul at higher levels. This is observed at a place called DAYALBAGH where
people at all level having spiritual atmosphere around them. The idea is about becoming
consciously aware that our identity extends far beyond the realms of our current state of
awareness at different levels of alternate states of consciousness. It is an awareness of being
that is both innite and eternal. Having this understanding and perspective, we can then
ask our inner self to tap into these different levels of consciousness and implement a power
of suggestion beyond, anything we have ever known. This will be ashing on How and What
158
TSC 2013
factors bring consciousness (such as Abhyaas (Meditation), Adhyayan, Seva, Vyayaam).

n 96. ENVIRONMENTAL CONSCIOUSNESS AMONG PEOPLE TO
SAVE OUR PLANET EARTH
GAGAN DEEP, SEEMA GUPTA
The earth is our home. This beautiful planet provides us with beautiful gifts and an
environment that creates and sustains life on the earth. No other planet in the universe
has been so generously endowed. Since the birth of human civilization, people recognized,
appreciated and respected the benecial effects of the sun, water, air and soil. Environmental
degradation will spell doom for human life. The world constitutes ve elements, earth,
water, air, re and sky. Of these, the three elements, earth, water, air are prone to pollution,
while the rest remain unaffected. The pollution which disturbs ecological balance is called
environmental pollution.

n 99. ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE: THE NEW FRONTIER IN
CONSCIOUSNESS STUDIES (TWO CASE STUDIES)
AKSHAR SRIVASTAVA, PREM PRAKASH SRIVASTAVA
This paper carries forward a rising trend of the last three decades when advances in
sciences led to the study of consciousness on scientic and empirical lines. The reference
is to the concept of Articial Intelligence (AI) and the conundrums around it such as: the
linkages or the lack of it, between Articial Intelligence (AI), machines and consciousness.
Argued as the next stage in evolution (Edward Fredkin), many futurists believe that Articial
Intelligence (AI) will ultimately transcend the limits of progress. It is true that Articial
Intelligence (AI) is by far the most exciting and the most controversial eld in robotics
(Tom Harris). Everybody agrees that a robot can work in an assembly line, but theres no
consensus on whether a robot can ever be intelligent.
n 130. A STUDY OF CONSCIOUSNESS OF UNIVERSITY
STUDENTS IN RELATION TO THEIR ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT
AND LEVEL OF EDUCATION
SADHNA SHARMA, SONA AHUJA AND DEEPIKA SATSANGI
The present empirical study was designed to study the Correlation between the Academic
achievement and consciousness at the two different educational levels of the University.
The Study was a non-experimental Correlation study which was conducted on 150 students
(75 graduates, 75 post graduates) of Faculty of Education, Dayalbagh Educational Institute,
Agra, Uttar Pradesh, India. The number of male and female students was in the ratio of 65:35.
A willing participation of the students in the study was sought. Consciousness Quotient
Inventory by Brazdau was used to assess consciousness quotient of the university students
at the two different educational levels that is at the graduation and post-graduation levels.
To measure the academic achievement of the students, students scores from Internal
and external assessment at the university were considered. Pearsons Product moment
Correlation was used to nd out correlation between the scores of Academic achievement
and consciousness quotient. Results indicated a signicant positive correlation between
academic achievement and Consciousness of the students at the two educational levels at
the university. Moreover results indicate a rise in consciousness level with the rise in the
educational level.. At the end, educational implications of the study are provided for the
TSC 2013
159
teachers, educators, administrators and other people associated with the eld of education
regarding a new approach based on consciousness towards teaching, development of
technologies for consciousness based education.
n 143. SPIRITUAL INTELLIGENCE AND SUBJECTIVE WELL-
BEING OF ELDERLY LIVING AT HOME AND IN OLD-AGE
SHELTER HOMES
KAVITA KUMAR, SWATI TRIPATHI
Human aging, the very process of living into old age, includes a potential to mature into
something called gerotranscendenc (Tornstam, 1994). During this stage of life, there is often
a feeling of cosmic communion with the spirit of the universe, and an understanding of time,
space, life and death. Hence, in old age, spirituality and subjective well-being are two important
concepts which need attention from a psychological perspective. Spirituality plays a central
role in self-help, individual well-being and physical tness. Spiritual intelligence (SI) is the
adaptive use of spiritual information to facilitate everyday problem solving and goal attainment,
or it is the relationship of mind and spirit. Subjective Well-Being (SWB) refers to how people
experience the quality of life, including both emotional reactions and cognitive judgments.
With this backdrop, the investigators have attempted to understand the difference between
the Spiritual Intelligence and Subjective Well-Being (SWB) of 60 elderly people (60 years
and above) staying with their families or staying in old- age shelter homes in Agra, India
(30 elderly people in each group). Self constructed Spiritual Intelligence Test (SIT) was
administered to measure the Spiritual Intelligence, while Subjective Well-Being Inventory
developed by Nagpal & Sell (1985) was used to measure SWB of both groups of elderly people.
Results were analyzed on the basis of Mann-Whitney U test. Statistical analysis showed that
the two groups did not differ signicantly on spiritual intelligence but there was signicant
difference between the SWB of the two groups. The results will be discussed in the light of
Spiritual Intelligence and the different parameters of Subjective Well-Being of elderly people
on the overall consciousness level.
n 144. NEEDS AND CONSCIOUSNESS
SUNITA SATSANGI, GAGANDEEP NIGAM, PARUL VERMA
Consciousness is the very window through which we perceive reality and reect upon the
emotions and feelings that color our lives in order to have any good theory about ourself. We
must know what kind of self we are looking for. This sense of self can be phenomenological or
autobiographical or transcendental self. There are different levels of consciousness in which
we, as individuals, function. Every individual grows in consciousness in different stages
from the lower level to higher level of consciousness which A.Maslow referred as deciency
needs to growth needs. These needs work as a motivational force to step forward for next
consciousness level. Growth needs such as self actualization are important even when many
of the basic needs are unfullled.
n 150. A NOVEL ENERGY SYSTEMS APPROACH TO COMBAT THE
CLIMATE CHANGE: ENVIRONMENTAL CONSCIOUSNESS
RANJIT KUMAR, PONNALA VIMAL MOSAHARI, RAJEEV SATSANGI, GURDEEP
SINGH
Climate change is unpredictable change in the weather/climate which persists for longer
period of time, regardless of cause. Scientists have made enormous inroads in understanding
climate change, causes, impact and solutions. But not signicant contributions have been
made to combat these vulnerable potential impacts that will affect people today and
in coming decades. It is the need of time to chart out a roadmap for itself in the light of
160
TSC 2013
the report on climate change. Climate change can be mitigated in many ways. A system
approach based on sustainable development can be a solution to mitigate the impacts of
climate change by environmental consciousness. It involves improvement of efciency of
energy intensive devices, vehicles and buildings, all of which involve direct and indirect gas
emissions, and adopting new energy - efcient technologies. In this system, development
can be based on fuel - efcient vehicles, hybrid vehicles, and affordable and safe public
transport systems and promotion of usage; energy usage based billing system; buildings
integrate green technologies such as solar photovoltaic systems, which are particularly
relevant in a country like India where plentiful sunlight is available and the improved
cooking stoves and adopting high efciency lighting, heating and cooling devices
which could be made available for the public. This system approach may evolve as an
environment friendly economic tool by raising environmental consciousness which can
be easily adopted without tampering living standards, style and tradition. Conserve, reuse
and recycle are the cardinal rules of green living. If we remember them at all times, we can
be environmentally conscious in everything we use or do and this will help to mitigate the
climate change.
n 152. NATURE : A GATEWAY TO CONSCIOUSNESS
POOJA SAHNI, PRAKASH SAHNI
Interaction with the natural environment has been shaping the brain of our genus for over
2 million years. It stimulates the desire to understand our world with the condence to
challenge the mysterious unknown. Through study and exploration of the natural world,
we nurture and hone our capacities for critical thinking, problem solving, intellectual
analysis and competence. In the process, we discover the remarkable ingenuity of life,
and the possibility of its purposeful engagement, a kind of teleology that suggests the sole
objective of individual forms is to pursue higher levels of consciousness while making their
way through the world. While consciousness is used in many different ways, it includes
states of perceptual experience, bodily sensation, mental imagery, conscious experience
or Qualia, emotional experience, thought, and more. It is being proven that, with the
right physical properties, in our case nature or the phenomena of the physical world,
mind inevitably yield corresponding states of conscious experiences. But how and why
does natural phenomena produce experiences that make a person conscious (of the inner
spirit) and how these conscious experiences or consciousness act as stimuli for further
pursuit of higher levels of consciousness, Ultimate Truth and Reality? This central mystery
of nature-mind (cognition)-consciousness has been studied through a two-step approach
: rstly by study of the Nature and Body-Mind-Intellect interaction, how nature impacts
cognition-the specic elements of nature that inuence the brain and overall well-being,
and secondly, by establishing an immanent correlation of Body-Mind-Intellect and levels
of Consciousness.
n 165. PERSONAL CONSCIOUSNESS OF TEACHERS AND
ORGANISATIONAL CLIMATE: A PILOT STUDY WITH
REFERENCE TO EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTES
SHALINI NIGAM, SANJAY JAIN, PURNIMA BHATNAGAR
This research aims to understand the levels of personal and organizational consciousness
in specic reference of the education sector, and understand linkages with teaching and
learning methodologies, and motivations. It will additionally try to derive the organizational
climate in various institutions as either deterrents or enablers of consciousness. It is
suggested that an effective organizational climate would be determined by the awakened
personal consciousness of the individuals within the organization. An organizational
climate should be such that it evokes and connects with the personal consciousness of
every individual in order to have a good organization. Being an exploratory research, the
TSC 2013
161
results would be reported based on a questionnaire administered on a focus group of experts
in educational institutions across the world. We would examine the teaching philosophy
of educators that is focused on an overall development of students rather than purely an
academic pedagogy.
n 182. CONSCIOUSNESS MEASUREMENT PROBLEM IN MAN,
MOSQUITOES AND MICROBES: A REVIEW
RICHA KUMARI, SOAM PRAKASH
At the heart, the very nature of the consciousness science is judicious, warrants observations
and measurements. This perception invokes that it can be measured but the mystery
remains alive. Numerous researchers have provided theoretical, experimental and empirical
methods to measure consciousness. However, the mystery of measurement is still alive and
theologists, neurologists, cognitive scientists and psychologists have represented human
consciousness measurement with a different set of hypothesis and experiments. However,
how the collapse of wave function happens still requires an integrated approach as we
consider man to be intelligent equipment leading to scalability of consciousness and its
growth to super consciousness level from unconsciousness. In case of invertebrates, the
consciousness in groups of bees, ants and scaphopodes have been discussed by many
researchers. The neuronal intelligence of insects has not been investigated in detail as
humans. Many single celled organisms/microbes are sensitive or are conscious to physical
vibrations, heat, pH, electrical and magnetic eld, light, particular chemicals and even to
the presence of other living organisms in its surroundings.
n 183. HIGHER CONSCIOUSNESS : AN EXPERIENTIAL JOURNEY
VINIT KUMAR
Acquiring Higher Consciousness is not easy.It is generally acquired in a state of deep
mediation. All human beings are enveloped in some sort of desire , anger , attraction,
attachment(to other beings) and ego. It is in being able to transcend these that one begins on
the path of acquiring higher consciousnesses. The only method to do that is by meditating.
All human beings have within them sounds of higher regions reverberating, so by resonating
with that sound one moves on the path of higher consciousness. A slightest ascension
immediately helps the hapless human being to control the above mentioned ve feelings.
The earliest indication of higher consciousness shows up by one experiencing very strong
intuitions. It is ironical that higher consciousnesses can not be passed-on or tested per se,
only experienced.
n 189. LET US TAKE A LEAP INTO THE FUTURE, BY KNOWING
THE INNER ORBIT OF CONSCIOUSNESS THROUGH
MEDITATION
MANI SHARMA, BHARTI, BINATHI BINGI
Man is a progressive being and being the only self conscious species, humanity shall have
justied its existence through its constant search for self-fulllment through the progressive
manifestation of the Souls light in and through its manifold body.Our mental and physical
well being, and the moral and ethical outlook of mankind, may depend more than is realized
upon what Scientists and Philosophers understand to be the nature of Space. Quite possibly
the larger signicance of modern adventures into space may lie in the fact that they will
162
TSC 2013
result in further exploration of mans inner orbits of Consciousness. For they have to open
their immortal eyes to get higher Consciousness, through which one can visualize inner
appearance and experience of an invisible inner space. For this interior Plenum, there
radiates in every person the Reality of that which is ultimately Universal Consciousness. To
get all this experience meditation is the only process through which one can get opportunity
to use self-knowledge, and through intuitive glimpses successfully transform animal man
into a truly human being sparking fully with Divine Spark of God like characteristics.
n 199. MAN, KNOW THYSELF
KANTA ARORA
Upanishads identied Self as consciousness and assert that consciousness is the true reality
of the whole world which illuminates each experience. It is evident that consciousness
which is Self, and Reality are always present together throughout experience. Since both
are always present, no person can experience one without the other. The true nature of
the self is Prajanam i.e. unoccupied awareness (awareness in pure consciousness). I or
Atma is the eternal consciousness transcending the three conscious states waking, dream,
and deep sleep- and observes all the mental activities or cessation of such activities taking
place in these three mental phases. I is also present during these phases as continuous
consciousness / aware of happenings within and without of the body.

n 210. THE SCIENCE OF HIGHER CONSCIOUSNESS,
MEDITATION AND ATTENTION: TRANSFORMATIONS IN BRAIN
STRUCTURE FUNCTION AND ROLE OF MICROTUBULES
SAATVIKI GUPTA, NANDITA GUPTA, ARUN KUMAR GUPTA
Several theories of consciousness postulate the existence of different levels of
consciousness based on the difference between focusing attention outwards towards the
environment, termed consciousness as distinct from a more advanced level of focusing
attention inwards toward the self or self-awareness. The highest level of consciousness
is meta-self-awareness being aware that one is self-aware, developed only through
meditation based intuition. Meditation is a practice that involves a voluntary alteration
in the state of consciousness by directed, increased, internalized attention/consciousness
unaccompanied by any associated external task.

n 219. DRIVERS CONSCIOUSNESS AND TIRE INFLATION IN
CONTEXT TO CAR SAFETY
MAJER SINGH, DEVENDER KUMAR CHATURVEDI
Consciousness plays an important role in performing day to day activities. Drivers
awareness in the eld of automobile driving along with complete attention, while driving
a car is the prior requirement not only for the car safety but also for the clean and green
environment. In the last few years trafc density and the complexity of the automobiles
have grown so fast that requirements for apt consciousness has become very necessary.
The driver has to focus on a number of factors like his mental health, his concentration
power, his food habits, health issues etc. in this regard. But contrary to this, the majority of
drivers do not consistently monitor the tire pressures in their vehicles which are harmful
for the good condition of the car and healthy environment. This paper focuses on the
relationship of drivers consciousness with tire ination in context with car safety, tire wear,
fuel consumption and greenhouse gas emissions. To study the drivers consciousness in
varying tire pressure the objectives formulated for the study were- to derive the relationship
TSC 2013
163
between tire pressure and drivers consciousness, to study the drivers consciousness in
regarding various input parameters that will be constant for a particular driver but will
vary from driver to driver and to study the concept of a particular driver about the tire
ination pressure, as the only parameter. Case study was done to analyze the objectives.
Self-constructed tool (opinionnaire) was used to measure the drivers consciousness in
relation to tire ination. As per the responses received from the driver on the opinionnaire,
he was found more conscious towards car safety with proper tire ination, which will help
in fuel economy, increasing vehicle efciencies and decreasing greenhouse gas emission.
Indirectly, it will decrease all crashes and save several human lives per year and will enhance
national income and security.
n 225. HOLISTIC HEALING AND CONSCIOUSNESS
SIDDHARTH AGARWAL, SAPNA AGARWAL, VIJAI KUMAR
Holistic healing is a natural way of treatment of various human diseases that works to clear
the root cause of disease, not just the symptoms and at the same time utilises the opportunity
to increase the consciousness of the individual. It encompasses integrative therapies which
act by stimulating and correcting vital force of the body. Any disease whether physical,
mental or spiritual is a wonderful opportunity for self enlightenment. Holistic healing is in
fact conscious healing of body, mind and soul.
n 238. MATHEMATICAL FORMULA FOR SPIRITUAL QUOTIENT
AND EMOTIONAL QUOTIENT AS INDICATOR OF LEVEL OF
CONSCIOUSNESS
ANIRUDH KUMAR SATSANGI, ANKITA SATSANGI
Danah Zohar had evolved a model of spiritual quotient (SQ) based on the six petals of a lotus
and its centre, corresponding to the seven chakras described by the Hinduisms Kundalini
Yoga, as an aid to the process of individuation in the mid-1990s. Contribution of Danah
Zohar for coining the term spiritual quotient for the rst time is immense. But she had not
established any mathematical relationship, which is very much required, for this quotient.
Mathematical relationship of spiritual quotient and of emotional quotient will certainly
facilitate further research in the area of spiritual science.
n 259. QUANTUM BRAIN BIOLOGY AND CONSCIOUSNESS
PREETHAM PULAVARTHI, RAMANI PULAVARTI
The human brain, and that of other mammals and other types of animals, is a Quantum
Brain. Several decades ago, David Bohm pointed out many striking similarities between
our thought processes and quantum processes. We now realize that our brain is not just a
classical biochemical system. It is also a macroscopic quantum system and such a system
can resonate with the world. On the quantum level it can capture and process signals that
far exceed the range of the signals available to the bodily senses. The quantum perception of
the world is just as real as its sensory perception. Our quantum -resonance decoding brain
could in principle capture information on anything and everything that creates quantum
interference waves in the universe. The brain being the instrument of consciousness and
cognition, consciousness can also be explained in quantum terms. Quantum physicist
Danah Zohar analyzed the quantum like behaviour and concludes that consciousness
functions according to the laws of quantum mechanics. The quantum like qualities of the
brain can be realized only when one looks at the sub-atomic scale of consciousness where
all regular solid structures dissolve into waves of probabilities. Scientic discovery of non-
locality i.e. the wave /particle duality, suggests that everything including space and time are
164
TSC 2013
composed of the same essence. Consciousness is thus a quantum mechanical entity that
can have an independent existence.
n 276. CONTROLLING ATTENTIONAL SWITCHING IN
NEUROMORPHIC BINOCULAR RIVALRY MODEL OF MACHINE
CONSCIOUSNESS
GARIMA KAPUR, HANS MOHAN, VIPUL SAXSENA, CM MARKAN, VP PYARA
We would like to realize all features of Binocular Rivalry using Adaptive Winner Takes All
(AWTA) CMOS circuit (Kruger etal, 1997) showing adaption using oating-gate transistor
synapse (Rahimi etal 2005). Synapse transistors allow us to build silicon chips that learn
and adapt locally and autonomously in a fashion similar to that used by biology to tune
its circuits (Diorio et.at 2002). The circuit is devised in such a way that these are a negative
feedback mechanism, consequently the output voltage will always return to the steady
state voltage determined by its bias current regardless of the DC input level. The possibility
of rst case is Dominance vs. Suppression where unequal strength stimulus is presented,
then the one with higher strength dominates (win) and other is suppressed (lose). Second
feature speaks of neural adaptation, i.e., with dissimilar input stimulus the steady state
output is greater for the cell with the lesser input, however with input current input voltage
decreases which leads to amplied (-C1/C2) increase in other voltage (lose cell) and hence
this voltage with losing dynamics crosses the winning cell voltage and win. To realize the
feature of focused attention, the circuit is modied in such a way that it could control
adaption of charge at the respective oating gates, i.e., the winning/losing cell voltage is
controlled by a potential characterizing as meditation state, irrespective of input stimuli.
The circuit is simulated using BSIM3 level 49 MOSFET models using T-Spice 0.35m
CMOS process. The circuit consumes 0.4mW total power, shows thermal stability of about
1.23A/C and occupies 25m20 m chip area. The application of our work lies in the fact
that CMOS circuit can be implanted in the robot brain and hence opens a window in the
area of machine consciousness. The visual brain of robot, if embedded with our proposed
chip, could incorporate all the features of BR including effect of meditation on BR. Such Si
realization of BR can also help people with bipolar disorder.
n 277. PERSONALITY CORRELATES OF INTUITION
KUMAR RATNAKAR, SURILA AGARWALA
An exploratory study was designed to analyze the personality characteristics of intuitive
persons. It was assumed that intuitive ability is a unique and rare ability and hence intuitives
have some peculiar personality characteristics which need to be explored. This knowledge
may help in the development of childrens personality in such a way that intuitive ability
may be inculcated in them in a spontaneous manner. A sample of 20 intuitive subjects
(13 females and 7 males) was selected. A self-developed screening questionnaire on
intuition was administered on a large number of people from various parts of the country
irrespective of age, gender, educational qualication, religion, and socio-economic
conditions, because intuition is irrational, beyond intellect, sudden, and a subjective
experience, the source of which is unknown. Finally 20 subjects found to be intuitive, were
included in the sample. For exhaustive personality analysis, Thematic Apperception Test
and Case study were used. Qualitative analysis of data gathered by TAT and case study
revealed some common personality characteristics among all intuitive subjects. Many of
these personality characteristics are similar to the personality characteristics of intuitives
described by Jung, who proposed eight personality types based on the interactions of two
attitudes (extraversion and introversion) and four mental functions (sensing, intuiting,
thinking and feeling). However, the present research has dealt with exhaustive personality
TSC 2013
165
analysis and hence reveals many more personality characteristics of intuitives not included
in the description of intuitives given by Jung.
n 281. A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF CONSCIOUSNESS AND
METACOGNITION OF EXTROVERT AND INTROVERT STUDENTS
PREET KUMARI, PRIYANKA KHANDELWAL
The objective of present research was to compare the metacognition and consciousness
of extrovert and introvert students. It was hypothesized in the research that there is no
signicant difference between the metacognition of extrovert and introvert students and
there is no signicant difference between the consciousness of extrovert and introvert
students. The sample consisted of 100 under graduate college students (50 Extrovert and
50 Introvert students). The tools used in the research were Introversion-Extroversion
Inventory (Aziz & Agnihotry, 1923), Metacognitive Thinking Scale (Sandu & Goel, 2010)
and Self Consciousness Scale (Fenigstein, Scheier & Buss, 1975) to measure the personality
type (extrovert, introvert), metacognitive thinking and self consciousness respectively. t was
computed for data analysis in the research. t(98) = 1.177 p>. 05 indicated that there is no
signicant difference between the metacognition of extrovert and introvert students. It was
found in the study that there is signicant difference in few abilities, as self evaluation, self
awareness, self monitoring and self motivation, among introverts and extroverts.
n 296. CONSCIOUSNESS AND MEDICAL THERAPIES
(CONSCIOUSNESS THE WAY OF LIFE AND TREATMENT
RAJABORARI)
VIJAY SHANKER LAL SRIVASTAVA, KUNDAN SRIVASTAVA
Our paper would study the method we can employ to educate Rajaborari residents about the
consciousness, and help them achieve and build up a good life for healthy and happy living
with some basic help on necessities like medicine and education. Biomedicine perceives
diseases as mechanical errors at the micro level, while consciousness-based medicine
perceives diseases as disturbances in attitudes, perceptions, and experiences at the macro
level in the organism as a whole. Thus, consciousness-based medicine is based on the
whole individual, while biomedicine is based on its smallest parts, the molecules. These
two completely different points of departure make the two forms of medicine very different;
they represent two different mind sets and two different frames of reference or medical
paradigms. Consciousness would not only lead them to live a healthy life, but would also
lead them to understand themselves from a system point of view. Holistic Medical therapies
also help greatly one to achieve the best in terms of consciousness by leading them towards
almighty.
n 300. A SYSTEMIC MODEL OF INFORMATION AND
COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY (ICT) FOR ENHANCING
LEARNING AND EVOLVING CONSCIOUSNESS
PRAVEEN SHIVHARE, CHHAVI SHIVHARE, NEHA SHIVHARE
ICT, learning and consciousness are among the hottest buzzwords in education eld all over
the world today. Related to these, this paper is an attempt to look into questions such as: What
is the broad concept of ICT, why and how is it related to Learning and Consciousness, and the
research possibilities in this eld. The paper proposes a systemic model for understanding
ICT as having four major dimensions viz. physical, mental, emotional and spiritual which
166
TSC 2013
is the highest dimension. This model indicates the faculties involved, acquisition level,
processing and its results related to each dimension of ICT. Physical dimension of ICT is
supposed to be related to information and knowledge perceived through sense organs;
Mental includes intelligence and wisdom as a result of thinking, reection, etc.; the
Emotional dimension is related to feelings; and the Spiritual dimension is related to cosmic
information and consciousness, leading to the development of intuition and insight of an
individual. Thus, the model elaborates that ICT based on Unied Communication and
technologies is much more than the simple use of hardware and software for fullling our
purposes.

n 305. AN ANALYTICAL STUDY OF CONSCIOUSNESS
AMONG THE STUDENTS OF RURAL AREA REGARDING
THE EDUCATIONAL POLICIES IMPLEMENTED BY U.P.
GOVERNMENT A CASE STUDY OF AGRA REGION.
ANISHA SATSANGI
Education in India is provided by the public sector as well as the private sector, with control
and funding coming from three levels: central, state, and local. The Nalanda University
was the oldest university-system of education in the World; Western education became
ingrained into Indian society with the establishment of the British Raj. India has made
progress in terms of increasing Primary education attendance rate and expanding literacy
to approximately two thirds of the population. Indias improved education system is often
cited as one of the main contributors to the economic rise of India. Much of the progress,
especially in higher education, and scientic research, has been credited to various
public institutions. The private education market in India is merely 5% although in terms
of value is estimated to be worth $40 billion in 2008 and will increase to $6870 billion
by 2012. However, India continues to face stern challenges. Despite growing investment
in education, 25% of its population is still illiterate; only 15% of Indian students reach
high school, and just 7% of the 15% who make it to high school, graduate. The quality of
education whether at primary or higher education is signicantly poor as compared to
major developing nations. As of 2008, Indias post-secondary institutions offer only enough
seats for 7% of Indias college-age population, 25% of teaching positions nationwide are
vacant, and 57% of college professors lack either a masters or PhD degree. The ministry of
education is responsible for the affairs related to education in the state. The state minister
of education in UP takes a keen interest not only in the following up of the state policies
of education but also in the quality of education. The education board in Uttar Pradesh
provides all the statistics, as well as administers the education policies, grants recognition
to schools etc. The education department in UP monitors the schools in each district as
well as the open schools set up by the government. In keeping with the directives of the
Board of Education, the education departments implement the directives mentioned in
the Childrens Right to Education Act. An effort towards the universalization of education
especially at the school level is soon being achieved by the UP Education system offering
education for all.

n 318. THE EFFECTIVENESS OF BODY MIND MEDITATION IN
COPING WITH STRESS
P.K. MONA, PRACHI SHARMA
The study aims to determine the effect of body mind meditation in coping with stress. It
also attempts to study the differences in the degree of stress among males and females. A
sample of 160 meditators and non-meditators with equal number of males and females
from age group of 30 to 60 years was randomly selected from Yogi Shivirs and Meditation
Camps, Agra. Only those meditators who were doing meditation for the past two years,
TSC 2013
167
and belong to nuclear families were included in the sample. ICMR Psychosocial stress
questionnaire was used for measuring the stress level of meditators and non-meditators.
Results indicated that meditators show comparatively lesser degree of stress symptoms than
non-meditators. Similarly females showed more stress symptoms than male respondents.
n 324. LACUNAE IN CURRENT MEDICAL UNDERSTANDING OF
DEATH
SANDEEP SALUJA, RAAG SALUJA
Over the past few years, medical science has made many attempts to dene death. Extensive
criteria have been laid down which are extremely useful from a legal and possibly ethical
perspective. While, these may be attempts to describe a state of irreversibity, the answer to
the question what is death still eludes medical science, and many doctors will give up and
say that this is a question for philosophers to decide or say that we do not know what death
is as much as we do not know what life is. Studies involving electrical recordings of the brain
using EEG and bispectral index at the time of death have come up with new information
which challenges existing medical notions.These studies give evidence of activation of
consciousness after what is medically dened as time of death. Descriptions of near death
phenomena abound in the lay literature and many descriptions need not be correct but
they do deserve a scientic analysis and scrutiny. Interestingly, a common pattern seems
to emerge in many descriptions. The much awaited results of Sam Parnias AWARE study
may also provide evidence of existence of consciousness beyond what is currently medically
dened as life. A proper understanding of the process of death is of utmost importance to
medical science since it is ultimately the physician on whom the entire onus lies and the
medical community needs to urgently address these lacunae.
n 331. AWARENESS OF CONSCIOUSNESS LEVELS
TO TRANSCEND THE PATH LEADING TO ULTIMATE
CONSCIOUSNESS
CHARANDASI DANTU
Consciousness, a noun, is dened by the Oxford Dictionary as the state of being aware of and
responsive to ones surroundings; a persons awareness or perception of something; the fact of
awareness by the mind of itself and the world. The objective is to understand consciousness
and how its levels change in a human being. A spiritual traveler is a seeker of the ultimate
truth that is there in this universe, nay the entire creation. His journey during this search is
through a long and meandering arduous path. If consciousness pertains to only sensing or
be cognizant of the physical or material things around a being through the ve senses, then
even an animal qualies to have consciousness. In animals the physical senses, viz. hearing,
vision or scent smell are developed to a much higher degree of sensitivity than that of human
body. Then, why and how is human considered to have the highest consciousness.

n 332. FOOD AND HIGHER CONSCIOUSNESS
B. SARAVANAN, LOKESH ARORA, DIVYA ARORA
A survey by the authors revealed that discerning people are aware and have felt the subtle
effects of foods they take, which may make them warmer at heart or cold, alert or sleepy,
drawn to higher consciousness or lower some have even felt that the consciousness of
persons preparing and serving food ows into the recipients which may lead to the postulate
168
TSC 2013
that levels of consciousness may be passed on through food. We have heard of chefs putting
love into a dish - leading to the postulate that the degree of attention current devoted by a
person on his creation makes it appealing / lovable to that extent, which is however, beyond
the parameters of known measurements. In other words, the chef can induce the food he
prepares with his emotions, his consciousness. The same postulate could be extended to
the practice of taking sanctied or spiritually charged eatables called Prashad in Sant Mat
in India, which could contain the loving consciousness of a super conscious Adept. Thus a
pill to heighten our cognitive powers may not just remain a scientic ction, after all!
n 333. EFFECT OF AMBIENCE AND DESIGN ON
CONSCIOUSNESS
BULBUL SHRIVASTAVA, BINTI SHRIVASTAVA, TUHINA SINGH
Since childhood, man is bound with the precepts in some or the other way depending on his
cultural and traditional environment. Few dare enough to refuse the precepts and venture
to know about the instrumental force and energy which is unseen and veiled. The simplicity
and complexity of universe drive them out from the set beliefs of their societies and akin.
Hubbub of daily life has forced such seekers of truth to take refuge either in the lap of
Himalayas or in the realm of sea vistas. Why? Certainly for peace of mind to think, analyze,
rethink and so on to reach somewhere near to their aim. Emphatically the inspiration comes
through the Grand Design of Universe. Taking this inspiration the interior designers may
provide some solution regarding the place and peace. Interior design can help to create
right atmosphere and ambience to induce the level of consciousness in a person who is in
search of higher consciousness.
n 337. TRUE HAPPINESS THROUGH CONSCIOUSNESS
BHAWNA JOHRI, SHYAM SUNDER ANEJA
Most persons on this earth are busy and involved in achieving high positions and facilities
for happiness through other objects, such as machinery, house, electronic, vehicles,
communication gadgets etc. which are made by man. Though articial pleasures are
availed, they do not remain forever. On the contrary it creates different types of liabilities
and problems regarding repair and maintenance etc. The main aim is to attain happiness,
which can not be achieved as referred above. As per the teaching of Radhasoami faith, the
way of living in happiness is only through Surat-Shabd-Yog. When one performs meditation
the soul (Surat) remains calm and proceeds towards Radhasoami Dham by leaving the
Chata Chakra, Daswan Dwar, Tisra Til, Shiv Netra i.e. Pind Desh and enters through Sahas
Dal. This process is that the person has changed his mind from worldly ambitions and
started taking interest the state of Brahamand & Nirmal Desh through Surat. To know and
activate Surat towards the spiritual path is (Chetna) i.e. Consciousness. The state of living
beyond Pind Desh is full of permanent happiness.
n 365. DEPRESSION AND CONSCIOUSNESS
JOSIAH SHINDI, KANA SANI
This is a part of a report of an ongoing comparative survey of Depression among University
students in Nigerian and Chinese Universities. 8,000 University students in Nigerian
Universities and 10,000 students covering twenty Universities in China, participated in
the study. Three instruments were used to study depression among participants; these
TSC 2013
169
were: Becks Depression Inventory; Jung Depression Inventory and Minnesota Multiphase
Inventory (MMPI). The preliminary results indicate that depression seems to be an altered
state of consciousness in which the depressed focuses on him/herself with an aggressive but
self-defeating punitiveness.
n 367. CONSCIOUSNESS OF SELF AWARENESS THROUGH
SELF INTROSPECTION AND STATE OF BEING QUIET IN PABLO
NERUDA
RICHA SINHA, ASHOK KUMAR SINHA, MADHURIMA SINHA
Consciousness is the quality or state of being aware of an external object or something
within oneself. It has been dened as: subjectivity, awareness, the ability to experience, to
feel wakefulness, having a sense of selfhood, and the executive control system of the mind.
In other words: Anything that we are aware of at a given moment forms part of our
consciousness, making conscious experience at once the most familiar and most
mysterious aspect of our lives. The possible way offered is human realization to understand
consciousness, for which one needs to spare time for self introspection and meditation.
Similar line of thought has been treated and urged for by the Nobel laureate in Literature
(1971) Pablo Neruda (real name: Neftal Ricardo Reyes Basoalto) in his poetic creation
Keeping Quiet.

n 372. SUBJECTIVE VISUAL EXPERIENCE AND NEURAL FIRINGS
JOHN STROZIER
The eye is a transducer that encodes photonic visual information into neural spikes that
are time dependent and proceed into the brain. The time dependence comes from the
concatenation of a succession of visual frames in which each visual frame is a result of
rastering the immediate (50ms) visual scene. The neural spikes over time can be represented
by an operator P(t). A straightforward method to build representational world model(s) in
the brain consists of storing incoming neural spikes, P(t), in a neural matrix in which the
neural spike signal is rastered across a 2D set of memory units, one for each visual frame.
Thus a movie picture of a changing visual image can be stored as a set of 2D memory units.
Note that in the gathering of sense data, neural spikes are directed inward from the sense
organs to the neural operator that builds the world model(s). This process can be described
analytically.

n 414. RESPIRATION AND MEDITATION
GOPI CHAND GUPTA
The rst part of this paper presents the normal anatomy and physiology of respiration/
breathing and what happens to the brain during hyperventilation, hypoventilation and
apnoeic states. The second part discusses respiration in diseased states especially in
unconscious patients and those with ventilatory failure due to Brainstem and Neurological
abnormalities. Finally the possible pathways used if required to oxygenate the body during
meditation, underground/jal samadhis and other apnoeic states will be presented.
170
TSC 2013
n 425. MICROTUBULE SIMILARITIES BETWEEN SINGLE
CELL ALGAE AND HIGHER ORGANISMS: A REFECLION ON
CONSCIOUSNESS STATE
V. PAWANI, SHRUTI SINHA, SWAPNIL SHRIVASTAVA
Plants and animals are the two different kingdoms but at cellular level they are almost
similar. If we talk of consciousness, both are at different levels. Microtubules are the
structures which are present in both plant and animal cells, regulate many processes.
Recent studies have implicated microtubules to be involved in the decision making
process of higher animals and are also related with the consciousness states. There are
some structures which are present in both plants and animals like eukaryotic cilia and
agella. These are thin hair like appendages which are present on the surface of most
animal and lower plant cells. Cells use these organelles to generate movement and to sense
and respond to the environment. Single cell algae such as, Chlamydomonas, radial spokes
(RSs) present in the agella play an essential role in the regulation of axonemal dynein
activity and thus of ciliary and agellar motility. In humans, defects in cilia and agella
are known to cause many diseases and developmental disorders (ciliopathies) such as
polycystic kidney disease, respiratory disease, and neurological disorders. The structural
basis of these organelles in both the algae and humans is same in the presence of nine
outer doublet microtubules (hollow protein tubes) that form the cylindrical core of the
structure known as the axoneme. This molecular architecture of doublet microtubules has
been conserved in eukaryotes since their evolution. The structural details of these cilia
and agella have also been conserved. In the light of the structural conservation of such
important cytoskeletal part the possible role of microtubules in consciousness states will
be discussed with respect to the evolutionary status of algae and humans.
n 434. SOCIAL, EMOTIONAL, SPIRITUAL LEARNING (SESL)
TEST FOR ASSESSMENT OF CONSCIOUSNESS IN PRIMARY
LEVEL STUDENTS
GUR PYARI MEHRA, NIJA MEHRA, DIVYA SHIKHA SETHIA
In spite of great strides made by mankind, it has been increasingly realized that the Physical
world is not permanent and is subject to change and is thus the cause of unhappiness. The
consciousness (or Spirit) is our true inner being and prime source of energy. Education today
should not only prepare students for successful career or a Successful life but also to achieve
eternal happiness, (Sat chit Premanand Prakash) the ultimate objective of life. An ideal
education system should involve complete development of all facets of an individual, i.e.,
physical, mental, social, emotional and spiritual potential. It has been proved by researches
that social, emotional and spiritual development are interwoven and integrated. However,
in practice only social and emotional factors are taken care and investigations are made
but in the absence of spiritual education and a well dened system of assessment for these
three parameters, the end results are not achieved. The solution to all current problems
of our times is Education and we need to increase the scope and quality of education and
continue to make it perfect. The issues facing todays educators and students is daunting.
The paper emphasizes on including paravidya that tells us truth regarding physical
universe and the regions beyond it, right from the beginning i.e., primary school level
and formulating a well dened system for assessment of social, emotional and spiritual
learning for providing fertile grounds for development of higher levels of consciousness.
TSC 2013
171
n 443. ENGINEERING TOWARDS SCIENCE OF CONSCIOUSNESS
AMOLAK PRASAD, CHARAN ADHAR
Just as aparavidya has the communication channels for understanding paravidya, the
discipline of engineering in general and the electrical engineering in particular has the
communication channels for understanding science of consciousness. Electrical engineering
is all about potential or voltage, current and impedance. It also discusses electromagnetic
elds in the context of electromotive drives. The fundamental axiom of macrocosmic
/ microcosmic spiritual consciousness talks about the omni-quantum spiritual force
eld of consciousness, quantum mind-force eld and the quantum physical force elds-
electromagnetic, weak nuclear, strong nuclear and gravitational. All arrangements in
creation are carried through currents. Similarly, the entire economy of this physical body
is regulated by currents, known collectively as the nervous system. Networks of currents
spread out in individual systems / subsystems. Humans are wired in these networks and
constitute its quanta in the quantum force-eld. All jivatmas are the fundamental particles
of the omni-quantum spiritual force-eld, their minds are the fundamental particles of the
quantum mind-force and the bodies are made up of the fundamental particles of quantum
physical force-eld. The currents are sent out by potential difference and are opposed by the
circuit impedances. The creation came into being owing to the potential difference between
the super positive pole of spirituality and the nether pole of depleted spiritual energy. When
the potential difference reached the break-down point, there issued a huge commotion or
upheaval that resulted in the rst great spiritual current or Adi Chetan Dhar which started
the rst phase of creation. Subsequent phases of creation were also as a result of issuance
of currents from the top of region of Universal Mind and the top of physical region. The
entire creational economy can be explained in terms of electrical engineering; the human
beings, being analogues of God, can similarly be explained in terms of electrical engineering.
Science of consciousness is nothing but the science of spiritual potential, currents and the
impedances. In other words, it is spiritual electrical engineering which would help us in
understanding the science of consciousness.
n 446. TOWARDS THE DEVELOPMENT OF A PROTOCOL FOR
RECORDING AND PROCESSING OF KIRLIAN IMAGES FOR A
POSSIBLE CORRELATION WITH THE CONSCIOUSNESS IN
SMALL-DIMENSION INANIMATE OBJECTS EXPOSED TO VARIED
PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENTS
ASHISH MANI, SAHAB DASS, ROHIT SHRIVASTAV AND VIJAY MALHOTRA
Consciousness remains a difcult term to dene in precise intelligible terms, despite
several theories propounded in the past to describe it in different perspectives. Even more
challenging is to identify such directly observable parameters that can be correlated with
consciousness and used as consciousness-indicators. Gas discharge visualization based on
Kirlian photography deals with capturing bioelectrophotonic eld generated around the
objects, is widely reported in literature for its application in medical diagnostics. In a few
recent reports it has been suggested that such images might also have some relation with the
consciousness-level of the object. Based on the above hypothesis, investigators are working
towards the development of a novel optimized experimental set-up for recording Kirlian
images of small dimension inanimate objects. Further, neural networks and fuzzy logic
based systematic computational intelligence techniques are being proposed to process the
observed images for extracting imprecise features, which in turn would evolve meaningful
numerical parameters that can be correlated with possible variations in the consciousness-
level when such objects are exposed to varied physical environments. Preliminary experience
and observations in this regard will be presented.
172
TSC 2013
POSTER SESSION II
n 4. CONSCIOUSNESS AS PER DISCOURSES OF THE LEADERS
OF RADHASOAMI FAITH
RADHIKA SINGH, SHANTI GUPTA
The fundamental axiom of macrocosmic / microcosmic spiritual consciousness
enunciated by Most Revered Prof. Satsangi, the present leader of Dayalbagh Group of
Radhasoami Tradition is that the origin of the macrocosm is an innite spiritual energy
source or reservoir known as the Supreme Creator or Being or Super Positive pole
accompanied by the omnipresent quantum spiritual force eld of consciousness ranging
from the Super positive pole of full spirituality to the Nether or Negative Pole of depleted
spirituality; and each constituent fundamental particle of this omnipresent spiritual force-
eld, known as the spirit-force of consciousness, is the one which possesses prime energy
and that all other forces (mental or physical) of creation or nature have been evolved
by the association of this spirit-force with media (mental or physical) of different kinds.
The concept of spirit-force is no more intrinsically mysterious than mass. The concept
of omnipresent quantum spiritual force eld is very similar to that of magnetic eld.
All arrangements in this creation are being carried out through currents, whether the latter
be visible or, not. Just as external creation is maintained by currents like the ones in a
magnetic eld, in the same manner the entire economy of this physical body is maintained
by currents, known collectively as the nervous system. These currents are subtle in the
subtle regions and gross in the regions of gross matter.

n 13. VARIOUS LEVELS OF CONSCIOUSNESS
ANIRUDH SATSANGI, ANKITA SATSANGI, ACHRAJ SATSANGI
A Famous Hindi Poet Jai Shankar Prasad writes in KAMAYANI- Ek Tattva ki pradhanata
kaho use jad ya chetan.This is the most beautiful denition of physical and metaphysical
(consciousness). Prof. Ashok Agrawala (2012) of University of Maryland has attempted
to describe various levels of consciousness based on consciousness elements (CEs). He
described consciousness as discrete and consists of consciousness elements which are
the basic building blocks of consciousness. With each and every material object as CE
is associated, only some aspects of the consciousness of the CE are accessible through
physical measurements. The main instrument capable of sensing any features of CE or
deriving some properties of it is the mind of a sentient entity- and even such a mind,
depending on its development, can only access a part of the full attributes of CE. All the
above descriptions of consciousness describe in one way or the other the different levels
of consciousness i.e. from physical to non- physical or metaphysical. The present paper
attempts to present comprehensive view of consciousness more logically.
n 28. DEVELOPMENT OF HIGHER CONSCIOUSNESS AND
SOCIAL MEDIA
RATAN SAINI, NIRAT, SANGITA SAINI
Today thousands of people, young and old are using Social Media to read and write
the views on almost every topic being discussed on this planet. This leads to enhanced
consciousness, wisdom, knowledge and people learn ways of living happily in this world
and beyond. Popular gures like Dalai Lama, Deepak Chopra, Sri Sri Ravishankar and their
TSC 2013
173
followers post very important information on social media, about facts and methods to
live happily and reach higher levels of consciousness. It is observed that when people are
depressed and are in grief, their friends and relatives help them by sharing very effective
pieces of information and boost their morale and make them ready to face the situation in
a positive manner. When some one is going through a bad phase, due to some illness or any
other cause of worry, they are advised with correct steps to tackle the situation and it helps
them in a very effective manner. There are instances of people getting help from far and
wide places in the world and the suffering gets minimized. The paper presents case studies
of such instances where social media helped in developing a higher level of consciousness
and help live a happier life. It is concluded that social media has emerged as a very effective
tool for enhancing the consciousness of people around the world and motivate them to act
in the right way and enjoy better life.
n 31. THE SYSTEMS OF EMANCIPATION OF DAYAL
PRATEET SINHA, NEHA S
Kaal is a part of the System of Dayal. These opposite polarities are designed to maintain
the balance of the Universe. This papers merely features a few aspects of their relationship
through some simple scientic phenomenon which we witness in daily life. This is also
symbolic of how each phenomenon in the spiritual system manifests itself upon the physical
universe tying the two with the same laws of creation, and is the cause that dene the law of
physics. Attempt is also being made to show some elements of the grand design working in
the spiritual world via some basic experiments in physics.
n 36. HOW REAL IS PERCEIVED FREEDOM IN FREE WILL ?
FRANZ KLAUS JANSEN
Freedom is a common perception in all free will experiences. However, classical physics
supported the idea that the whole universe is determinist, which is in contradiction to
the concept of freedom of the will. Compatibilists (overview McKenna) hold that free will
is compatible with determinism, whereas incompatibilists (overview Vihvelin) required
indeterminism for allowing free will expression, which is now in contradiction with classical
physics. Therefore Wegner claimed that free will is an illusion. The conict is due to an
incomplete conception of determinism not including biological determinism and a sort
of verbal dispute (Chalmers) concerning the meaning of free without considering the
experiential context. Determinism was conceived by van Inwagen as an unbroken causal
chain thereby resembling physical determinism. However, autonomy in biology rendered
determinism much more complex. Autonomy like locomotion autonomy of animals is
partial independence from physical environments, thus resembling a broken causal chain,
which has periodically to interact with its environment for resource restoration. Multiple
favourable or unfavourable alternative environments require a selection in a completely
determinist system. If the selection is random, the animals survival is not warranted.
Therefore, survival requires a mental selection system allowing the choice between
favourable and unfavourable environments. In higher animals, all precursor conditions for
human free will are realized through the presence of alternatives and the requirement of
selection by a mental selection system. Thus, biological determinism is compatible with free
will. The concept of free as completely undetermined does not correspond to experiential
free will, since free will limited by a context is only relatively free, as illustrated by free
decisions in the menu of a restaurant. Within their context, free decisions require knowledge
and motivations to obtain a sense, a situation quite different from free decisions for lottery
numbers. Knowledge is deterministically acquired from the society and motivations from
personal experiences. Thus, free is limited to the period of deliberation only when in the
174
TSC 2013
beginning multiple attractive alternatives appear, which have to be reduced by deliberation
to only one realizable alternative. Deliberation freedom can be illustrated by a puzzle
game. In the beginning there is the freedom to start with every piece, but at the end all
pieces are in a determined order. Freedom limited to the deliberation period reects the
experience of individually perceived freedom, but does not correspond to the abstract
concept of free as totally undetermined. Thus free will could be conceived as an illusion
(Wegner). However, the experience of free will is not a false perception like a fooler, but a
real perception of freedom. If a general reduction of experience to an abstract concept has to
be considered as illusion, many other experiences like red, the sound or temperature have
also to be considered as illusions, since red is physically an electromagnetic wave, sound
a mechanical wave, and temperature molecular agitation. Only if experientially perceived
free will is considered within its context and compared to biological determinism, free will
remains compatible with determinism.
n 49. CREATION AND THE YOGA OF DIVINE CONSCIOUSNESS
DHARAMPAL SATSANGI
Most religious classics and philosophical treatises set forth in precise and penetrating words
the Divine purpose of Creation of the Universe. These principles are however abstruse and a
way must be deftly navigated before truth can be understood. Man has been stumbling for
eons to ascertain the true purpose of life and a practical path towards attaining it. Religious
men devoid of Self Realization are all too common but they are unable to guide a true
seeker. Seekers of Divine Truth have to train themselves with steadfast devotion until they
become procient in the exercise of mental concentration and develop almost complete
control over their mental process. This is the Yoga of Divine Consciousness and those who
have practiced it to perfection and have developed unison with Ultimate Reality, have
become The liberated Ones. In the Eastern Religious Tradition they are called Gurus. This
paper endeavors to present the efcacy of Surat-Shabda Yoga for consciousness elevation
in the present times.
n 60. AHIMSA: A GATEWAY TO SPIRITUAL CONSCIOUSNESS?
SMITA SAHGAL
Ahimsa literally means non-injury, but is has often been translated as nonviolence.
However, neither non-injury nor nonviolence actually brings forth the correct meaning
of the word in all its perspectives. Ahimsa is one of the central ideas of many Eastern,
especially Indian religions. Its origin can be traced to antiquity but its relevance continues
in the contemporary world. The topic has been chosen to unravel the sustainability of the
concept through historical trajectory; from the time of its evolution to the present day. The
enduring quality of ahimsa has to do with its inherent theological grain as well its societal
application. Even as the topic is largely conned to its religious ramications, an attempt
would be undertaken to locate it in Socio-- historical frames as well. This would enrich our
understanding on how the concept was received at the level of the populace and whether
it did succeed in making the existent societies evolve spiritually.
TSC 2013
175
n 66. RISING TOWARDS SPIRITUAL CONSCIOUSNESS- FROM
THE AKASHIC FIELD TO THE QUANTUM SPIRITUAL FORCE
FIELD
CHHAVI GUPTA
The Akashic records is a term used in theosophy to describe a compendium of mystical
knowledge encoded in a non-physical plane of existence, an etheric place where all
knowledge of human experience and the history of the cosmos are stored. Accessing
the enormous database of the Akashic Field can give us a wealth of information that
will be useful to us in our search for enlightenment and truth. The Akashic records are
metaphorically described as the Mind of God. Mystics and sages have long maintained
that an interconnecting cosmic eld exists at the roots of reality that conserves and conveys
information. These quantum eld theories will be discussed in this paper.
n 73. MISTAKING LIMBS FOR STEPS IN THE 8-FOLD YOGA
ROBERT BOYER, PARK HENSLEY
Patanjalis Yoga Sutras in ancient Vedic literature describes 8-fold limbs of the one body
of yoga, Ashtanga yoga. The single practice in Ashtanga yoga is transcending thought in
the inner silence of samadhi (samyama). Vedic proponent Maharishi Mahesh Yogi has
pointed out that the common interpretation of the 8-fold yoga as steps to discipline mind
and body on the path to attain samadhi emerged once a systematic technology to attain
samadhi regularly was lost. He has explained further that repeated experience of the state
of samadhi fosters natural development of all the limbs of yoga together, but the other
limbs are not steps to practice as preparation to be able to reach samadhi. Ashtanga refers
to eight limbs, which develop simultaneously with repeated experience of the eighth limb
of samadhi; and natural progress in the other seven limbs validates this experience. This
fundamental re-clarication of yoga is supported by extensive research on samadhi as the
fourth state of human consciousness that results in a wide range of mental, physical, and
social health benets. Regular experience of the natural state of samadhi extends the means
of gaining knowledge beyond experiences in the ordinary waking state of consciousness
that characterize modern scientic epistemology.
n 76. INVESTIGATION OF RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN
CONSCIOUSNESS AND PERSONALITY
MAHARAJ KUMARI KANDIKONDA, HANS RAJ KANDIKONDA
Evolution of physical body is accompanied by evolution of two entities, mind and spirit
which are distinct from the physical body. Our primary hypothesis is that the mind and
spirit are evolving gradually and are the prime forces by which not only the physical body
but the entire universe is sustained. The current study is an investigation of the relationship
between consciousness and the Jungs personality types. Mind can be probed by well-known
psychological tests. In present study SL-TDI is used to study Jungs personality theory of
psychological types with an additional dimension of consciousness and materialism added
to it. The participants are 85 University students (30 Girls and 55 Boys whose mean age was
20 years). All the students are given an integrated instrument of SL-TDI and Consciousness
designed specically for the current study. The results were statistically analyzed and
correlations determined to study the grades of consciousness on personality types. Bi-
variate correlation showed introversion is strongly correlated to Consciousness (r=0.57).
Consciousness showed strong positive correlation with feeling and intuition (r=0.52 and
r=0.55 respectively). The relationship between consciousness and Jungs personality
variables is discussed.
176
TSC 2013
n 94. AN ENLIGHTENED SOUL IS SAVIOUR OF MANY SOULS
ASHWINI SATSANGI, GAGANDEEP NIGAM
Everybody is talking about spirituality. We believe that the food for the soul, urge for the
soul, love of the soul is to merge in the great soul. Love of the spirit is to merge in this Great
Spirit, but it is not in a position to do it because of karma. We have been taught, if we have
money, we can make mare go. But if we are in a mental desert of insecurity and non-reality
we have not been taught what to do, and we get struck or unable to explain, we get spiritual
weakness, spiritual sickness or what can be called spiritual death. Sikhism propounds the
philosophy of self-realization which is possible by aatam-cheennee or aap pashaanae,
purifying the self from the false ego.

n 102. THE NATURE OF CONSCIOUSNESS ACCORDING TO THE
UPANISHADS
DURGA PRASADA RAO CHILAKAMARTHI, DHARAMPAL SATSANGI
The nature of Universal self and the Individual self is described in the Upanishads as
Truth, Consciousness and Bliss, Sat Chit and Ananda. Chandogya Upanishad declares that
The Self indeed is all this world. Upanishad states that Brahman indeed is the Universe.
Chandogya Upanishad establishes the Unique-ness of Self. Brihadaranyaka Upanishad
goes to the extent of ruling out the plurality of Self. All this universe indeed is Brahman, and
there is no plurality in it. Mandukya Upanishad establishes identity between Atman and
Brahman (Ayam Aatma Brahma). Besides this, Brihadaranyaka Upanishad emphatically
establishes the unique-ness of Atman by stating that, there is no other seer but he, there
is no other hearer but he, there is no other perceiver but he, there is no other thinker but
he. He is your Self, the Inner controller, the Immortal(3-7-23). This paper discusses the
Upanishadic view of Consciousness.
n 108. OBSERVER- ACTOR: COACH- EXECUTIVE - QUANTUM
INFORMATION IN BUSINESS DECISIONS
SWAMI SATCHIDANAND PRASAD SATYAVOLU, SUMATI PRASAD SATYAVOLU
Businesses are built on decisions. Decisions require both information, stimuli and a
processor built on the training, coaching and value system. All scenarios cannot be
perfectly modeled and programmed. The vantage point of observation and the individual
with the unitary responsibility to decide are crucial, thus forming a strong co-relation with
Quantum Theory. The Actor-the executive- has to develop and evolve his/her decision
models constantly. Yet, the information deciency and latency both affect the effectiveness
and of the process as well as the ultimate outcome. This paper proposes a conceptual
integrated framework for decision processes in business world. Advances and theories in
decision making and their amalgamation with evolutions in information systems(mostly
higher level analytics and computing paradigms) form the foundation for this framework.
n 112. PHARMACODYNAMICS AND TRANSLATIONAL ASPECTS
OF CONSCIOUSNESS
SEEMA BHAT, LAXMINARAYAN BHAT
The connection between the spiritual practice and consciousness has been acknowledged
since the oldest of human civilizations and emphasized in almost all religions. In addition
TSC 2013
177
to supreme bliss or enlightenment, spiritual practices offer unparalleled physiological,
psychological and social benets. Throughout the history of mankind, spirituality and
religion have played a major role in healing a variety of physical and mental illnesses.
However, the scientic study of spiritual phenomena has been a great challenge for
researchers as it requires analysis of very complex subjective experiences accompanied by
psychological and physiological changes in the body. Scientic studies have shown that
spiritual pursuits bring neurological changes in the brain which can be attributed to different
levels of consciousness. These neurological changes are responsible for psychological and
physiological changes. Thus, one of the greatest challenges of modern neuroscience is to
discover the neural mechanisms of consciousness and to explain how they produce the
conscious state. It is very important to understand the pharmacology of consciousness
phenomena to explain the neurophysiological and chemical changes in the body. We
believe that spirituality is an important component of the healing process and should be
integrated with conventional medicine. We present the pharmacology, expression and role
of key receptors contributing to pharmacodynamics of consciousness. We also present the
translational aspects of consciousness in treating various neurological, neuropsychiatric
and metabolic indications.
n 141. CONSCIOUSNESS FROM PHYSICAL TO SPIRITUAL IN
THE FOUR DRAMAS OF PARAM GURU SAHABJI MAHARAJ- A
COMPREHENSIVE STUDY FROM THE LITERARY-SOCIAL-
PHILOSOPHICAL-SPIRITUAL PERSPECTIVE
SUGANDHA KHURANA
Param Guru Sahabji Maharaj, fth Revered Leader of Radhasoami Satsang, Dayalbagh,
penned four dramas, namely, Saran-Aashram ka Sapoot, Sansar Chakra, Swarajya and
Deen va Duniya. The paper is a maiden attempt to map out the stages and process of
consciousness, obstacles and their elimination projected in the plays through antithetical
characters, anecdotes, symbols and metaphors and mystic overtones. The rst play, Sharan
Ashram ka Sapoot, is a sociological model which lays the groundwork for consciousness.
Sansar Chakra is an enquiry into the phenomena of pleasure and pain which will lead to
the search for the suitable means for the attainment of the ultimate bliss in Swarajya. It
also brings into expression the dramatists notions about true liberty from spiritual and
political perspective to conclude that the spiritual ideal includes the political ideal as the
greater includes the smaller. The search for the spiritual ideal culminates in the nal play,
Deen va Duniya, which is a highly symbolical presentation of the emancipation of the spirit,
the barriers it encounters and a true Preceptor who helps in the communion between the
microcosm and the macrocosm. Apart from Consciousness, the plays share themes of
death, freedom, life on earth, the signicance of channels of sensory organs, intellect and
mind, their differentiation and the supremacy of the soul or the spirit. Together they form an
inextricable web which has been analyzed in the light of social, philosophical and spiritual
theories like humanism, feminism, transcendentalism, positivism and the teachings of
Radhasoami Faith.
n 146. STREAM OF CONSCIOUSNESS FROM INDIVIDUAL TO
SOCIETY
SONAM MEHTA, INDIRA SHARMA
Self and society are twins; we know one on knowing the other. The consciousness which drives
the universe at both micro and macro levels is primarily the social consciousness. Social
consciousness is the plinth on which the super structure of society can be built, and it does
create such an aura that makes people not only attracted towards each other, but also make
them feel the presence of each other in various walks of life so as to remain intact for a noble
cause of the community. The beginning of the conceptual understanding phase emphasizes
the `con- factor as a social fact. Consciousness means joint, or mutual, awareness. To
178
TSC 2013
be a friend and to be conscious are terms equivalent (South, 1664). Karl Marx (1818-
1883) holds that human beings enter into certain productive or economic relations and
these relations lead to certain form of consciousness. It is not the sum total of individual
consciousness; in fact it has a suprapersonal status, the social consciousness. The two types
of consciousness told by Ned Block i.e. phenomenal and access consciousness also emerge
as wonderful concepts relating with social consciousness. Social consciousness can shift
the self centered world view to the one in which the individual considers himself as the
integral part of the larger whole and he becomes more sensitive towards the society (and its
members). The paper explains ve levels of social consciousness namely embedded, self
reexive, engaged, collaborative and resonant consciousness in relation to the individuals
cognitive and psychological powers and how to use them for the better worldliness.
n 151. CRITICAL ANALYSIS OF DRETSKES TESTS FOR
PERCEPTION AND AWARENESS
JAISON A. MANJALY, SUMITAVA MUKHERJEE
Whether perception without awareness is possible or not is one of the key topics in
contemporary cognitive science. Dretske [Dretske, F. (2006), Perception without
Awareness, in Perceptual Experience, ed. Tamar Szab Gendler and John Hawthorne,
Oxford: Clarendon Press, 147-180.] offers an analytical discussion of the issue by trying
to layout explicit conditions for perceptual experience and awareness separately so as to
arrive at a scenario where Tp (test for perception) is satised while Ta (test for awareness)
is not satised. We agree with Dretske that although receiving information is necessary, it
cannot constitute a sufcient condition for perception. We, however, show that there is
an inherent problem with reason test of awareness. In the reason test for awareness he
claims that if information about X is available to S as reason (justication) for doing what
she wants (chooses, decides) to do, then it qualies as necessary and sufcient condition
for awareness. We argue that this test of awareness does not hold if the result is interpreted
from a third person perspective, because, the observer can never reliably interpret another
persons intentions / reason to act as necessary and sufcient. It does not hold from a rst
person perspective either, because it suffers from the same problems of a subjective test of
awareness proposed by Dretske.
n 185. PROGRESSIVE INCARNATIONS
REENA MATHUR
The reality is very different from the perceived reality. To discover the truth behind the
happenings in the world we need to channelize our thinking and awaken our consciousness.
In addition we need to enhance the power of the inner eye so that we can establish correct
facts and learn the purpose of this creation. Since four yugas the creator has from time to
time as per the need of the situation, expressed his powers. He incarnated to awaken the
spirit forces and to make them realize that they are a part of the Supreme Being. They taught
the souls the importance of god and according to the need of that era taught them the best
way to get salvation. The method of getting salvation was different in all yugas. All around
the globe masses have experienced the power of incarnation. As and when the supreme
being found that the souls have been denied the bliss and permanence and radiance of
the realization of supreme being he incarnated himself on this earth. All around the globe
masses have experienced the power of incarnation but still some people could not realize
them as their consciousness was not upto the required level so they tried to interfere and
dis-establish the entities.

TSC 2013
179
n 191. SPIRITUAL CONSCIOUSNESS AS DETERMINANT OF LIFE
SATISFACTION AND LEVEL OF ANXIETY
GUR PYARI PRAKASH, RANJEET KAUR SATSANGI
Consciousness has been dened as awareness- awareness of everything that is happening
around us. Consciousness has different levels and the levels of Consciousness make
individuals different from one another in every respect i.e., in thinking, feeling, emotions,
values, reception and personality. The present study was conducted on a sample of 200
educated men and women between the age range of 25 to 70 years. It was hypothesized
that high level of Consciousness lowers the level of anxiety and increases the level of Life
satisfaction. Analysis of scores obtained on the Anxiety Test, Life Satisfaction Scale and
Spiritual Consciousness Inventory, indicated that the young generation possesses very high
level of Anxiety, average level of Life satisfaction and moderately above level of Consciousness
in comparison to their senior counterparts, who possess very high level of Consciousness,
average life satisfaction and lower level of anxiety.
n 214. IS OUR UNIVERSE A QUANTUM CONSCIOUSNESS
COMPUTER?: AN APPROACH TO REVEAL THE UNIVERSE,
EVOLUTION OF CREATION AND THE ULTIMATE REALITY
AASHNA PRAKASH, RASHI PRAKASH, SHASHI PRAKASH
The paper explains that, the study of the human cosmos would be the most practical and
convenient method for a comprehension of the universal cosmos, and for determining
roughly the various parts into which the creation has been divided, and for nding out the
region of Supreme Bliss. It also discusses the three main factors of Human existence. Here,
we state that the principles and philosophy of the Radhasoami Faith provides plausible
solutions to these most fundamental and bafing questions for mankind left unanswered
by Science, Radhasoami Faith reveals the existence of a spirit entity and the creation of the
universe from the original abode a huge innite reservoir of spirit forces.
n 227. SARBACHAN (NAZM): THE FIRST TEXT OF THE WORLD
REVEALING THE MYSTERIES OF SUPREME CONSCIOUSNESS
PREMKALI SHARMA
Sarbachan (Nazm) has been created by Most Revered Shri Shivdayal Singh Sahab. He is
the founder of Radhasoami Faith and is known by the name of Param Purush Puran Dhani
Soamiji Maharaj. The rst edition of Sarbachan was published in 1938. This was the time
when the scientists were engaged in search of truth, taking the visible world to be the reality
and truth. They were unaware of the fact that there is some power beyond this world,
which controls all the activities of this world. They wanted to acquire knowledge but did
not regard the spirit as the repository of all knowledge. As a result, new theories were being
propounded without arriving at the Supreme Truth. The scientists did not know about the
activation of the spiritual centres embedded within the body, instead, they concentrated on
the senses and the physical mind. The different religious texts of the world like Vedas, Viney
Pitak, Sutra Pitak, Bible, Quran etc. had access only till Brahmand. In the twentieth century,
Param Purush Puran Dhani Soamiji Maharaj described Nirmal Chetan Desh, the abode of
highest consciousness.
n 228. CONTRIBUTION OF SANT KAVYA IN AWAKENING
GURPYARI SATSANGI, MEENU SINGH, SUKHVEER KAUR
The stream of Nirgun devotional poerty by bhakti marg Saints like Kabir Sahab, Nanak
Sahab, Jag Jeevan Sahab, Paltu Sahab and Tulsi Sahab has an important place in the realm
180
TSC 2013
of Hindu literature. There exists a fantastic contribution of spirituality and practical
knowledge by these saints. All these saint poets have tried to develop inner consciousness
of individuals and enhance social values as a whole by adopting the Surat Shabda Yoga
practices. They tried to abolish social evils, superstitions and malpractices which created
mutual disharmony and differences among people in the name of religion. They tried
to inculcate feeling of oneness among everyone, advocating the thought that everyone
is a part of one Supreme Being. Saints propagated spiritual realism and religion. Apart
from this they mentioned that good behavior, fair judgment, service, satisfaction are
key elements in the personality of a spiritual seeker. According to their teachings, self
consciousness can provide unbounded and incomparable spiritual power. To attain the
state of mind it is essential to surrender to spiritual guru, practice Surat, Shabda, Yoga and
adopt a simple lifestyle which would help a true seeker to attain self control. The nding
of the study recommends that modern education policy should not only cater towards
making one realize physical, academic accomplishment, but also focus upon developing
spiritual faculties as well. Hence saint literature and poetry would become very benecial
in providing spiritual knowledge.
n 251. CONSCIOUSNESS OF THE WORLD AND THE WORLD OF
CONSCIOUSNESS
NIRAT S, SANGITA SAINI, RATAN SAINI
Consciousness is described as the ultimate mystery in ancient Indian texts and its study
is lauded as the highest science. But until recently, the question of consciousness was
considered to lie outside of the scope of science. Scientic attitudes towards consciousness
have changed due to the recent advances in neurophysiology and because modern physics
and computer science are confronted with the question of the nature of the observer.
In many ways, the study of consciousness is center-stage in the discussions of modern
science. On one hand, consciousness is termed as inner light and on the other hand it is
compared with the physical light also. Physicists relate it with quantum mechanics whereas
neurophysiologists term its evolution as a mental activity in the brain. As the highest
level of human mental activity, consciousness is one of the basic concepts of philosophy,
psychology and sociology also.

n 260. DOES DAY AND NIGHT SHIFT INFLUENCE POSITIVE
AND NEGATIVE TENDENCIES OF HUMAN MIND?
ARCHANA SATSANGI, RITU SHARMA
The purpose of the present study is to investigate the effect of day and night shifts upon
positive and negative tendencies of human behavior. The positive and negative tendencies
were measured in terms of organizational citizenship behavior (OCB) and aggression.
OCB has consistently been shown to benet both individual and organizational outcomes.
Organizational citizenship behavior is the extra work related behaviour which goes above
and beyond the routine duties prescribed by their job descriptions or measured in formal
evaluations. The dimensions of OCB including altruism, courtesy, conscientiousness,
civic virtue and sportsmanship show the positive tendency of human mind. Therefore
organizational citizenship behaviour is extremely important in the present scenario
where employees are regulated by negative approach of Minimax Theory i.e. minimum
the expenditure of energy and time, maximum is the gain in terms of money and power.
The quality of cooperation, helpfulness, suggestions and selessness are the qualities of
conscious mind which help in developing human relations and organizational system as
a whole. On the other hand aggression is treated as a negative tendency which is intended
to commit harm to others and at the same time destructs ones own personality and work
output as a whole.

TSC 2013
181
n 261. GODS ARCHITECTURE: A COMPARATIVE
REPRESENTATION OF CREATIONAL AND PHYSICAL SYSTEMS
WITH SPECIAL EMPHASIS ON CHANGE MANAGEMENT AND
CONTROL MECHANISMS
ANHAD KASHYAP
This paper attempts to embed the concept of Change Management in the framework of
Quantum Mechanics, to understand the macro, as well as micro aspects of such change.
To understand Change Management a comparison has also been drawn between the
Creational System (as per Radhasoami Faith) and an Organizational System. An effort has
been made to comprehend the underlying need for change and the mechanism adopted for
such change. Differentiation between forced change and voluntary change through the
exercise of freewill has also been attempted.
n 269. UNPICKING CONSCIOUSNESS: BREAK AWAY FROM A
HUMAN-ONLY VIEW
CARL ADAMS
This paper breaks down consciousness into basic building blocks, effectively capturing the
likely attributes and sub attributes of consciousness. The paper tries to break away from
a human-only view of consciousness. The paper discusses why the existing discourse on
consciousness has been dominated by human consciousness. The paper also critically
discusses and unpicks the discourse about consciousness that is interwoven with human
consciousness - the languages, the metrics, the constructs. To this end the paper criticizes
the existing granularity of conscious measurements and metrics which are fairly blunt: an
entity is either conscious or not, meaning it is either human equivalent conscious or not.
By breaking away from a human-only view of consciousness and unpicking the different
attributes and sub attributes we can explore the building block for consciousness (for
instance, examine different senses, different living environments, different cognitive skills
and other attributes). We explore representing levels of consciousness for different animals
with different senses and living in different social and physical environments. We also
explore any different attributes of consciousness possible extraterrestrials (ETs) may have
and what consciousness may mean for Articial Intelligence (AI). Once we have unpicked
attributes of consciousness we are able to apply the concepts back to humans to rene some
of the denitions of consciousness.
n 270. ARTIFICIAL CONSCIOUSNESS: AUTONOMICS, MEMES
AND KILLER KANGAROOS
CARL ADAMS
This paper explores consciousness from a multidisciplinary perspective. It draws upon
autonomic computing (which itself is informed by biological autonomic systems), draws
upon the concepts of memes and information systems development (particularly the Object
Oriented Approach thinking). The paper will look at some of the examples of sophisticated
autonomic computer systems including large network systems, sophisticated robotic
systems such as remote exploration units. The paper also shows how some of the advances
in the computer side of autonomic systems are feeding back into our understanding of
biological systems. The paper then explores the concepts of memes and memeoplexes
(groups of memes around a similar set of constructs) and renes thinking of memes as basic
thinking tools. This draws on the work of Richard Dawkins and Susan Blackmore in their
coverage of memes. It also explores further building blocks to consciousness from a memic
perspective, and examines some of the current thinking and controversies surrounding
evolutionary meme concepts. The concepts of reuse, abstraction and development of
common structures are also applied to an evolutionary meme perspective. This leads on to
182
TSC 2013
exploring more widely the concept of reuse in both biology and computer systems focusing
on the Object Oriented (OO) approaches to software development which relies upon reuse
of software modules. This is used to show how simple functions can be combined together
to produce increasingly complex systems. The paper also discusses the amusing example
of OO reuse covering the killer kangaroos (an example of reuse code that supposedly
proved embarrassing during a demo to Australian military top brass this provides the base
for the title of the paper). A key contribution in the paper is that it addresses the creator
limitation the limitation of the computer programmer to write a computer program that
is as intelligent, or more intelligent, than him or herself. Different approaches to the creator
limitation are examined including neural networks and other AI approaches which are
compared to the autonomic computing perspective. The paper concludes with a discussion
of basic building blocks of consciousness based on attributes of reuse and emergence of
complex systems from grouping together simple subsystems.
n 274. UNIFIED THEORY ON COSMIC CONSCIOUSNESS, LIFE,
AND THE HUMAN RACE
OM VERMA
This article offers a new insight to dene consciousness. It advances a theory of the origin
and evolution of life, arguing that the expansion of cosmic consciousness, rather than the
struggle for survival, causes evolution. The proposed theory in this paper could end the
Evolution / Intelligent Design debate. The expansion of cosmic consciousness conceived
life in the universe (the presence of suitable conditions alone cannot cause life). Cosmic
consciousness forms the nervous circuit, which is the fundamental building block of life.
We are all at a Pre-Human stage. There is not a single perfect human in the universe. Living
organisms in other parts of the universe cannot be superior or inferior to those present on
earth: the level of consciousness is equal across the entire universe. A perfect human from
birth to the age of 24 years develops in the same pattern through which the human species
has evolved over a period of 9600 years.
n 289. TRAVERSING THE PATH OF LOVE: SPIRITUAL
CONSCIOUSNESS AND KABIR
RENU JOSAN, PREM JOSAN
In India three ways have been generally followed for attaining salvation namely Bhakti Marg,
Jnana Marg and Karma Marg. It is love for the Supreme Being which forms the epicenter of
the Bhakti Marg, unlike the method of penance and mortication. Absorption in a single
supreme passion may make the mind so concentrated that all the other attachments are
transcended and the individual attains union with the Innite. Krishnas Raslila with the
Gopis is to be interpreted as the eternal, timeless and spaceless play of God with his own
devotees. The devotee has to turn his love and desires towards God. Basically, an attempt
is to be made by the individual soul to achieve union with God. In his love songs, Kabir
has portrayed love between Jivatma (Individual soul) and Parmatma (Supreme Soul) where
the former is presented as the beloved and the latter as the lover. However, the signicant
aspect to be noted is that it is not the pleasurable aspect of love that is emphasized; rather it
is the pangs of separation from the lover that is the divine soul and the intense desire for the
divine vision which forms the core of love poetry of Kabir. The common image projected
in Kabirs love poems is that of a young maiden ardently longing for the meeting with her
husband so that she becomes suhagini (attain Divine Communion). Kabirs conception
of divine love is basically an original synthesis of the Yoga and Su traditions, the former
exalting human efforts and the latter emphasising the torments suffered by the exiled soul
in its mortal condition. In mystic love there is no trace of carnality but a spirit of complete
surrender and abnegation, whereby, the self is obliterated only to be merged in the Divine
Self. The mystic is a lover par excellence and his soul never forsakes his beautiful one whom
he loves and esteems above all. The thrust of the paper lies in exploring the contribution
of Kabir towards developing spiritual consciousness among human beings and awakening
the soul to the bliss of higher spiritual realms, through the medium of his love poems.
TSC 2013
183
n 295. THE REALISATION - AIM OF HUMAN LIFE
P SINGH
Realisation is the development of spirit current in the mind. To achieve this super stage of
mind (Realisation) is difcult, but more difcult is to control and maintain the same stage
for a long time. The entire war between the artillery of KAL (Kal means antiforces against
spirit forces) and DAYAL is long one but in the end KAL must yield and Surat must reach its
Nij Desha and now Human Being attains the stage of Realisation which cannot be expressed
in words because that is ANAND and only Human Body realises the same. Consciousness,
awakening of soul and Realisation; all are useful tools for developing good thoughts within
Human Body. Good thoughts eradicate evils in the society and this will undoubtedly make
a better world order.
n 316. DEVELOPMENT OF QUANTUM NEURAL NETWORKS TO
EXPLAIN CONSCIOUSNESS
DRISHTI MALHOTRA, DAYA MALHOTRA
A burning question in present day scenario is, can consciousness be explained by modern
computation and modeling techniques? With the development of neural network theory,
the mathematical basis needed to model processes as complex as those of the human
brain and to simulate these processes in computers has become available. However, neural
networks alone cannot explain consciousness. How can one incorporate the qualities of
the objects and ideas we perceive, such as colors and smells, or pain and pleasure? These
feelings go a long way in providing for a unied experience. A neural network may recognize
objects but it cannot respond with a unied experience. On the other hand, since quantum
theory is the most fundamental theory of matter that is currently available, it is a legitimate
question to ask whether quantum theory can help us to understand consciousness, once
we accept that consciousness, or more generally, mental activity, is in some way correlated
to the behavior of the material brain. Hence a delicate interplay of several different types of
processes (neuronal, sub cellular and quantum) each with its own hierarchical organization
of information needs to be developed. This paper deals with this and such other questions
and attempts to nd answers to them.
n 349. IMAGINAL PROCESSES AND COGNITIVE DISTORTIONS:
AN EMPIRICAL STUDY ON INNER EXPERIENCE
NAVYA PANDE, SANDHYA GUPTA
Consciousness relates to and keeps us connected to the external world surrounding us. It not
only refers to experience of external environment but also to inner experiences. Daydreaming
is a short-term detachment from ones immediate surroundings, involving task-unrelated
mental activity. It may involve drifting of attention from external environment toward ones
private thoughts and feelings, due to which mind keeps on wandering. Daydreaming may
involve either imagery or thought. Sometimes mind wanders so much that hopping of
thoughts occurs, acknowledged by Singer and Antrobus (1970) as mentation which is an
imaginal process involving racing thoughts and rapid jumping from one thought to another
with or without conscious awareness. Daydreaming becomes fantasy when the mind
wanders on attractive themes, for a relatively longer period of time, reecting loss of contact
with reality. Mental imagery is an important construct which often facilitates imaginal
processes. The present study investigated the effect of daydreaming and imagery on thought
suppression and thought control, mindlessness and automated thoughts. For this purpose, 3
(Daydreaming: mind wandering, fantasy) x 2 (Imagery: visual and auditory) factorial design
was used. Daydreaming was found to be a signicant factor affecting mindlessness, thought
suppression and thought control. Role of imagery in inuencing mindlessness, thought
suppression and control was also seen.
184
TSC 2013
n 352. A HYPOTHESIS FOR CONSCIOUSNESS
HASMUKH K. TANK
Consciousness is generally studied by most of the researchers in terms of processing of
information by the neurons, whereas it is hypothesized here that consciousness emerges
from the balanced electrostatic-eld which get produced in the brain. Such a balanced
electrostatic-eld can also be present outside the human body. Possibly, the space may
not be a void extension of nothingness; rather, there can be some ultimate reality, which
is present everywhere in space. Consciousness may be the nature of the ultimate reality.
What our body and brain learn in the process of evolution, is to lter-out and extract only
some limited part of perception which is important for survival. A fundamental particle
like the electron is conscious of its surroundings and itself for all the 24 hours and seven
days a week. Through the process of evolution, what we have learnt is to inhibit irrelevant
parts of perception!
n 422. D.E.I. EDUCATION POLICY - A STEP TOWARDS
CONSCIOUSNESS
PAYAL MATHUR, ANUBHAV BHATNAGAR, VAIBHAV BHATNAGAR, RASHI
BHATNAGAR
Our society believes that besides the ve senses, man is endowed with higher hidden senses.
We know that it is not enough to rely on ve senses as the knowledge derived through
them is helpful only to a certain limit. Hence developing our hidden senses gains prime
importance. People performing sadhanas for developing them are blessed sooner or later
with spiritual experiences which bring about a tremendous transformation in their life.
With the acquiring of higher consciousness, one gains real experience of religion and real
teaching of religion. To gain ultimate consciousness, one must have concrete experience
of unit of spirituality, without which understanding of Universal Spirit is impossible. Thus
it is like tasting small sugar cube and magnifying its effect to understand the sweetness
of the dish to provide this sweet taste during Brahamacharya phase of life, Dayalbagh
Education Policy has been devised which engrains awareness, harmony, development of
heuristics, endurance, tolerance, dignity of labor and puts the student in a place to lead
a disciplined life ahead to awaken his consciousness to be closer to the Universal Spirit.
This is implemented through different policies and courses conducted on the University
campus which help the student to be aware. Being aware is the rst step to consciousness
and D.E.I. Education Policy helps its students to take that very rst step.
n 423. QUANTUM LEAP IN SELF-CONSCIOUSNESS
SWAPNIL SHRIVASTAVA, V. PAWANI, SHRUTI SINHA
If we look at Creation, it exists without the functioning of self. Therefore, there is intrinsic
intelligence in Creation. Learn from Creation to function without bringing in i. Can one
break the psychological groove surrounding the self or i? This is a spiritual challenge, and
this questions all that we know. If this understanding happens, there will be a quantum
leap in our insight. A French entomologist conducted a breathtaking experiment using
processionary caterpillars that travel in a long line with the same pace and rhythm, giving
no attention to the nal destination. They follow their leader. The entomologist took a giant
ower pot and placed a large amount of food at its centre. Then, he placed the caterpillars
onto the rim of the ower pot. After some time, he could not nd out who was the leader
as the creatures were moving in the circles one behind the other. Even after seven days and
nights, they were moving on the rim and did not break the pattern to eat the food in the
centre of the pot. In the end, they died of starvation and exhaustion. Their source of life
TSC 2013
185
was visible yet invisible. They could not alter their habitual and instinctive processionary
instinct. This is true of us as well. We get caught in patterns and end up unfullled.
n 424. UNDERSTANDING CONSCIOUSNESS
RAJINDER SWARUP
Consciousness is personal. Indeed it is so close to the core of our being that it puzzled
thinkers from the beginning of recorded history. To understand Consciousness to a greater
depth, it is important to wed Science with Biology as well as Psychology and Philosophy.
But unfortunately we are struck by the lack of communication between different streams
of studies and research cultures. Neuro-Science researchers could learn from philosophers
and vice versa. Neuro-scientic data on one hand, and insights stemming from rst person
experience on the other hand, as is the currency of spiritual traditions, can help understand
consciousness. The content of Consciousness encompasses all that we are conscious of,
aware of or experience. This includes not only experiences that we commonly associate with
ourselves, such as thoughts, feelings, images, dreams, body, sensation and so on but also
the experience 3-D world (The phenomenal world) beyond the body surface. Mind refers to
psychological states and processes that may or may not be conscious.
186
TSC 2013
POSTER SESSION III
n 2. PARAVIDYA AND MANAGEMENT: ANTECEDENTS AND
CONSEQUENCES (A SELECT STUDY OF RADHASOAMI FAITH
AND DAYALBAGH AGRICULTURAL OPERATIONS)
SHANTI SWARUP GUPTA, SANJEEV SWAMI, P SRIRAMAMURTI
Para Vidya is the science of ultra-transcendental spirituality, training, and development of
the spirit force. This may well be the unifying force that the scientists have been searching
for, but appallingly neglected thus far. This neglect has resulted in chronic malaise of
spiritual and moral impoverishment with corresponding material aggrandizement and
avarice manifesting in several forms of corruption. The corruption, worldwide, has taken
many ugly forms including moral turpitude, greed, social evils and economic offences.
Indeed, the greatest tragedy of present day management is the spiritual emptiness of
modern organizations.
n 24. EMANCIPATION OF THE STONE
GAZAL MATHUR
Panpsychism is not a modern world view but can actually be traced back to pre-Socratic
times. It promotes the view that mentality extends from humans to animals, insects, plant
cells, and other natural bodies exhibiting persisting unity of organization. Although the
debate continues on various aspects of panpsychism, the prevailing premise is that from
the beginning of the universe, all things even the natural inanimate (stone, water etc.)
- embrace a fundamental mentality or consciousness. This is a divergent viewpoint when
one takes Emergentism into consideration, which denotes the emergence of consciousness
from matter and holds that the mental, in fact, emanates from matter, but the door is fast
closing on the viability of this theory.
n 30. MEDITATIVE STAGES, HYPNOSIS AND SELF-HYPNOSIS A
MEANS FOR ENTERING OUR INNER EXPERIENCES
ANIRUDH KUMAR SATSANGI, PAOLA BRUGNOLI, ANKITA SATSANGI
We consider consciousness as a spectrum from comatose or unconscious to hyper-
vigilant, extremely alert wakefulness and meditative states. Hypnosis is the manipulation
of consciousness during wakeful state of consciousness. Hypnosis, or trance, allows us to
communicate more directly with the subconscious part of our mind. Clinical Hypnosis can be
dened as: a special psychological state of consciousness, with certain physiological attributes,
resembling sleep only supercially and marked by a functioning of the individual at a level of
awareness other than the ordinary conscious state. According to state theory, it is a mental
state. Hypnosis is usually induced by a procedure known as hypnotic induction, which is
commonly composed of a long series of preliminary instructions and suggestions. Hypnotic
suggestions may be delivered by a hypnotist in the presence of the subject, or may be self-
administered (self-suggestion or autosuggestion). The use of hypnotism for therapeutic
purposes is referred to as hypnotherapy, while its use as a form of entertainment for an
audience is known as stage hypnosis. Some hypnotists conceive of suggestions as being a
form of communication directed primarily to the subjects conscious mind, whereas others
view suggestion as a means of communicating with the unconscious or subconscious
mind. Cognitive behavioural hypnotherapy (CBH) is an integrated psychological therapy
employing clinical hypnosis and cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT).

TSC 2013
187
n 95. MONEY MODULATES ATTRIBUTION OF AGENCY
NEERAJ KUMAR, SUMITAVA MUKHERJEE, JAISON MANJALY
In our daily lives, we encounter various sensorimotor events, in which sensory perception
and actions are intertwined. The sense of agency for a given action refers to the sense of
authorship regarding that action. Computational models of motor control suggest that
prediction of sensory information by internal models is matched against subsequent
sensory information. If predicted and sensed information match, then the sensory events
are self-generated, and the subject experiences a sense of agency for those events. If there is
mismatch, then subjects attribute the outcome to an external cause/agent. Central feedback
mechanisms play signicant roles in the motor control and self-attribution of agency.
Previously, we found that external feedback about the action can alter the attribution of
agency before assimilating the actual sensory consequences, by updating motor predictions
in real-time.
n 104. THE MATRIX OF CONSCIOUSNESS: THE SPIRITUAL
DOMAINS VIS--VIS MAGNETIC DOMAINS OF WEISS
SURAT KUMAR, KAVITA KUMAR, BHAKTI KUMAR
The binary nature of tubulin having bipolarity among -subunits (exposed with +
polarity) and -subunits (exposed with polarity), as shown by Desai and Mitchison
(1997). The respective arrangement of -tubulins and -tubulins imparts the + and
polarity to microtubule. There occurs assembly and disassembly at the + and
- end of microtubule referring to the 2 switching phases of microtubules, which
work in tandem to furnish quantum level manipulations in matter to induce the
spirituality through resonance coupling among 10
17
tubulin electrons of human brain.

n 111. SPIRITUAL ENERGY HIERARCHIZATION, DETECTION
AND UTILIZATION: AN EVOLUTION OF HOMO SPIRITUS
RICHA SATSANGI, MANEESH GAURAV, RASHTRA GAURAV
Universal life energy (Spiritual force eld) permeates every living thing, including the air, our
planet, the atmosphere and all of nature. The ow of this energy connects everything that
exists, and is being constantly absorbed by humans at every moment. This vital energy keeps
us alive and healthy, though the inward ow of this can be increased at our will which helps
in gaining spiritual experiences. Using non invasive techniques, proper hierarchization of
spiritual energy is available, along with map of different levels of consciousness. Modern day
science primarily concentrates only those activities which are considered as force (energy)
viz. chemical, atomic, nuclear etc.
n 128. INFORMATION INTEGRATION IN SWARM-BOTS AND
MACHINE CONSCIOUSNESS: A SYSTEM OF SYSTEMS
ANURAG MAYANK, DHRUV BHANDARI, AGAM BHAMRA, AKSHAR SRIVASTAVA,
SANDEEP PAUL
This paper attempts to explore into the intricate subject of consciousness within the
framework of system of systems engineering, experimenting and illustrating with a simple
example of swarm-bots. A team is always better than an individual. It is more efcient than
single persons efforts. Similarly, in the case of a robot which is left in the real world with
partial or no knowledge of the surroundings, its individual skill will be of very limited use
to perform all the tasks required out there. Swarm-Bots or a group of robots with diversied
188
TSC 2013
skills will be of much more importance. The paper brings out the signicant relationship
between consciousness and information integration in swarm.

n 133. USING RELIGION HAND IN HAND WITH SCIENCE TO
PERCEIVE REALITY
SHIKHA VERMA, ASHA JUNEJA
This paper brings to light the fact that since time immemorial both science and religion
have been trying to nd the Ultimate Truth and Perceive Reality. Though there are
differences in their ways, the quest is still ongoing on both sides. The aim of the paper is
to discuss the perception of both and attempt to nd out how science and religion can
use each other to nd answers to inevitable questions like Creation and Consciousness.
The attainment of knowledge by science is Apara Vidya. It is empirical knowledge and is
knowledge derived from the physical senses and pertains only to this physical world or
material plane. Knowledge derived from esoteric experimentations and research of the
Rishis and Saints is Para Vidya. It is Supreme knowledge, by which everything else becomes
known. It pertains to the regions beyond our physical world and is derived by making
kinetic the latent spiritual faculties that exist in man through meditation or sadhana. In
ancient cultures, people acquired both types of knowledge, Para Vidya and Apara Vidya.
This is evident by the scientic discoveries made in the Vedic Age like the calculation of
speed of light in Rig Veda (7000 years back) = 187945 miles/sec or discovery of the fact that
an year is made of 365 days divided into 12 equal parts of 30.

n 138. PEACE, SPIRITUALITY AND CONSCIOUSNESS: AN
INTEGRATED APPROACH
SAVITA SRIVASTAVA
Confucius forecasted, If mankind would be governed justly but for a single Century, all
violence would disappear from the earth. The cause of peace is furthered through education.
It is a universal responsibility of nations to assist each other, in the quest to achieve free and
compulsory quality education for all. In the broader sense, education means to build the
culture of peace, learning and practicing the skills of active non-violence, of dialogues, of
tolerance and solidarity respect for human rights and the constant struggle for justice: are
the main keys. The nations of the world, gathered at the General conference of UNESCO
in 1995, declared that the major challenge at the close of the twentieth century is to bring
about the transition from a culture of war to a culture of peace.

n 145. PERCEIVED TRANSFORMATIONAL LEADERSHIP
EFFECTIVENESS IN RELATION TO LEVEL OF CONSCIOUSNESS:
A CO-RELATIONAL ANALYSIS
VAIBHAV CHAUHAN, SADHNA SHARMA, NANDITA SATSANGEE
The present empirical study was structured to study the relationship between the
leadership effectiveness of teacher trainees as perceived on their own as well as based on
their view about how others perceive them and their level of consciousness, as conscious
leadership is the demand of present education system. The descriptive survey was
conducted on 100 teacher trainees (50 males and 50 females) selected with their consent.
The level of consciousness of teacher trainees was assessed using consciousness quotient
Inventory by Brazdau. To measure Perceived transformational Leadership effectiveness
Multiple leadership questionnaire by Bernard M. Bass and Bruce J. Avolio was employed to
assess leadership effectiveness in seven different factors of leadership. Pearsons Product
moment Correlation was used to nd out correlation between the scores on six dimensions
of transformational leadership and consciousness quotient. Results indicate a signicant
positive correlation between transformational leadership effectiveness and Consciousness
TSC 2013
189
of teacher trainees. Also an increment was noticed in the magnitude of correlation from
laissez faire style of leadership to idealized inuence. Moreover, conscious leaders were
found to have a more humane touch in their leadership style.
n 153. MEMORY AND CONSCIOUSNESS IN LITERATURE (WITH
SPECIAL REFERENCE TO DOUGLASS NARRATIVE OF THE LIFE
OF FREDERICK DOUGLASS AND TONI MORRISONS BELOVED)
PREM KUMARI SRIVASTAVA, UMANG SRIVASTAVA
Using Memory and Consciousness (Tulving, 1985) as a frame, the purpose of the paper is an
attempt to relate memory to consciousness through the reading of two distinctive American
texts set wide apart from each other chronologically: Narrative of the life of Frederick Douglass
(1845) by Douglass himself, a memoir of an ex-bondman and Toni Morrisons Beloved (1987)
a Nobel prize winning novel set in 1873 about the aftermath of slavery. The fact that memory
and remembering has a signicant role to play in each one of them, this literature becomes
a memorabilia of events gone by and a demonic past that impinges upon the present. In
both cases rememory (when memory is revisited whether physically or psychologically)
transforms memory into a property of consciousness. In Douglass narrative rememory
functions in multiple ways: it becomes an exhibit of Americas peculiar institution (Baker
1982) of slavery in the abolitionists assemblies of its times; for a race beleaguered and
battered such as the Afro-Americans, its purpose serves as a re-instation of a consciousness
of their natal culture and values; and nally works as a testimonial of intellectual prowess of
a race deemed, chattel personnel. In Morrisons Beloved, the unconscious presence of an
invisibilised context affects the living consciousness of its characters.

n 160. THE PARTNERSHIP BETWEEN ORGANIZATIONAL
CONSCIOUSNESS AND ORGANIZATIONAL CULTURE A CASE
STUDY FROM THE INDIAN POWER SECTOR
PREM PRAKASH SRIVASTAVA, UMANG SRIVASTAVA
The purpose of this paper is to develop a practical understanding of organizational
consciousness (Pees, Shoop & Ziegenfuss, 2009, Barrett, 2011) and its linkages with
organizational culture, and to present a case study from the Indian Power Sector.
The various organizations of the Indian Power Sector are engaged in their respective
mandated domains, each complementing and/or supplementing the other. The
term culture is often used to describe the dominant work environment of an
organization, but what actually makes up culture and how it is created is difcult to
identify clearly. The strategies and practices furthered by the top management of an
organization is the motive force that creates and nurtures the culture of an organization.
For this study, some typical organizations from the Indian Power Sector would be selected
and an attempt would be made to identify and isolate some dominant indicators and
impacts of conscious top management practices for developing culture. By this process
the partnership between organizational consciousness and organizational culture will be
clearly brought out.
n 164. EMANCIPATION AND PEACE---SURE MEANS TO ATTAIN
THE HIGHER CONSCIOUSNESS WITH REFERENCE TO THE
WASTE LAND AND THE MAHABHARATA.
NAMITA BHATIA, SOAMI DAS BHATIA
Consciousness to most philosophers connotes the relationship between the mind and the
world, between the mind and God, or between the mind and deeper truths that are thought
to be more fundamental than the physical world. When a pure drop of rain falls from the
190
TSC 2013
sky and comes in contact with matter, it gets mixed up with matter, thus losing its original
purity. Similarly, when a living entity comes in contact with material nature its original
Spiritual Consciousness becomes covered up by matter. To realize its pure unadulterated
consciousness, the soul needs Emancipation from the bondage of material consciousness
and has to be released from the layers of matter. This Emancipation can be attained by
the sense of renunciation. The Waste Land of T.S. Eliot and The Mahabharata of Ved Vyasa,
indirectly suggest that renunciation results in emancipation and peace which surely lead
to the realisation of Higher Consciousness. The major poetry of T.S. Eliot concerns the
deteriorating modern conditions due to lack of religiosity or the lack of true love in man
for man. The theme of the poem encompasses simultaneously several levels of experience
arising out of various waste lands as the waste land of religion in which there are rocks but
no water.

n 166. MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS OF THE WORDS, SOUNDS
AND LIGHTS OF SPIRITUAL MOVEMENTS
PRAKASH SAHNI, POOJA SAHNI
Spiritual movements, such as Sant Mat, describe various phenomena such as words, sounds
and lights. Although the claim is that these phenomena are spiritual, physical phenomena
are used to describe them in the literature. We analyze these physical phenomena using
mathematical and physical methods such as frequency domain analysis of mechanical
and electromagnetic waves.
n 175. INTERSECTING UNIVERSAL CONSCIOUSNESS
WITH EXPERIENCES, EXPERIMENTS AND INTUITIVE
CONSCIOUSNESS WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE
DISCOVERY OF GOD PARTICLES AND UNIVERSAL
CONSCIOUSNESS
SOAM PRAKASH
Recent discovery of God particles after many attempts and deliberations can be made a
foundation stone for future discoveries in many elds on similar lines. The presence of
ner subatomic particles is to be examined also for consciousness modular studies
(von Newmann and Strapp formulations, PenroseHameroff model of Orchestrated
objective reduction theory,Satsangis Omni-Quantum theory for spiritual consciousness
system modelling in Cosmology) and role of these particles in consciousness synthesis
and emergence and manifestations. A fresh approach is, therefore, warranted to examine
also the Spiritual system and X-across variables like spiritual potential difference and Y
through variables(ow variables like spiritual force current). This could be examined by
taking rst person experiences, scientic experiments and in anatomy of universe. The
similarities in many realized persons, scientists and saints and super human beings have
not been considered so far as true evidences which can be veried through developing
intuitive consciousness.

n 184. MEDITATION, QUANTUM PHYSICS, CONSCIOUSNESS
AND ONENESS
SANJAY SRIVASTAVA, SANDEEP KUMAR
In the recent years there are lot of research activities on the consciousness to understand
its origin, nature, and functioning. The role of quantum physics in explaining the
mechanism of consciousness, or the role of meditation in the expansion of consciousness,
or the Oneness constitutes important research studies, both in the eld of physical and
biological sciences. The search for General Unied Theory or The Theory of Everything
is an effort in that direction. The Quantum Field Theory or the String Theory tries to explore
TSC 2013
191
the ephemeral nature of Nature by uniting the special and general relativity with quantum
theory within the laws of physics. The way of creation in nature is dualistic in principle;
the ceaseless process of creation and destruction of the particles is an unwritten law of the
Nature. Consciousness which is fundamentally a spiritual process, leads us to the Reality
the Oneness. We the part of the ephemeral phenomenon continue to be bound to the cycle,
till the uprising consciousness helps us to raise our consciences from the earthly binding
duality, to the reality of Oneness. The activity of meditation, action-in-inaction is a very
fundamental process, discovered by the sages of Bharata, and is very central to the discovery
of Self that directly leads to RealityOneness among the diversied elds. Mediation, by
way of expansion of consciousness, leads to Oneness; and may be described in the language
of quantum physics. It leads us to the higher-state of consciousness in which duality
dissolves, space-time dissolves; and one has undifferentiated continuum of consciousness.
Oneness with the Self, and one discovers the Source from where the universe springs out
a phenomenon of scientists beloved imagination associated with the creation of universe
The Big Bang.
n 193. MANAGING CHANGE THROUGH CONSCIOUS
LEADERSHIP
MAHESH OHRY, DEEPAK OHRY
The paper examines the application of consciousness in aiding leaders and managers in the
West to successfully manage organizational change in Corporate and not-for-prot entities.
We are all familiar with Isaac Asimovs quote: The only constant is change... Organisations
face more change today than ever before, seismic changes, driven by a range of factors:
Economic turbulence from ailing European economies with poor growth prospects and
progressively stronger Asian economies; Technological change from internet, mobile and
social media tools; Environmental impacts from changing weather systems with resultant
super-storms, tsunamis and earthquakes; Geo-political shifts through the effects of war,
conict and uprisings like the Arab spring. These singly or collectively place demands on
organisations to rapidly adapt and thrive or be consigned to the footnotes of history.

n 195. INTUITION AND HIGH LEVELS OF SPIRITUAL
CONSCIOUSNESS
SUMIRAN SATSANGI, SHIPRA SATSANGI
A man can develop to his full potential by learning to be intuitive, inclusive and humane-the
kind of skills that are not taught and are also difcult to teach. Intuition is a vast storehouse
of knowledge which we all possess without knowing about it. American psychologist Frances
Vaughan pointed out that at any point of time, we are conscious of only a small part of what
we know. There is below that conscious part a reservoir of knowledge we all have. But we can
achieve that once we focus and make effort to listen to that inner voice which is constantly
guiding and helping us to become better human beings and realize the ultimate truth.
Intuition becomes more efcient as we become more open to our feelings, and more secure
through experience in its abilities to provide the correct cues. Intuition is a powerful tool in
achieving high levels of spiritual consciousness and thus brings us closer to reality. Intuitive
instincts come with practice. The paper would try to establish that men and women who
trust their inner voice and practise intuition in real life tend to achieve high levels of spiritual
consciousness.
192
TSC 2013
n 211. VISUALIZING A CONSCIOUS ECONOMIC SYSTEM TO
REALIZE A BETTER WORLD ORDER (NEED FOR A PARADIGM
SHIFT FROM MATERIALISM ETHICS - SPIRITUALITY)
JYOTI GOGIA, DEEPAK GOGIA
The paper portrays how the present global economic system is diverging from its aspiration,
and essentially it requires shifting from materially conscious system to ethically conscious
system and nally to spiritually conscious system, which shall attempt to meet the real
needs of life and establish a better world order. The paper stresses upon the signicance of
practising Ethics and Spirituality with Economic principles by and for the human society
which is the major constituent of the economic system.

n 229. PROFESSIONAL AND ETHICAL CONSCIOUSNESS
AMONG ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT PROFESSIONALS
SANJEEV BHATNAGAR
Organizational and Human Systems Development (OD-HSD) is a professional network
or community of professionals whose practice is based on the applied behavioural
sciences, a human systems perspective, and both human and organizational values.
Ethics of the workplace is a major factor in the development of the operational
value systems of employees and affects how young executives prioritize values in
making decisions. From a management perspective, behaving ethically is an integral
part of long - term career success. Wide access to information and more business
opportunities than in the past makes ethics a need in modern business world.
Leaders and managers require more practical information about managing ethics.
Managing ethics in the workplace holds benet for leaders and managers. Professional
societies should encourage their members to integrate their theological inclinations with
the appropriate ethical codes. Before a code of professional ethics can be formulated for
business managers, it must be understood why management should be considered a
profession and what should be its central mission.
n 230. CONSCIOUSLY INCREASING CONSCIOUSNESS
AND THEREBY HAPPINESS: THE INTEGRATED, UNIFIED
AND SYSTEMIC MODEL OF CONSCIOUSNESS APPLIED IN
ORGANIZATIONAL CONTEXT
VIKAS RAI BHATNAGAR, MAHENDRA SINGHI, SHEENA BHATNAGAR, RAJEN. K
GUPTA
The paper uses insider action research (IAR) methodology for developing a holistic approach
for increasing consciousness and thereby happiness of people. The Integrated, Unied and
Systemic Model of Consciousness developed in an earlier action research is used in current
action research leading to development of Intentionality as a metaphor for understanding
organizations and designing and implementing a Happiness Management System (HMS).
While the HMS is being action researched and implemented in an Indian cement company,
this paper creates knowledge on how by conscious interventions and application of the
oriental theory of actions or karma, bhakti or devotion, gyan or knowledge and raja yoga or
meditation, consciousness and thereby happiness of people can be consciously increased.
Organizations consciously increasing the consciousness and happiness of people will
deliver on the dual purpose of achieving the ultimate purpose of human life as well as
organizations purpose. Such organizations may be labeled as the Wise Organizations of
future, which would-- apart from creating wealth and enabling spiritual emancipation
of people, be also socially contributing, ethically sound and ecologically sensitive. The
uniqueness of this action research lies in creating knowledge and partially executing it
TSC 2013
193
in an organizational context that holds promise for increasing consciousness and thereby
happiness of people. The paper also lays foundational thoughts on Wise Organizations of
the future by utilizing the advancements made in consciousness studies and in applying
them in the context of management science.
n 244. AN ANALOGY FOR CONSCIOUSNESS AND ITS ELEVATION
PRADEEP KUMAR MATHUR, VASANTA MATHUR
We have endeavoured to understand Consciousness and its Elevation through an analogy,
wherein the human being has been compared to an atom and consciousness to an electron.
Consciousness (i.e. Spiritual Energy) of an individuals Spirit can be compared to the Energy
of an electron. Further, just as an electron is held within an atom by the pull that the nucleus
exercises on the electron, so also the individuals Spirit is held in this physical world by the
pull that mind and matter exercise on the Spirit.
n 246. THE USE OF QUANTUM FORMALISM IN COGNITION:
A STUDY OF PRAYER AND INTUITIVE DECISION MAKING IN
MANAGERIAL SITUATIONS
SUMITA SRIVASTAVA, ANJUL DAYAL, DRISHTI MEHRA
The original motivation for the development of quantum mechanics was to offer an
explanation of the ndings that seemed to be paradoxical from a classical point of view.
Similarly, paradoxical ndings in psychology have also made researchers to make use of
the quantum formalism in cognitive situations. For example studies by Aerts & Aerts (1994),
Atmanspacher et al. (2002), Khrennikov (2004), and Busemeyer et al. (2006b), and more
recently, Pothos and Busemeyer (2009) have offered a challenge to the fundamental law of
classical (Bayesian) theory approach to cognition and propose a more generalised quantum
probability approach. The study of Pothos and Busemeyer (2009) establishes a striking
empirical nding and a rigorous mathematical argument that portrays that humans do not
always make the most rational decisions. On similar lines, Vasconcelos (2009) offers that
decision making process can be optimized by integrating several religious tenets. He argues
that intuitive skill may be substantially enhanced and maximized through the use of praying.
The present paper is an outcome of a qualitative research carried out to empirically test the
role of intuition and prayer in managerial decision making. This paper gives accounts of career
journey of 24 working professionals. The data interpretation technique used in this work is
template analysis. The ndings prove that when individuals experience a superposition of
all the preference orders, they use prayer as transcendent coping mechanism that renes
their intuition ux and supports their decision making process.
n 252. SOWING THE SEEDS OF CONSCIOUSNESS
SANGITA SAINI, NIRAT S, RATAN SAINI
Every individual starts his life from home. As a child, home is a place where the foundation of
consciousness is sown. A value based, organized, well-nourished and spiritual environment
would nurture a conscious human being. It can not be denied that home is the place where
the seeds of consciousness germinate and if cultivated properly will lead to a well-developed,
highly conscious individual having a high spiritual quotient. This paper brings out various
studies in the area of home science which depict the impact home has on consciousness
development of human beings. The paper elaborates the role home environment plays in
cultivating the soul and nurturing the consciousness of an individual. Since individual is
the unit of society, this cultivation plays a very important role in shaping the society and
universe at large.
n 253. FROM THE ORGANIC (FLOWING, GLOWING. GROWING )
194
TSC 2013
MIRROR, THE WHITE CROW, ORGANIC CLOCKS AND LOCKS
AND OTHER STORIES TO GODEL, TURING ,CANTOR AND
SIEPERENSKI , THE ETERNAL GOLDEN QUATRAIN
SUNDARAM RAMCHANDRAN
This somewhat whimsically titled presentation is an explorative journey from the dynamics
of perception and concept formation (The emergence / precipitation of the former from
sensations and perceptions respectively) through the somewhat more abstract areas of
conceptual lattices and networks to the areas of meta mathematics, the notions of proof
leading to the holy grails of Godels Incompleteness theorem, consciousness, etc. Through
poems, sketches etc., we seek to explore the process of discovery / invention / visualization
etc., both at an individual level and at a collective level (the latter possibly corresponding to
paradigm shift etc. and link them to the former in the sense of paradoxes, optical illusions
, multi-dimensional visualization etc including how higher level conceptual networks can
make sense of imprecise information, drawings etc (the attractor concept) possibly leading
to the Aha !! moment.
n 257. CONSCIOUSNESS
JATINDRA NATH MOHANTY
Consciousness is all pervading. It is multi-dimensional, physical, mental, emotional and
spiritual, matter and spirit manifest, um-manifest, absolute and relative, quiescent and
active, personal-impersonal higher than either and both of them. Several attempts have
been made to clearly dene consciousness, but all these have remained inconclusive.
Consciousness can best be described but not dened. The nearest understanding
expression of consciousness as has been stated by Sree Sree Thakur Anukulchandra
regarded as the Purussottam, the person supreme divine, the true and religious Godhead,
is Sat-Chit-Anand.
n 288. CONVERGENCE OF WORLD RELIGIONS?
SARAN BHATNAGAR, JYOTI SATSANGI, NAMAN SWAROOP, SUGANDHA MITTAL
Certain beliefs are generally held amongst followers of any particular afliation. This
exploratory paper ascertains the existence of an underlying structure of beliefs held by
a sample of 410 adults having different afliations / beliefs, on the basis of a designed
questionnaire of twenty beliefs. Statistical analysis of responses to the questionnaire
suggests that there is a signicant alignment along three factors, namely God as the Creator
and Guide, Salvation as a goal, and Belief in Spirit.
n 292. MUSIC, NEUROPLASTICITY AND MICROTUBULES
RAAG SALUJA
A link between music, neuroplasticity and higher cognitive functions is well known.
Emerging data strongly implicates microtubules as directors of neuroplasticity. Music
perception indicates the quantization of sound energy; and that only certain quantum
states are capable of eliciting plasticity. Microtubules have been shown to be capable
of quantum computation. The paper discusses the role played by microtubules in the
perception of music, and how they mediate the neurophysiological events thus caused.
TSC 2013
195
n 293. BRAIN AND ITS MYSTIC REALM: SCIENCE TOWARDS
INTUITIVE CONSCIOUSNESS
NEH SATSANGI, QUEENA SATSANGI
Consciousness has been dened as awareness of awareness. It has relevance for all science,
as it is related to philosophical issues and the model of man. Conscious brain is known to
be an electrochemical organ. Electrical activity emanating from the brain is displayed in
the form of brainwaves. The Beta state is associated with peak concentration, heightened
alertness, hand eye coordination and visual acuity. Alpha-centered programs help you
tap your creativity and are excellent for problem solving, nding new ideas and practicing
creative visualization. Theta meditation increases creativity, enhances learning, reduces
stress and awakens intuition and other extrasensory perception skills.

n 302. INTUITION - CONVERGENCE WITH SPIRITUAL
CONSCIOUSNESS FOR BETTER WORLDLINESS
ARTI PRASAD, INDRAJIT DAS
Intuition can be described as a cognitive process in which unconscious pattern matching
may become conscious when a conscious perception matches a pattern held in the
subconscious. Intuition, like ratiocination, is one integral aspect of decision-making.
Gary Klein found that under time pressure, high stakes, and changing parameters, experts
used their base of experience to identify similar situations and intuitively choose feasible
solutions. We want to put forth that both above and other ways of dening intuition based
on empirical methodologies could possibly be limited in their capabilities.

n 304. QIGONG DANDAO MEDITATION AND VISUAL ATTENTION
MIN-HUI TSAI, WEI-LUN CHOU
Dandao meditation, one kind of Chinese traditional qigong, trains practitioners to focus
their attention on specic body parts, including different areas of the brain. The practice
has been speculated to cause benecial effects in these body parts for the meditators.
Because meditators frequently focus attention on many attention-related brain areas, such
as the parietal lobe, temporal lobe, and prefrontal lobe, we investigated the hypothesis that
dandao meditation training may enhance attentional performance. Moreover, we were
curious about whether specic aspects of attention will be improved when the meditators
focus on specic areas of the brain. Three functionally and neuro-anatomically distinct
attentional subsystems were examined in our study: alerting, orienting, and conict
monitoring. We adopted the Attention Network Test (ANT; Fan, McCandliss, Sommer, Raz,
& Posner, 2002) to probe each attentional subsystem. In Experiment 1, we compared the
overall attentional performance of the expert group with the control group to build up the
fundamental modulation effect of meditation. In Experiment 2, before the ANT task, we
asked experts to complete a ve-minute meditation. Most importantly, these meditators
were asked to focus on only the parietal lobe, temporal lobe, or prefrontal lobe during one
period of meditation. By comparing the performance of different attentional components
under these three conditions, we could determine whether specic aspects of attention
improved when meditators focus on specic brain areas. In Experiment 3, a 12-week dandao
meditation training course was provided to a control group, and we examined the effects
of short-term training in dandao meditation. We found that the participants in the Qigong
dandao meditation demonstrated improved orienting and conict monitoring performance
relative to those in the control group. In addition, we found that different kinds of attentional
subsystems were affected when the meditators were asked to focus on different brain areas
before they performed the ANT task.
196
TSC 2013
n 309. NON-MANIFOLD TOPOLOGIES ON LORENTZ MANIFOLD
GUNJAN AGRAWAL, SAMPADA SHRIVASTAVA, NISHA GODANI
Einstein propounded Special Theory of Relativity in the mathematical framework of
Minkowski space. Later on with the advent of General Theory of Relativity, Lorentz
manifold emerged as a mathematical model for spacetime. Hawking et. al introduced the
path topology on Lorentz manifold. Since then, several other spacetime topologies have
been studied. These topologies have made a mark in the scientic world because of their
importance in the study of the causal, differential and conformal structure of spacetime.
The Penrose Hameroff Orchestrated Reduction (OR) theory places the study of spacetime
geometry at a central place in the study of consciousness. This theory advocates that
consciousness depends on quantum computations in microtubules within brain neurons
and is related to the fundamentals of spacetime geometry. A celebrated result derived
using advanced techniques of Algebraic Topology, states that the Euclidean n-space is
topologically different from the Euclidean 2-space. The present work aims at exploring this
question for non- Euclidean spacetime topologies.
n 313. ENHANCING EMOTIONAL BALANCE THROUGH
CONSCIOUSNESS IN MANAGEMENT PROFESSIONALS
A.VASDEV RAJU, A.CHARAN KUMARI
Spiritual Consciousness or consciousness plays a vital role in enhancing the emotional
balance in human beings and with no exception it inuences the different traits of
professionals including management. A study on impact of consciousness and its inuence
on their emotional acts was conducted on a targeted group of employees at a company and
found that balancing the emotions through consciousness was quite helpful not only in
leading a peaceful life but also in achieving the business results. A survey was conducted
in 2009 and found that more than 70% of the ofcers were not satised with their work life
balance. We have identied the real cause of the issues and tried to resolve them through
the concept of consciousness to enhance the emotional balance and thus lead to a better
work life.
n 348. COMPUTATIONAL MODELS OF CONSCIOUSNESS
PREM SEWAK SUDHISH
The generation or replication of human consciousness has been investigated for more
than half a century and several experiments have shown that it is apparently possible
for machines to outperform human beings even in non-repetitive tasks from creative
music composition to intellectual challenges such as playing chess. However, even with
the current state of the art in machine intelligence, for any machine to exhibit traits of
consciousness, the entire paradigm has to be represented through a sound mathematical
model. This paper critically examines whether it is possible at all to represent consciousness
through mathematical constructs and attempts to answer questions on boundedness,
non-linearity and imprecision in these formulations. Several current techniques that are
biologically inspired, such as neural networks, evolutionary techniques, fuzzy logic and
their combinations are reviewed and it is inferred that while all current techniques take
some numeric or linguistic features as inputs with some numeric or linguistic outputs, none
of these are sufcient models of human conscious experience and are completely devoid
of some critical aspects, such as intuition, attention and qualia. The paper also presents
conjectures on how incorporation of these aspects might improve the next generation of
computational models of consciousness.
TSC 2013
197
n 358. BINOCULAR RIVALRY: A PSYCHO-PHYSICAL STUDY AND
ANALYSIS IN QUANTUM MECHANICS
SHEENA SHARNA, SATENDRA GUPTA, C.M MARKAN
A fundamental question in the elds of vision, psychology, and neuroscience is how the
brain selects one of many competing visual signals for access to consciousness When
our visual system is confronted with ambiguous stimuli, such as when dissimilar images
are presented to the left and right eyes, awareness switches spontaneously between the
two images, such that one of the images is suppressed from awareness while the other is
perceptually dominant [Etienne-Francois Dutour, 18th century]. This phenomenon of
binocular rivalry has attracted the interest of psychologists and neuroscientists alike as a
method of probing the mechanisms that determine our visual awareness and consciousness.
Experiments have been carried out based on Electroencephalogram (EEG) and FMRI etc to
nd correlates for this spontaneous switching in visual awareness and evidences have been
found in favor of role of attention in binocular rivalry [Urte Roeber, 2011]. However such
experiments can create perturbations in conscious state of a person and may not provide
best results. Therefore, there is a requirement to conduct experiments in a manner such
that measurements can be made without any effects of environmental and other factors.
Psycho-physical experiments, with their dependency on the subjective experiences of
a person rather than electrical activity in brain, if performed in a well controlled manner
can provide better results. Simultaneously there is a requirement of a theory that can
provide appropriate formulism for these subjective experiences. Von Neumanns theory of
measurement [Von-Neumann, 1955] (that requires a psychological process to choose from
various alternative possible outcomes of probing action [Henry P. Stapp, 2008]) describes
Psycho-physical aspects of subjective experiences of a person as shared with us [Efstratios
Manousakis, 2006], mathematically showed that if one keeps making conscious attempts to
observe one state frequently, the same state is projected, which is similar to the quantum
Zeno e ect [Sudarshan, E.C.G., Misra, B. (1977)]. In this paper, we have investigated the issue
that attention alters the inherent switching in conscious states as associated with perceptual
rivalry through Psycho-physical experiments. The observer was presented two different
images to the left and right eye using vuzix wrap 1200 eyewear. The observers were asked to
focus on only one image out of two dissimilar images. From the experiments, we found that
through visual attention one could stop the competition between two images and perceive
only one image. Depending on the different mental states of observers, we obtained distinct
plots for the duration of dominance. Interestingly, in our study we observed that through
visual attention, observers were able to attain the same state as described by Quantum Zeno
Effect. We have also analyzed the obtained experimental data for different possible states of
Binocular rivalry in quantum mechanics.
n 366. COMPARATIVE STUDY OF MEDITATING VERSUS NON-
MEDITATING PREGNANT WOMEN ON DELIVERY
DAYALPYARI GOEL, GURR DEVI SRIVASTAVA
This paper attempts to nd out the difference on mode of delivery among women of two
groups meditating/non-meditating. We are doing a followup of 50 women just after their
pregnancy is conrmed. They are from different socio-economic groups. A few women
have completed their term and our study is still continuing.
n 370. CONSCIOUSNESS AND MEDICAL THERAPIES
PALLAVI SATSANGI SHARMA
Sickness is nothing but manifestation of negative energy in the form of disease on the
physical plane which medicine can cure but cannot remove from the root cause which is at
a metaphysical level or at the level of Consciousness. CAM (Complementary and Alternative
198
TSC 2013
Medicine) can reach where general medicine cannot. In every culture and in every medical
tradition before ours, healing was accomplished by moving energy.
n 377. SELF-CONSCIOUSNESS AND COSMIC-CONSCIOUSNESS
WITH REFERENCE TO DANTES DIVINE COMEDY
NAMITA BHATIA, SOAMI DAS BHATIA
The mystic faculty is a common heritage of humanity. Nature in fact endowed human body
with potentialities of full spiritual growth. When man exercises those faculties he grows
into his fullness attaining to lofty heights of spiritual awareness that brings peace inside
and peace outside. The scriptures of extant religions contain a number of descriptions
of such elevated states of consciousness. Cosmic consciousness is an ultra high state of
illumination in the human mind. The attainment of cosmic illumination will cause an
individual to seek solitude from the multitude and isolation from the noisy world of mental
pollution. The cosmic consciousness in each human is the true Higher-Self which exists as
a constant moving whirlpool.
n 416. CONSCIOUS CO-CREATION : EVOLUTION OF
CONSCIOUSNESS OR CREATING YOUR OWN FUTURE?
SURESH IDNANI, TEENA IDNANI
The human consciousness is constantly evolving. The Mayan Calendar symbolizes the
nine levels or steps of evolution the universe goes through on its climb to its highest state
of consciousness. With the completion of the ninth wave we are integrating the ability to
fully co-create reality. It is not a new ideology or philosophy, but simply an awareness that
humankind is aware of its own evolution and therefore responsible for the participation in
and contribution to the process of evolution and co-creation. We are literally at the frontier
of becoming co-creators with the process of creation. Billions of species before us have
become extinct, but as human beings, we are the rst to be aware that our actions can
affect the evolution on Earth consciously and deliberately, or risk possible extinction. We
are co-creating a reality based directly on our level of consciousness. In fact, the world is a
direct reection of our inner state. In order to x anything in the outer world, we must rst
heal it within ourselves. Otherwise, the attempt will be ineffective. When the recognition
inside us is denied (our true nature), the energy expressed is fear and reactivity. In this
paper we intend to focus on working with facts in a bid to understand whether conscious
co-creation is a bid to reveal the characteristics and truth around the process of evolution
or is it a means to an end of a conscious being creating ones own reality and future.
TSC 2013
199
200
TSC 2013
DAYALBAGH EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTE
(DEEMED UNIVERSITY)
Dayalbagh, Agra 282 110, Uttar Pradesh, India
Tel: +91-562-2801545, Tele-fax: +91-562-2801226
Email: [email protected]
Website: http://www.dei.ac.in

Dayal Bagh: Spircon 2013: Book of Abstracts

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Dayal Bagh: Spircon 2013: Book of Abstracts

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Dayal Bagh: Spircon 2013: Book of Abstracts

Uploaded by

Copyright:

TSC 2013

You might also like